CoCom Lists - 1989

Consolidated list of goods subject to e

ecurl o con ro British Business supplement March 1989

Contents INDUSTRIAL LIST - GROUP 3 A Metal-working machinery IL 1001-1093 B Chemical and petroleum equipment IL III 0-1145 C Electrical and power-generating equipment IL 1203-1206 D General industrial equipment IL 1301-1399 E Transportation equipment IL 1401-1485 F and G Electronic equipment including communications, radar, computer hardware and software IL 1501-1595 H Metals, minerals and their manufactures IL 1601-1675 I Chemicals, metalloids and petroleum products IL 1702-1781

Page 4 9 9 11 26 34

MUNITIONS LIST - GROUP 1 ML1-ML24

Page 97

ATOMIC ENERGY LIST GROUP 2 A. Nuclear materials A1-A14 B. Nuclear facilities B1-B6 C. Nuclear-related equipment C1-C6

102

INDEX

104

101

103

91 92

Published by British Business DTI, 7th Floor, Bridge Place, 88-89 Eccleston Square, London, SWIV IPT ,

Security export control

March 1989

1

o con ro Introduction This booklet is prepared for information and guidance to exporters. These lists reflect agreements reached in COCOM on goods and technologies which should be controlled for strategic reasons. They do not, in this form, have the force of law, nor do they cover all goods which may be subject to export control. Legal prohibition on the export of goods subject to licensing by the Department of Trade and Industry is enforced under The Export of Goods (Control) Order (1989), which also imposes control on the export of other goods. This Order is available from Government Bookshops. Amendments to the Order (and consequently these lists) may be made from time to time and will be publicised in British Business.

What is COCOM? The Coordinating Committee for Multilateral Export Control. An informal non-treaty organisation of 16 countries operating according to the rule of unanimity. It comprises members of NATO, less Iceland plus Japan.

Which are the proscribed countries? Afghanistan, Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam.

Why does the People's Republic of China receive different treabnent? COCOM agreed in 1985 to maintain a differential in the application of controls of strategic goods to the People's Republic of China, which reflected improved relations wilh COCOM countries.

How can you influence changes to the controls? COCOM reviews the lists on a regular rolling-review basis, covering all items at least once every four years. The Department consults trade associations, other industry groups and individual companies with a known interest in forthcoming review items. If you wish to propose any changes and are not currently consulted on these matters, piease write to the Policy Unit (address on back cover).

Do you need a licence? The inclusion of goods in these lists does not mean necessarily a complete prohibition on their export, even to the proscribed countries. But it does mean that you require a licence before exporting them to any country. If you are uncertain whether you require a licence for your proposed export you should contact the Department's Export Control Organisation, Sensitive Technologies Unit (STU) (Telephone Inquiries: see back cover). If a technical rating is necessary, you must provide full supporting documentation, including a precise description of the goods to be exported, complete technical specifications and, if the goods contain any computer or digital processing element. a completed computer questionnaire. Technical Officers will then assess your goods against the Export of Goods (Control) Order and provide a formal statement on their licensing status.

If you need a licence You should fully complete an 'Application for an export licence - form A' and send, together with full supporting . 2

Security export control· March 1989

documents, to the appropriate address on the back cover. Where the export involves a computer or digital processing element and the export is to a proscribed country, a completed computer questionnaire and block diagram of the complete computer system must be provided. (This applies to any equipment using microprocessor control. For a comprehensive description of the controls on computers and equipment containing them, see IL 1565, taking into account the definitions in Note 16 to that item).

Who do you apply to? Where the export is for goods and technologies on the Industrial List to a proscribed country (ie. Afghanistan, Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic of China, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, the USSR and Vietnam) applications and inquiries should be addressed to: Cocom Licensing Unit, Room 640 Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW (Telephone Inquiries: see back cover). Applications for export licences for goods on the Industrial List to other (non-proscribed countries and for goods and technologies on the Munitions and Atomic Energy Lists to any country and related inquiries should be addressed to: Export Licensing Unit, Room 501, Kingsgate House, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW (Telephone Inquiries: see back cover).

Export to the proscribed countries It is the general policy of Her Majesty's Government to consult its COCOM partners before deciding whether to issue a licence for the export of controlled goods to a proscribed country. However, for administrative reasons, there are some controlled goods where this is not done. This procedure is called 'National Discretion' and goods that are agreed as suitable for such treatment are indicated in this booklet by coloured printing on a white background. National Discretion or Favourable Consideration notes which apply only for exports to the People's Republic of China are in black print on a colour-tinted background.

The treabnent of technology In the case of the proscribed destinations a licence is necessary for the export of technical data, and any other tangible technology applicable to the design, production and use of items as defined in these lists. This applies equally to technology specific to the integration or use of components in items defined in these lists, even when the components are themselves unembargoed. The above does not apply to that technology which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) and repair of products whose export has been authorised.

Export for exhibitions etc Procedures exist for the treatment of applications to export goods temporarily for exhibitions and demonstration purposes, where any export licences issued will be subject to certain conditions. For further information contact either Export Licensing Unit or Cocom Licensing Unit (see back cover) depending on the country concerned. In all cases applications should be submitted on an 'Application for export licence - form A' and as far in advance of shipment as practicable.

United States re-export controls Exporters should be aware that the United States Authorities claim control over many exports from other countries, including the United Kingdom, where the goods are of US origin, include components of US origin, or were produced using US-origin technology. In such cases, under US export regulations, a US- re-export licence is required whether or not a UK export licence is needed or has been granted. Although such US regulations are not valid in UK law the US authorities commonly penalise foreign companies which do not comply, by denying them access to US goods or technology in the future. Where a company has a presence in the US, legal action may lead to the imposition of fines and other penalties. Exporters should note that the US regulations changed in 1988. UK exporters seeking guidance on licensable items or restricted countries under US regulations should contact the Commercial Section, US Embassy, 24 Grosvenor Square, London W1A lEA (tel 01-499 9000 ext 2433). Copies of the US Export Administration Regulations are available for reference at the Embassy, and a summary of the regulations and licence application forms may be obtained from the Embassy or from the Office of Export Administration, US Department of Commerce, Washington DC 20230. Applications for re-export licences may be made direct to the US Department of Commerce; alternatively UK exporters may prefer to contact their US supplie~s who should be able to advise whether a licence is required under US law and, if so, whether or not they can apply for such a licence on behalf of their UK principals. There are additional US licensing requirements for defence equipment of US origin and these are administered by the Office of Munitions Controls, US Department of State, 22nd and C Streets, NW Washington DC 20521. Inquiries can also be made at the US Embassy in London. British companies requiring general advice on US export controls or experiencing difficulties with US regulations should contact the DTI, OT2/1B, Room 576, 1 Victoria Street, London SW1H OET (tel 01-2154611). ,t

Security export control

March 1989

3

INDUSTRIAL UST Group A Metal-working

machinery IL 1001 Technology for metal-working manufacturing processes and specially designed "software", as follows: I. Definitions of terms used in this Item: (a) (b)

(c) (d) (e) (f)

(g) (h) (i)

"Hot die forging" is a deformation process where die temperatures are at the same nominal temperature as the workpiece and exceed 850K (577°C, 1070 0 F); "Superplastic forming" is a deformation process using heat for metals that are normally characterised by low values of elongation (less than 20 per cent) at the breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile strength-testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at least 2 times those values; "Diffusion bonding" is a solid-state molecular joining of at least two separate metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent to that of the weakest material; "Metal powder compaction" is a process capable of yielding parts having a density of 98 per cent or more of the theoretical maximum density; "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" is a deformation process which uses a fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece; "Hot isostatic densification" is a process of pressurizing a casting at temperatures exceeding 375K (102°C, 215.6°F) in a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal force in all directions to reduce or eliminate internal voids in the casting; "Vacuum hot pressing" is a process which uses a press with heated dies to consolidate metal powder under reduced atmospheric pressure into a part; "High pressure extrusion" is a process yielding a single-pass reduction ratio of 4 to 1 or greater in a cross-sectional area of the resulting part; "Isostatic pressing" is a process which uses a pressurizing medium (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) in a closed cavity to create equal force in all direction upon a metal powder*filled container for consolidating the powder into a part.

11. Listed

8S

follows:

(a)

Technology for the design of tools, dies and fixtures specially designed for the following processes: (I) "Hot die forging"; (2) "Superplastic forming"; (3) "Diffusion bonding"; (4) "Metal powder compaction" using: (i) "Vacuum hot pressing"; (ii) "High pressure extrusion"; or (Hi) "Isostatic pressing"; (5) "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing"; (b) Technical data consisting of process parameters as listed below used to control: (1) "Hot die forging": (i) Temperature;

4

Security export control

March 1989

(ii) Strain rate; , (2) "Superplastic forming" of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys and superalloys: (i) Surface preparation; (H) Strain rate; (Hi) Temperature; (iv) Pressure; (3) "Diffusion bonding" of superalloys and titanium alloys: (i) 'Surface preparation; (H) Temperature; (Hi) Pressure; (4) "Metal powder compaction" using: (i) "Vacuum hot pressing": (a) Temperature; (b) Pressure; (c) Cycle time; (H) "High pressure extrusion": (a) Temperature; (b) Pressure; (c) Cycle time; (Hi) "Isostatic pressing": (a) Temperature; (b) Pressure; (c) Cycle time; (5) "Direct*acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys, and titanium alloys: (i) Pressure; (H) Cycle time; (6) "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys, aluminium alloys- and superalloys: (i) Temperature; (H) Pressure; (Hi) Cycle time.

IL 1075 Spin-forming and flow-forming machines specially designed or adapted for use with numerical or computer controls and specially designed components and software therefore

IL 1080 (I) Specially designed equipment, tooling and

fixtures for the manufacture or measuring of gas turbine blades or vanes, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories and "specially designed software" for the equipment, components and accessories: (a) Blade or vane aerofoil or root automatic measuring equipment; (b) Precision vacuum investment casting equipment, including core*making equipment; (c) Small*hole drilling equipment for producing holes having depths more than four times their diameter and less than 0.76mm (0.03 inch) in diameter; (d) Directional solidification casting equipment and directional recrystallization equipment; (e) Segmented cast blade or vane bonding equipment; (f) Integral blade-and*disc casting equipment; (g) Blade or vane coating equipment, except furnaces, molten* metal baths and ion*plating baths; (h) Ceramic blade or vane moulding and finishing machines; (i) Moulds, cores and tooling for the manufacture and finishing of: (I) Cast hollow turbine blades or vanes; (2) Turbine blades or vanes produced by powder compaction; u) Composite metal turbine blade or vane moulding and finishing machines; (k) Inertial blade or vane welding machines.

(11) Technology (except installation, operation and maintenance technology) for use of the following unembargoed equipment: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Blade or vane belt grinding machines; Blade or vane edge radiusing machines; Blade or vane aerofoil milling or grinding machines; Blade or vane blank preforming machines; Blade or vane rolling machines; Blade or vane aerofoil shaping machines except metal removing types; (g) Blade or vane root grinding machines; (h) Blade or vane aerofoil scribing equipment.

(b) Tools, dies, fixtures and gauges: (1) For solid-state joining by inertial welding or thermal bonding; (2) For manufacture and inspection of high-performance gas turbine bearings; (3) For rolling specially configured rings such as nacelle rings; (4) For forming and finishing turbine discs; (c) Compressor or turbine disc broaching machines.

NOTE: This sub-item embargoes only broaching machines specially designed for the manufacture of aircraft or aircraft derived gas turbine engines, and not general purpose broaching machines specially adapted for that purpose.

Technical Note: Manufacture (making) includes refurbishing.

NOTE: This definition also covers machinery and equipment for the manufacture of blades or vanes in the compressor section of aircraft or aircraft-derived gas turbine engines where the technology is the same as for the manufacture of blades or vanes in the turbine section.

IL 1088 Gear making or finishing machinery, as follows: (a)

IL 1081 Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies, moulds and fixtures for the manufacture or inspection of aircraft, airframe structures or aircraft fasteners, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories and "specially designed software" for the equipment, components and accessories: Equipment, tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: (1) Hydraulic stretch forming: (i) Whose machine motions or forces are digitally controlled or controlled by electrical analogue devices; or (ii) Which are capable of thermal-conditioning the workpiece; (2) The milling of aircraft skins or spars except if they do not present an improvement on machinery in production ten years preceding the year of export; (b) Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures for: (1) "Diffusion bonding"; (2) "Superplastic forming"; (3) "Hot die forging"; (4) Metal powder compaction by vacuum hot pressing, highpressure extrusion or isostatic pressing; (5) Direct-acting hydraulic pressing of aluminium alloys and titanium alloys; (6) The manufacture, inspection, inserting or securing of specially designed high-strength aircraft fasteners.

NOTE:

(b)

NOTE:

IL 1086 Specially designed or modified equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges for the manufacture or inspection of aircraft and aircraft-derived gas turbine engines, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories and "specially designed software" for the equipment, components and accessories: (a)

Equipment, tools, dies, moulds, fixtures and gauges: (1) For automated production inspection; (2) For automated welding;

If rated in AGMA or Admiralty standards and not rated in DIN 58405, AGMA 11 or Admiralty Class 1 shall be considered to be the equivalent of DIN 58405 Class 6. Machinery capable of producing gears in excess of AGMA quality level 13 or equivalent.

NOTE: If not rated in AGMA standards, DIN 3963 Class 4 shall be considered equivalent to AGMA quality level 13.

(a)

For the definition of the processes and control of the metal working manufacturing technologies mentioned above, see Item IL 1001.

Bevel gear making machinery: (1) Gear grinding machinery (non-generating type); (2) Other machinery capable of the production of bevel gears of module finer than 0.5mm (diametrical pitch finer than 48) and meeting a quality standard better than DIN 58405 Class 6;

IL 1091 Numerical control units, numerically controlled machine-tools, dimensional inspection machines, direct numerical control systems, specially designed sub-assemblies, and specially designed "software", as follows: (a)

Units for numerically controlling simultaneously coordinated (contouring and continuous path) movements of machine. tools and dimensional inspection machines in two or more axes, except those having all of the following characteristics: (i) No more than three cO!ltouring interpolating (any mathematical function including linear and circular) axes can be simultaneously coordinated. Units may have: (1) One or more additional axes for which rate of movement is not coordinated, varied or modulated with that of another axis; (2) One additional set of up to three contouring axes provided a separate feed rate number, standard or optional, does not control more than any three contouring axes; or (3) Up to three contouring axes switchable out of any number of axes; (ii) Minimum programmable increment equal to or greater than 0.001 mm; (Hi) Interfaces limited as follows: (1) No integral interface designed to meet ANSI/IEEE standard 488··1978, IEC publication 625-1; or any equivalent standard; and (2) No more than two interfaces meeting EIA standard RS-232-C or (tny equivalent standard; (iv) On-line (real-time) modification of the tool path, feed rate and spindle data limited to the following: (1) Cutter diameter compensation normal to the centreline path; (2) Automatir~ acceJ,eration and dec.eleration for starting,corrlt!rinl~ and stopping; Security export control

March 1989

6

IL 1091 (a) (Iv) (3) (3) Axis transducer compensation including lead screw pitch compensation (measurements on one axis may not compensate another axis); (4) Constant surface speed with or without limits; (5) Spindle growth compensation; (6) Manual feed rate and spindle speed override; (7) Fixed and repetitive cycles (does not include automatic cut vector generation); (8) Tool and fixture offset; (9) Part programme tape editing, excluding source programme language and centre-line location data (CLDATA); (10) Tool length compensation; (11) Part programme storage; (12) Variable pitch threading; (13) Inch/metric conversion; (14) Feed rate override based on spark voltage' for electrical discharge machines; (v) Word size equal to or less than 16 bits (ex<;luding parity bits); (vi) "Software" or "firmware", including "software" or "firmware" of any programmable unit or device furnished, shall not exceed control unit functions as provided in (i) to (v) above, and is restricted as follows: (1) Only the following application programmes can be furnished which shall be executable without further compilation, assembly, interpretation, or processing, other than control unit parameter initialization, and memory storage loading, and each shall be supplied as an entity rather than in modular form: (a) An operating programme to allow the unit to perform its normal functions; (b) One or more diagnostic programmes to verify control or machine performance and permit localization of hardware malfunctions; (c) A translator programme with which the enduser can programme the control-to-machine interface; (2) Programme documentation for application programmes shall not contain the following: (a) Listing of programme instructions (except that necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); (b) Description of programme organization or function beyond that required for programme use and for maintenance of hardware with which these programmes operate; (c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or the algorithms employed (except those necessary for use of diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); (d) Any reference to specific memory storage locations (except those necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance); (e) Any other information about the design or function of the "software" which would assist in the analysis or modification of all or part of it.

NOTES: 1 2

3 (b)

8

For "digital computers" either "incorporated" in or "associated" with, but not "embedded" in, controllers, see Item IL 1565. Technology for the design and production (except assembly and testing) of two-axis numerical control units with an "embedded" computer remains embargoed. Not used.

Machine-tools and dimensional-inspection machines which, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can be equipped with numerical control units covered by sub-item (a) above, except: (i) Boring mills, milling machines, and machining centres having all of the following characteristics: (l) (a) Not more than three axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, ie the total number of linear plus rotary contouring axes cannot exceed three. (A secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis

Security export control

March 1 989

(2)

(3) (4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

on horizontal ooring mills, is not counted in the total of three contouring axes. A secondary rotary table, the centreline of which is parallel to the primary rotary table, is also not counted in the total of three contouring axes. Machines may have non-contouring parallel or noncontouring, non-parallel rotary axes in addition to the three axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion. Machines having the capability of being simultaneously coordinated in more than three axes are not excluded from embargo even if the numerical control unit attached to the machine limits it to three simultaneously coordinated contouring axes. For example, a machine with a control unit switchable between any three out of four contouring axes is not excluded from embargo); or (b) Not more than three linear axes plus one rotary axis, but no tilting axis, capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, ie the total number of linear plus rotary contouring axes cannot exceed four. (A secondary parallel contouring axis, eg W axis on horizontal boring mills, is not counted as an additional contouring axis. A secondary rotary table, the centreline of which is parallel to the primary rotary table, is also not counted as an additional contouring axis. Machines may have non-contouring parallel or non-contouring, non~parallel rotary axes in addition to the four axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion. Machines having the capability of being simultaneously coordinated in more than four axes are not excluded from embargo even if the numerical control unit attached to the machine limits it to three simultaneously coordinated contouring axes. For example, a machine with a control unit switchable between any three out of five contouring axes is not excluded from embargo); Maximum slide travel in any axis equal to or less than 3,000 mm; Spindle drive motor power equal to or less than 35kW; Single working spindle (the machine may have multiple tool heads or turrets as standard or optional, but only one working spindle may be operative at a time). A spindle capable of driving a multiple drill head is considered as a single spindle; Axial and radial motion measured at the spindle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater than D x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) where D is the spindle diameter in mm; An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than ±. 0.002 mm in any 200 mm of travel; Overall positioning accuracy in any axis ~qual to or greater (coarser) than: (a) ±. 0.01 mm for machines with total length of axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm; (b) ±. (0.01 + (0.0025/300) x (L -300» mm for machines with a total length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm and equal to or less than 3,300 mm; (c) ±.0.035 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel greater than 3,300 mm.

NOTE: Positioning accuracy is that accuracy which would be obtained in a temperature-controlled environment of 20°C ±. 2°C with any mechanical compensation techniques shipped with the machine or any electronic compensation described in subitem (a) (iv). Positioning accuracy of machines shipped without numerical control units will be that attained with a control unit used during checkout of the machine and with feedback systems identical to those that will be used with the machine, or by accuracy previously obtained with an identical machine and feedback system and control unit

which will be connected to the machine. (See Technical Note 6). _ (H) Jig grinders having all of the following characteristics: (1) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser) than: (a) .±.. 0.005 mm for machines with total length of axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm; (b) .±.. (0.005 + (0.002/300) (L-300» mm for machines with total length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm; (2) Not more than two axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion; (Hi) Machine-tools (other than boring mills, milling machines, machining centres and jig grinders described in (i) and (H) above and dimensional inspection machines described in (iv) below) having all of the following characteristics:· (1) Radial-axis motion measured at the spindle axis equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-topeak) in one revolution of the spindle (for lathes, turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.); (2) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) (a), (i) (6) and (i) (7) above; (iv) Dimensional inspection machines, having all of the following characteristics: (1) A linear positioning accuracy equal to or worse than: (a) .±..(3 + L/300) micrometre for L shorter than or equal to 3,300 mm; (b) .±..14 micrometre for L longer than 3,300 mm; (2) A rotary accuracy of equal to or worse than 5 second in every 90 degrees; and (3) Meeting the requirements of (i) (1) above; (For high precision turning machinery, see also Item IL 1370.) (c) "Direct numerical control systems" (ONC) consisting of a dedicated stored programme computer acting as a host computer and controlling, on-line or off-line, one or more numerically controlled machine-tools or inspection machines, as defined in sub-item (b) above, related "software", and interface and communication equipment for data transfer between the host computer memory, the interpolation functions, and the numerically controlled machine-tools; (d) Specially designed sub-assemblies and "software" which, according to the manufacturer's technical specifications, can upgrade the capabilities of numerical control units and machine-tools either so that they would become embargoed by sub-items (a), (b) or (c) above, or so that they would cease to be eligible for consideration for export at national discretion.

NOTE: Specially designed printed circuit board sub-assemblies are embargoed by this sub-item. (For machine-tool parts and components, see also Item IL 1093.)

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1

2

3 4

5 6

"Numerical control" is defined as the "automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in progress" (Ref. ISO 2382). "Contouring control" is defined as: "two or more numerically controlled motions operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to each other so that a desired contour is generated" (ReI. ISO/DIS 2806). For computer-related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL 1566. A "direct numerical control system" (ONC) is defined as "a system connecting a set of numerical~y controlled machines to a common memory for part programme or machine programme storage with provision for on-demand distribution of data to the machines" (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806.2). Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with international standard ISO 841, "Numerical Control Machines - Axis and Motion Nomenclature". The value of the positioning accuracy does not include the width of backlash. The value is determined by the usual statistical methods (random tests); ie by approaching from only one direction a minimum of 5 measurement points up to a maximum of 25 measurement points as random tests along

7

one axis. National standards may be used for this measuring method: eg the German standard VDI "Statistical testing of the operational and positioning accuracy of machine-tools VDI - DGQ3441, March, 1977". . A tilting axis is defined as an axis which alters the angular position of the rotary table centreline with respect to the spindle centreline during the machining process.

NOTES: 1

This Item does not embargo floor-type horizontal boring mills embargoed by sub-item (b) (i) above provided all the following conditions are met: (a) Maximum transverse (X-axis) travel equal to or less than 15,000 mm; (b) Maximum vertical (V-axis travel equal to or less than 5,000 mm; (c) Maximum Z-axis travel equal to or less than 3,000 mm; (d) Spindle-drive motor power equal to or less than 75 kW; (e) Meeting the requirements of sub-items (b) (i) (I) and (b) (i) (4) to (7) above.

2

Jig grinders covered by sub-itern (b) (ii) above to non-nuclear end-users, provided all of the following conditions are met: (a) Overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser) than: (1) 0.002 InIn for jig grinders with total length of axis travel equal to or less than 300 mnl; (2) ±_ (0.002 + (0.001/300) (L-300)) nlm for jig grinders with total length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 Inn}; (b) Not rnore than two axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring nlotion.

3

Not used.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC IF CHINA ONLY: 4

The' shipment .. of numerical· control units•.. numerit;aUy controlled machine. tools, dimensional inspection machines and specially designed UsoftwareUtheretor, to civil-end users, other tban nuclear and aerospace,: as follows, and specially designed sub-assemblies therefor: . . (a) Numerical control .units haVing all of the' followin8 characteristics: i

N.B. Numerical control units exported separately from equipment must be for use with and specially configured for equipment permitted by paragraph (b) below. Exporters must· submit specifications. of equipment to which the numerical control units will be lnterf4lced. (1) No more than four contouring' interpolating (any mathematical function including linear and circUlar) axes can be simultaneously·.coQrdinated,,· Unltl, may have: " " (I) One·or·more additional axes in which the rate of Movement·· is not· coordinated. varied, or modulated witbtbatof another axis; or (H) One additional··.. set:of> four' .co~fOtlnB8'~.a~. provided separate ~eedratenumbers,ltandard or optional, ~ ll()tcontrolD;t0te 'tbatt .4Q, tout contouring' axe,; '.. (2) Minimum' "'programmable '. increment .. equal" to 'or

greater than ttOOlmm;'"

(3) Intetfaces as· follows: .

"

Nomote"tnari .···OI1e 'integraJ:illterfaee, desillled to . meet .ANSfIIEEE· ~tan~ard .48&-1 ~16••,JE~ publication :625..1i ·or· ~Ilt~e,uivalent itt_ard;

(t)

and . . . . ,,:.,c':'( ".<"J' '>.':';' (il) An unlimitedl1umberof.,if1t.rfac~sl11,ttetin~2~ stan~d ~ RS-232..e.()raft,;,~ui\falent$tal1aard;

(4) On..tine(r• •tln1~ mEldHi~~itm).~of;.t~,tOQr .', lb* feed t~te d,>,p~n~ledlt~tl~it~,.·t.';~\,;.H.•. :t.II,:t.tWiusa:; .(1) Cutt di.metar.eomPtJttatiOn>~'.~Y(1t. ;'.cent· ..', ,jDe):~~~.i."/',:'f,.{;:,:·':t~:c<'::' ·•• ~ . • ;.":>"}i;:.;;.,;,;:,:.'·~:.;<;~.,o

(ti).. '.Aut()ntatj(~c, . ·.ecel~~;· . at1d,·•.• '~~.~»f~~ $tarti,*'u~ ..eri.I· ..cJ"'~~I!IP ," ,,e~'

'(lii) Axi~'~ra~ef:""'.,"

~~~~'Jli.t!/',,'

"

,;;~e:;_.~~,: ..

'<~::(i!) "(;0'

'

fv),;·.~

,.:;),;:;)i.

':':'lyt~~:'.«t

Security export cortrol

March 1989

7

(Ui) "MaximUm vertical (Y-axis) travel equal, tOQf

IL 1091 NOTE 4 (a) (4) (vii)

less.than8,OO~,mll1 ;

(
,';,~(yiii) T~·landfi.tureoff$et; ;:(ix) Partprogtamme 'tape editing, 'including source programme language and centreline location data.(CLDATA); (x): Toollengtb compensation; (xi)' Part programme storage; (xii) Variable pitch threading; (xiii) InchI metric convers,ion; and (xiv) Feed rate o\'erride based on spark voltage for electrical discharge machines; (5) Word size equal to or less than 32 bits (excluding parity bits); (6) "Software" or "firmware including Hsoftware" or "firmware tt of any programmable unit or device furnished, not exceeding control unit functions as provided in (a) (1) to (a) (5) above, and restricted as follows: (I) Application programmes executable without further compilation, assembly, interpretation or processing, other than control unit parameter initialisation, and storage loading, and each supplied as an entity rather than in modular form, as follows: (a) An operating programme to allow the unit to perform its normal functions; (b) One or more diagnostic programmes to verify control or machine performance and to permit localisation of hardware malfunctions; and (c) A translator programme for programming the control·to-machine interface; (U) Documentation for application programmes not containing the following: (a) Listing of programme instructions, except that necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance; (b) Description of programme organisation or function beyond that required for programme use and for maintenance of exported hardware and "software"; (c) Flow charts, logic diagrams or algorithms employed except those necessary for use of diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance; (d) Any reference to specific memory storage locations except those necessary for diagnostics for routine hardware maintenance; H

,

and (e) Any other information, which would assist in tbe analysis or modification of all or of part of the "software"; (b) Machine tools, and dimensiollal inspection machines wbich, according to the manufacturers' technical specifications, .can. be equipped with numerical control units covered by paragrapb (a) above, as follows: (1) Boring mills. ,milling ll)achines and machining centres haVing all of the following characteristics: (i) No more than four axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, ~ of, •which no more than three axes shall be linear' and nQrnore than, one axis shall be rotary;

r:::;:<:; ";'.';

';~t,; '::J:j; ;"~:,,

,~ ,

AseCODdary contouring ,axis. parallel with a ;ptkriary,.axis1 e.g~W.axis on horizontal boring 'mUls.is not, counted in' the totatof four contouringa~esrA8etondary rotary table with the "centreUl1e.,atallelto the primary rotary' table, ::,~'alSO'";rtot-c()unted in the total of four ;',~ent~~ft': ,.xesf {~achines "may' have non· ;' "con~~rinl, ."parallet, ',or ",Don-contouring",non, :: ·'~:PIt~t.1l;r:()t.rr.esin:addition to the four axes ' ·.~~e.~f:,.mllltlftet)utl,Y ,c",aordinated 'con..

i':IOt!i":;Jll~ti~n~,,:'!,.' (::':::":';''',i}i:;~uil;k ",,",: ,:', ~~!_a~,;,,,;..~it)~lt.v,,l,equal', to

'",' ',' ' 'leat:ttfti.'SO:OOOmmf"';:

8

Security export control

N.B. Up to four secondary contouring axes parallel with the primary axis but not simultaneously coordinated with the four primary axes may be permitted~

No more than two simultaneously working spindles (t~e machine may have multiple tool heads or ttlrrets); (ili) Radial axis motion measured at the spindle axis equal to or greater than 0.0008 mm TIR (peakto-peak) in one revolution of the spindle (for lathes, turning machines, contour grinding machines, etc.); (iv) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or greater 'coarser) than.±.. 0.002 mm in any 200 mm of travel; (v) An overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser) than: (a) ..±... 0.005 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel equal to (lr less than 300 mm; / (b) .±..(0.005 + (0.002/300) x (L-300)) mm for machines with a total length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm ~nd equal, to or less than 3,300 mm; , (c) .±... 0.025 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel greater than 3,300

(H)

RIm.

N.B.

),'",':'

(iv) Maximum horlzontal(~-axis) travel equal to or less than 5,000 mm; (v) Unlimited spitldle dlivernotor power; (vi) No ,more ,tl'lan 'two simultaneously working spindles (the, machine may have multiple tool head$ or turrets;, a spindle capable of driVing a multiple drill'head is considered as a single spindle); (vii) Axial and radial axis' motions measured at the spindle axis in one, revolution of the spindle equal to or greater than, 0 x 2 x 10-5 mm TIR (peak-ta-peak) where' D is the spindle diameter in mm; (viii) An incremental positioning accuracy equal to or, greater (coarser) than .±... 0.002 mm in any 200 mm of travel; (ix) An overall positioning accuracy in any axis equal to or greater (coarser) than: (a) .±... 0.003 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel equal to or less than 300 mm; (b) .±..(0.OO3 + (0.001/300) x (L-300» mm for machines with a total length of axis travel, L, greater than 300 mm and equal to or less than 3,300 mm; (c) .±.. 0.013 mm for machines with a total length of axis travel greater than 3,300 mm; (2) Machine tools, other than boring mills, milling machines and machining centres described in subparagraph (b) (1) above, and dimensional inspection machines, having all the following characteristics: (i) No more than four axes capable of simultaneously coordinated contouring motion, of which no more than three axes shall be linear and no more than one axis shall be rotary;

March 1989

'1,<\':

or

I)

It is understood that software embargoed by Item 1091 is defined as follows: Control "programmes" (*) used with CNC or ONC systems, which are stored in a memory of an electronic computer and implement numerical functions including, but not limited to, velocity and path generation, on-line adaptive control and special purpose data distribution, recall, and editing "programmes" for ONC applications. "Software" used in part programming, eg, APT, EXAPT, IFAPT, postprocessing and similar "programmes" are not considered among the control "programmes" used for CNC and ONC systems. *For computer-related terms, see Items 1565 & 1566. Point-to-Point Computerised Numerical Control (CNC) systems are not covered by Item 1091.

IL 1093 Components and specially-designed parts for machine tools and dimensional insp.ection machines embargoed by Item IL 1091, as follows: (a)

Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as a minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial and radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than the following: (i) 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak) for lathes and turning machines; or (ii) D x 2 X 10-5 mm TIR (peak-to-peak), where D is the spindle diameter in millimetres, for milling machines, boring mills, jig grinders, and machining centres; (b) Lead screws, including ball nut screws, except those having all of the following characteristics: (i) Accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.004 mIn/300 mm; (ii) Overall accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than (0.0025 + 5 x 10-6 X L) mm, where L is the effective length in millimetres of the screw; and (Hi) Concentricity of the centre line of the journal bearing surface and the centre line of the major diameter of the screw equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.005 mm. TIR (peak-to-peak) at a distance of three times the diameter of the screw or less from the journal bearing surface; (c) Linear and rotary position feedback units including inductive type devices, graduated scales, and laser systems, except: (i) Linear types having an accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than (0.0004 + 13 x 10-6 x L) mm, for L equal to or less than 100 mm and (0.0015 + 2 x 10-6 X L) mm, for L greater than 100 mm, where L is the effective length in millimetres of the linear measurement; and (ii) Rotary types having an accuracy equal to or greater (coarser) than two seconds of arc; (d) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all the following characteristics: (1) Stroke greater than 200 mm; (2) Nominal force rating greater than 45 N; and (3) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than 0.001 mm.

Group B Chemical and petroleum equipment IL 1110 Equipment for the production of liquid Ouorine, and specially designed components therefore

IL 1129 Vacuum pump systems, as follows, and specially designed components, controls and accessories therefor: (a)

Cryopump systems (Le. systems in which the circulation of cooled or liquefied gas is used to achieve a vacuum, static or dynamic, by lowering the temperature of the environment) designed to operate at temperatures of less than -200°C (-328°F) measured at atmospheric pressure; (b) Vacuum pump systems capable of evacuating a chamber of volume greater than one (1) litre to pressures below 10-8 torr (1.3 x 10-6 pascals) while the temperature in the chamber is maintained above 800°C (I,472°F).

IL 1131 Pumps (except vacuum pumps - see Item 1129) designed to move molten metals by electromagnetic forces.

IL 1142 Reinforced tubing (including connectors and fittings for use with such tubing) incorporating coagulated dispersion grades of polytetrafluoroethylene, copolymers of tetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoropropylene, or any of the fluorocarbon materials embargoed by Item IL 1754 (a) (2) and designed for operating (working) pressures of 210.9 kg/cm 2 (3,000 psi) or greater, whether or not specially processed to make the flow surfaces electrically conductive.

IL 1145 Containers, jacketed only, specially designed for the storage or transportation of liquid fluorine.

Group C Electrical and powergenerating equipment IL 1203 Electric furnaces, as follows, specially designed components and controls therefor, and "specially designed software" for such furnaces, components or controls: (a)

Consumable electrode vacuum arc furnaces with a capacity in excess of 20,000 kg (44,092 lb); (b) Skull type vacuum arc furnaces; (c) "Vacuum induction furnaces" allowing the molten metal to be poured into a mould within the same vacuum chamber without breaking the vacuum and having all of the following characteristics: (1) A capacity in excess of 2,275 kg (5,014 lb); (2) Designed to operate at pressures lower than 6.67 Pa (0.0667 mbar)~ and (3) Designed to oI)erate at temperatures in excess of 1,373K (1,IOO°C);

NOTE: "Vacuum induction furnaces" include all portions of the furnace system within the vacuum chamber. (d) Induction furnaces haviag both of the following characteristics: (1) A diameter ir.,side the induction coil (If 155 mm or more (6.1 inches Ot more); and Security export control

March 1989

9

IL 1203 (cl) (2) (2)

reactants and having an energy density of 55 watthours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or more at the rated operating temperature;

Designed to heat a workpiece with a diameter of 130 mm or more (5.1 inches or more) to a temperature in excess of 2,273K (2,OOOOC);

NOTE: This item does not embargo susceptors made of graphite not embargoed elsewhere in these Lists. 2 This item also covers vacuum furnaces capable of operating with protective atmospheres. (See also items IL 1080 and IL 1301.)

•.

. . . :')/

;f(lJt,:~~,~~t':;::R£PY8L_C<;~Qr:·'~IlJNA.?ON'LY1 '.'~

~::::; ;':SlQIIltype·,y,cuum,.c6J"naeel witb a capacity not exceeding ~'

,"

. , '.

. . ,

IL 1205 Electro-chemical, semi-conductor and radioactive devices for the direct conversion of chemical, solar or nuclear energy to electrical energy, as follows: (a)

Electro-chemical devices, as follows and specially designed components therefor: (I) Fuel cells operating at temperatures of 523K (250°C, 482°F) or less, including regenerative cells, ie cells for generating electric power, to which all the consumable components are supplied from outside the cell:

NOTE: The temperature of 523K or less is intended to refer to the fuel cell and not to the fuel conditioning equipment, which may be either an ancillary or an integral part of the fuel cell battery and which may operate at over 523K. (2) Primary cells and batteries having any of the following characteristics: (i) Reserve (water, electrolyte or thermally activated) batteries possessing a means of activation and having a rated unactivated storage life of three years or more at an ambient temperature of 297K (24°C, 75°F); (H) Utilizing lithium or calcium (including alloys in which lithium or calcium are constituents) as electrodes and having an energy density at a discharge current equal to C/24 hours (C being the nominal capacity at 297K (24°C, 75°F) in amperehours) of more than 250 watt-hours per kilogramme (114 watt-hours per pound) at 297K (24°C, 75°F) and more than 80 watt-hours per kilogramme (36 watt-hours per pound) at 244 K (-29°C, - 20°F);

NOTE: Energy density is obtained by multiplying the average power in watts (average voltage in volts times average current in amperes) by the duration of the discharge in hours to 80 per cent of the opencircuit voltage and dividing by the total mass of the cell (or battery) in kilogrammes; (Hi) Using an air electrode together with either lithium or aluminium counter-electrodes and having a power output of 5 kilowatts or more or an energy output of 5 kilowatt-hours or more; (3) Secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries having any of the following characteristics after more than 20 chargeldischarge cycles at a discharge current equal to C/5 hours (C being the nominal capacity in ampere hours); (i) Utilizing nickel and hydrogen as the active constituents and having an energy density of 55 watt-hours per kilogramme (25 watt-hours per pound) or more at 297K (24°C, 75°F); (H) Utilizing lithium or sodium as electrodes or 10 Security export control

March 1989

NOTE: Energy density is obtained by multiplying the average power in watts (average voltage in volts times average current in amperes) by the duration of the discharge in hours to 75 per cent of the opencircuit voltage and divided by the total mass of the cell (or battery) in kilogrammes. (4) Molten salt electrolyte cells and batteries which normally operate at temperatures of 773K (500°C, 932°F) or below; (b) Photo-voltaic cells as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (I) With a power output of 14mW or more per sq cm under 100mW per sq cm tungsten 2,800 0 K (2,527°C, 4,581°F) illumination; (2) All gallium arsenide photo-voltaic cells excluding those having a power output of less than 4mW measured by the above techniques; (3) With a power output of 450mW or more per sq cm under 10 watts per sq cm silicon carbide at 1,750 K (1,477°C, 2,691°F) illumination; (4) Electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized particle radiation resistant; (c) Power sources based on radio-active materials systems other than nuclear reactors, except: (i) Those having an output power of less than 0.5 Wand a total weight (force) of more than 890 N (90.7 kg, 200 Ib); (H) Those specially designed and developed for medical use within the human body;

NOTES: 1 2

See also Item IL 1570. This Item does not embargo the following cells and power source devices, and specially designed components therefor (nothing in this Note shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for such cells, power source devices or specially designed components): (a) Fuel cells embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above, provided they are not "space qualified", with a maximum output power more than 10 kilowatts and which use gaseous pure hydrogen and oxygenlair reactants, alkaline electrolyte and a catalyst supported by carbon either pressed on a metal mesh electrode or attached to a conducting porous plastic; (b) Lithium primary cells or batteries embargoed by subitem (a) (2) (H) which: (1) Are specially designed for consumer applications and used in watches, pacemakers, calculators or hearing aids; or (2) Are specially designed for consumer or civil industrial applications and have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 35 ampere-hours and discharge current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a) (2) (H);

(c)

Lithium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (H) above which: (I) Are specially designed for consumer applications which will have been previously determined by the Department of Trade and Industry; or (2) Have a nominal capacity less than or equal to 0.5 ampere-hour and an energy density of less than 40 watt-hours per kilogramme (18 watt-hours per pound) at 273K (OOC, 320°F) and a discharge current of less than Cl 10 hours (C as defined in (a) (3»; (d) Sodium secondary (rechargeable) cells and batteries embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (H) above which are specially designed for consumer or civil industrial applications which are not "space qualified".

N.B. The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to products which are stated by the manufacturer as designed and tested to meet the special electrical, mechanical or environmental requirements for use in rockets, satellites or high-altitude flight systems operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.

IL 1206 Electric arc devices (or plasma torches) and equipment, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories, and controls and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Electric arc devices for generating a flow of ionized gas in which the arc column is constricted except: (i) Devices using less than 100 kW arc power for welding, melting, plating or spraying; or (H) Devices with less than 235 kW arc power for cutting; (b) Equipment incorporating electric arc devices with a constricted arc column and capable of having a programmable increment (for the continuous movement of the device) less (finer) than 0.01 mm; (c) Test equipment incorporating electric arc devices embargoed by sub-item (a) above.

4

NOTE: This Item does not embargo plasma torches for industrial gas heating which use a non-constricted arc column with an operating pressure of 1 to 15 bar inclusive.

General industrial equipment

IL 1305

IL 1301 Equipment and technology for the production of "superalloys", as follows: Equipment specially "superalloys";

designed

for

the

production

NOTES:

NOTES: 2 3

Metal rolling mills, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and controls and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

of

(1) Sub-item (a) does not include the following equipment: (a) Electric arc and induction furnaces, basic oxygen furnaces and remelting equipment using other techniques for the production of carbon steels, lowalloy steels and stainless steels; (b) Degassing equipment used for the production of carbon steels, low-alloy steels and stainless steels; (c) Hot and cold rolling mills, extrusion presses, and swaging and forging machines; (d) Decarburizing and annealing and pickling equipment; (e) Surface finishing equipment; (t) Slitting and cutting equipment (2) Vacuum induction furnaces used in the production of superalloy powders, however, are embargoed by this sub-item. (3) For the embargo status of other electric vacuum furnaces, see Item IL 1203; (b) Technology specific to the production of "superalloys", regardless of the type of equipment with which it may be intended to use such technology. 1

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Superalloys" are nickel-, cobalt-, or iron-base alloys having strengths superior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982) at temperatures over 922 K (649°C) under severe environmental and operating conditions. Excluded are carbon steels, low-alloy steels and stainless steels having strengths inferior to the AISI 300 series (as of the 1st May 1982).

Group D

(a)

crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks. SEMI-FABRICATED FORMS (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched): (i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomising and grinding, i.e. angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire. (H) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by powder metallurgy. For materials and manufacturing processes at later stages in the production process, see also other items, for example, Items IL 1431 and 1460 for gas turbine engines.

Sub-item (b) does not include technology on the equipment excluded by Note 1 to sub-item (a) above. Melting, remelting and degassing technology specific to the production of superalloys, however, is embargoed by sub-item (b). This item embargoes equipment specially designed for and technology specific to the production of "superalloys" in the crude and semi-fabricated forms listed below: CRUDE FORMS: Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,

Isothermal rolling mills, except those capable of operating only at ambient temperatures.

TECHNICAL NOTE: In an isothermal rolling mill a constant instantaneous temperature profile is maintained in the contact area between the workpiece and the rolls. (b) Other mills specially designed or re-designed for the rolling of metals and alloys with a melting point exceeding 1,900oC (3,452°F).

IL 1312 "Isostatic presses", as follows, and specially designed dies and moulds (except those used in "isostatic presses" operating at ambient temperatures), components, accessories and controls and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Capable of achieving a maximum working pressure of 138MPa (20,000 psi) or more and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter in excess of 406 mm (16 inches); or (b) Having a controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 127 mm (5 inches) or more.

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Isostatic presses" are equipment capable of pressurizing a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.

NOTES: 1

"Isostatic presses" embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above, provided the equipment will be used for specific non-strategic applications and will not be used for any nuc:ear or aerospace applications and provided that: (a) "Isostatic presses" having controll\~d thermal Security export control

March 1989

11

IL 1312 NOTE I (a) continued environment within the closed cavity are limited as follows: (1) Maximum working pressure not exceeding 207 MPa (30,000 psi); (2) Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the maximum inside diameter of the working chamber) not exceeding 406 mm (16 inches), when the controlled thermal environment which can be achieved and maintained does not exceed 1,500°C; (3) Having no facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and removal of resultant gaseous degradation products; and (b) "Isostatic presses" other than those dealt with under subparagraph (a) above are limited as follows: (1) Maximum working pressure not exceeding 414 MPa (60,000 psi); and (2) Chamber cavity with an inside diameter (ie the maximum inside diameter of the working chamber) not exceeding 508 mm (20 inches).

f0lt,5;~~~~,;J.~IJM~,9f,r;~· ,,~Lr;:~,:',

~."t'

(a) (b)

NB: (c)

(d) (e)

(t)

Nozzles, dies and extruder barrels specially designed for the processing of the fluorocarbon materials covered by Item IL 1754 (a) (2).

(g)

Manufacturing and testing equipment for optical fibre, optical cable and other cables, as follows, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Equipment specially designed to manufacture cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (a) or (e); (b) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical fibre or optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526; (c) Equipment specially designed to manufacture optical preforms embargoed by Item IL 1767; (d) Optical fibre and preform characterisation equipment using semiconductor lasers for the testing of optical fibres or optical preforms at operating wavelengths exceeding 850 nm; The status of optical fibre and optical preform characterisation equipment which contain lasers is defined in this Item.

NOTES: 1. 2.

12

This Item does not embargo equipment specially designed for the manufacture of cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (b). Equipment specially designed for the insertion of optical fibres in an optical cable embargoed by Item IL 1526 (c). Security export control

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Stored-programme controlled" is defined as a control using instructions stored in an electronic storage which a processor can execute in order to direct the performance of predetermined functions.

NB: Equipment may be "stored-programme controlled" whether the electronic storage is internal or external to the equipment.

NOTES: See also Item IL 1522 (b) for the embargo of printed circuit board manufacturing equipment incorporating a laser.

(1)

NB:

March 1989

dptt'•.l.prefOt1lffl.:ftbre'o~~ble>·"

Equipment specially designed for removal of resists or printed circuit board materials by dry (eg plasma) methods; Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment for printed circuit boards, having any of the following functions: (1) Generation of artwork design with an interactive capability; (2) Generation of test string lists for multi-layer boards; (3) Generation of data or "programmes" for "storedprogramme controlled" printed circuit board drilling equipment; (4) Generation of data or "programmes" for "storedprogramme controlled" printed circuit board shaping and profiling equipment; or (5) Generation of data for control of the sequencing of processes of the equipment for printed circuit board manufacture embargoed by (c) below; High-speed autorpated continuous panel processors for plating capable of delivering more than or equal to 860 A/m2 (80 A/ft2) of plate current. (This does not include processors specially designed for, and restricted to, plating tab (edge) connectors); "Stored-programme controlled" inspection equipment for the detection of defects in printed circuit boards using optical pattern comparison or other machine scanning techniques; "Stored-programme controlled" electrical test equipment for the identification of open and short circuits on bare printed circuit boards, capable of: (1) Continuity testing (less than or equal to 4 ohm) at a rate of 2,500 or more measurements per second; or (2) High voltage testing (greater than or equal to 50 volts) at a rate of 10,000 or more measurements per minute; "Stored-programme controlled" multi-spindle drills and routers having any of the following characteristics: (1) Absolute positioning accuracy of .±.. 10 micrometres (0.0004 inch) or better; (2) Minimum time needed for drill bit changes less than or equal to 5 seconds; or (3) X and Y positioning speeds higher than or equal to 0.125 m/sec (300 inch/min) for drilling or for routing; "Stored-programme controlled" cyclic voltametric stripping equipment specially designed for printed circuit board plating bath monitoring and analysis.

"

IL 1353

.•

rnan{jf8ctitre·()f

Equipment designed for the manufacture or testing of printed circuit boards, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories, and "specially designed software" therefor:

envko~~t~jlhip·the·dOJed:~vitr. 'nus~ fQ( tie1.~ ufaetunl :01 .',indJ;tStriat· .' "reftaetory, .aD9·.·..ceramic

IL 1352

' 1'~e~i~~t1'ft)r:tfte

IL 1354

FOR 'PE()PLE'S~REPUBLlC OF CHINA ONLY:

The inside chamber dimension referenced in sub-paragraphs (a) (2) and (b) (2) above is the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other. For "isostatic presses" having a controlled thermal environment, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less than 406 mm (16 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be pressed. For "isostatic presses tt operating at ambient temperatures, the insertion of fixturing leaves a diameter of less than 508 mm (20 inches) in the chamber for the piece to be pressed.

. equipm,erit

"t~D~~~~~~c ~.).,~?? ~d

21ll~.$~i~rnel1t ~fpr~~havln.nG:conuoDed thermal "~

, '<;f9ri1Jc:th~il~ter-i,

3; ,;Ca)

poa(PEOJlLE'SREPU8UC:OFC~A,ONLY: (2),~9t1i,~'Jltfortpe.•.JP~~~acture~,p~i~te~ .cirCuit boards, as

f~I"'lf~';, ><, <,>,'>.i> '. . ' , . '" ...; .:. . 't«Il) ·r~tt~~t'.~~~lr,·.,.:,~: .,.~.~. ;f()rt~~ . remo~al . of·resists .. .ot'printed~dretllt ·ooarclrnllterials by dry{,~g:. plasma) <

"{.,..~:,:. ',;;,,0'

~)i'

~ods;

,'"

:

~

',. ,

.>

,

'.

··:'..,.e,.~~.~l~~·~~iij . spifldl~drnl$ ~~t~~~~.,~ti~>,',.'<>'··'

"•. ':

With

(1)

Ab~lute positi()ning or Wors~;· ana

accuracy of .:t....5 micromettes

(2) XandY politioninglpeed$of 0.210 metre/second or slower for drilling· or for roUting. (c) "Stored programme c()ntroUed routers. which are not capable of three..dimeusional contouring,operations; (d) Work-table positioning systems for digiti~i,ng and editing drilling positions from. printed circuit arf work for the generation of data or "programmes" for "storedprogramme-controlled" printed circuit board drilling equipment; (e) "Stored programme controlled" electrical test equipment embargoed by sub-item (e), for the identification of open and short circuits on bare printed circUit boards. U

example, diodes, transistors, thyristors, photocells and solar cells. (ii) "Stored programme controlled" equipment specially designed for testing integrated circuits, and "assemblies" thereof, capable of performing any of the following functions: (a) Functional (truth table) testing at a pattern rate greater than 2 MHz; (b) Resolution of currents of less than 1 nanoampere; (c) Testing of integrated circuits (not mou,nted on circuit boards) in packages haVing more than a total of 24 terminals; or

NOTE:

IL 1355

(b) (7) (ii) (c) does not embargo equipment specially designed for and dedicated to the testing of integrated circuits not embargoed by Item It 1564. (d) Measurement of rise times, fall times and edge placement times with a resolution of less than 20 ns;

Equipment for the manufacture or testing of electronic components and materials, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Equipment special1y designed for the manufacture or testing of electron tubes, optical elements and specially designed components therefor embargoed by Items IL 1541, 1542, 1555, 1556, 1558 or 1559; (b) Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits and "assemblies", as follows, and systems incorporating or having the characteristics of such equipment: (1) Equipment for the processing of materials for the manufacture of devices and components as specified in the heading of this sub-item;

NOTE: This item does not embargo quartz crucibles specially designed for equipment embargoed by (b) (1). (2) Masks, mask substrates, mask-making equipment and image-transfer equipment for the manufacture of devices and components as specified in the heading of this subitem;

NOTE: The term 'masks' refers to those used in electron beam lithography, X-ray lithography, and ultra-violet lithography, as well as the usual ultra-violet and visible photolithography. (3) "Stored programme controlled" inspection equipment for the detection of defects in processed wafers, substrates or chips using optical pattern comparison or other machine scanning techniques;

NOTE:

(4) (5) (6)

(7)

Conventional scanning electron microscopes, except when specially designed and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection, are not embargoed by this sub-item. Specially designed "stored programme controlled" measuring and analysis equipment; Equipment for the assembly of integrated circuits; "Stored programme controlled" wafer probing equipment; Test equipment as follows (for standard test instruments, see Item IL 1529): (i) "Stored programme controlled" equipment specially designed for testing discrete semiconductor devices and unencapsulated dice, capable of performing any of the following functions: (a) Measurement of time intervals of less than 10 ns; (b) Measurement of parameters (eg fT, S-parameters, noise figure) at frequencies greater than 250 MHz; (c) Resolution of currents of less than 100 picoamperes; or (d) Measurements of spectral response at wavelengths outside the range from 450 to 950 nm;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Discrete semi-conductor devices

include,

for

TECHNICAL NOTE: The terms "integrated circuits" and "assembly" are defined in Item IL 1564.

NOTES: Test equipment which is not of a generalpurpose nature and which is specially designed for, and dedicated to, testing "assemblies" or a class of "assemblies" for home and entertainment applications is not embargoed by (b) (7) (ii). 2 Test equipment which is not of a generalpurpose nature and which is specially designed for, and dedicated to, testing electronic components, "assemblies" and integrated circuits specifically excluded by Item It 1564 is not embargoed by (b) (7) (H), provided such test equipment does not incorporate computing facilities with user-accessible programming capabilities; (Hi) Equipment specially designed for determining the performance of focal-plane arrays at wavelengths more than 1,200 nm, using "stored programme controlled" measurements or computer aided evaluation and having any of the following characteristics: (a) Using scanning light spot diameters of less than 0.12 mm (0.005 inch); (b) Designed for measuring photosensitive performance parameters and for evaluating frequency response, modulation transfer function, uniformity of responsivity or noise; or (c) Designed for evaluating arrays capable of creating images of greater than 32 x 32 line elements; (iv) Specially designed for bubble memories; (8) Class 10 filters capable of providing an environment of 10 or less particles of 0.3 micrometre or more per 0.02832 m3 (1 cubic foot) and filter materials therefor; 1

NOTE: This sub-item also embargoes such equipment used or modified for use in the manufacture or testing of other devices such as: imaging devices, electro-optical devices, acoustic wave devices, film memory devices.

NOTES: (1) For equipment which is used in the manufacture and processing of semiconductors and semiconductor materials and which is specially designed to employ lasers or laser technology, see Item It 1522. (2) For the purpose of this item "stored programme controlled" is defined as a control using instructions stored in an electronic storage which a 'processor can execute in order \0 direct the performance of predetermined fWlctiO(lS. Security export control

March 1989

13

IL 1355 NOTE 2 continued

dry methods of passivation layers, dielectrics, semiconductor materials, resists or metals except horizontal, cylindrical plasma etchers without "stored programme controlled", end-point detection, automatic loading or rotating mechanisms and not having the capability for parallel plate etching as used in semiconductor device manufacture;

NB: Equipment may be "stored programme controlled" whether the electronic storage is internal or external to the equipment. (3) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (l) above is defined as fonows: (a) Equipment for producing polycrystaUine silicon embargoed by Item IL 1757 (l) having a purity of 99.99 per cent or more in the form of rods (ingots, boules), peUets, sheets, tubes or small particles; (b) Equipment specially designed for purifying or processing 111-V and 11-VI semiconductor materials covered by Item IL 1757, except crystal puUers, for which see (c) below; (c) Crystal pullers, furnaces, and gas systems, as foUows: (l) Types with specially designed "stored programme controUed" temperature, power input or gas, liquid or vapour flow; (2) Diffusion, oxidation and annealing furnaces for operation at pressures above 1 atmosphere (nominal); (3) Annealing or re-crystallizing equipment other than constant temperature furnaces employing high rates of energy transfer capable of processing wafers at a rate greater than 50 cm 2 per minute; (4) Plasma-enhanced or photo-enhanced chemical reactor equipment; (5) Equipment for automatic control of crystal taper and diameter, except taper and diameter control mechanisms using any of the foUowing equipment techniques: (i) Radiation pyrometers; (H) Thermocouples; (Hi) RF power sensors; or (iv) Mass weighing (without digital or anomaly control permitting the growth of semiconductors); (6) Crystal pullers having any of the following characteristics: (i) Rechargeable without replacing the crucible container; (H) Capable of operation at pressures above 2.5 x 105 pascal (2.5 atmospheres absolute) or below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere absolute); (Hi) Capable of puUing crystals of a diameter greater than 76.2 mm (3 inches); (iv) Specially designed to minimize convection currents in the melt by the use of magnetic fields or multiple crucibles; or (v) Capable of pulling sheet or ribbon crystals; (7) Vacuum induction-heated zone-refining equipment for operation at a pressure of 0.01 pascal or less; (d) Equipment for epitaxial growth having any of the following characteristics: (1) Operation at pressures below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere absolute); , (2) "Stored programme controUed"; (3) Rotating vertical-support, radiant-heated reactors; (4) SpeciaUy designed for processing bubble memories; (5) Metal-organic chemical vapour deposition reactors; or (6) For liquid phase epitaxy; (e) Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment; (l) "Magnetically-enhanced" sputtering equipment;

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Magnetically-enhanced" refers to equipment incorporating a cathode assembly having an integral magnetic structure for enhancing the plasma intensity. (g) Equipment designed for ion implantation, or for ionenhanced or photo-enhanced diffusion; (h) Equipment for selective or non-selective removal by 14 Security export control

March 1989

NB: This sub-paragraph does not include vacuum sputtering equipment designed to operate in the sputter etch mode. (i) Equipment for semiconductor device fabrication -operating below 1 x 105 pascal (1 atmosphere absolute) for the chemical vapour deposition of oxides, nitrides, metals and polysilicon;

NB: 0)

This sub-paragraph does not cover reactive sputtering equipment. Electron beam systems (including scanning electron microscopes), capable of mask making or semiconductor device processing and having any of the following characteristics: (1) Electrostatic beam deflection; (2) Shaped, non-Gaussian beam profile; (3) Beam blanking capability; (4) Digital-to-analogue conversion rate greater than 3MHz; (5) Digital-to-analogue conversion accuracy greater than 12 bits; or (6) Target-to-beam position feedback control precision of 1 micrometre or finer;

NB: This sub-paragraph does not cover electron beam deposition systems, and (3) above does not cover scanning electron microscopes equipped for Auger analysis. (k) Surface finishing equipment, speciaUy designed for the processing of semiconductor wafers and having any of the foUowing characteristics: (I) Waxless or non-adhesive mounting; (2) Double-sided simultaneous polishing or lapping; (3) Capable of polishing and lapping wafers exceeding 76.2 mm (3 inches) in diameter; or (4) Lapping or polishing in two stages on the same machine; (I) Interconnection equipment which may include common single or multiple vacuum chambers specially designed to permit the integration of equipment embargoed by this Item into a complete system. (4) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (2) above is defined as follows: (a) Finished masks, reticles and designs, therefor; (b) Hard surface (eg chromium, silicon, iron oxide) coated "substrates" (eg glass, quartz, sapphire) for the preparation of masks having dimensions exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches); (c) Computer-aided design (CAD) equipment, for transforming schematic or logic diagrams into designs for producing semiconductor devices or integrated circuits, having any of the following functions: (I) Storage of pattern cells for subdivision of integrated circuits; (2) Scaling, positioning, or rotation of pattern cells; (3) Interactive graphic capabilities; (4) Design rule and circuit checking; or (5) Circuit layout modification of the arrangement of the elements;

NB: "Software" which performs any of the functions in this sub-paragraph, or which can be used for transient analysis, for logic analysis or logic checking, for automatic routing or cell placement, for the generation of test vectors or for process simulation is "specially designed software"

embargoed by the heading of this Item. (d) Mask fabrication machines using photo-optical methods as follows: (1) Step and repeat cameras capable of producing arrays larger than 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 inches), or capable of producing a single exposure larger than 3.75 x 3.75 mm (0.15 x 0.15 inch) in the focal plane, or capable of producing useful line widths of 3.5 micrometres or less; (2) Pattern generators specially designed for the generation or manufacture of masks or the creation of patterns in photosensitive layers and with placement precision finer than 10 micrometres; (3) Mask fabrication equipment containing automatic adjustment of focus or adjustment of the mask material into the focal plane; (4) Equipment and holders for altering masks or reticles or adding pellicles to remove defects; (For electron-beam systems, see note (3) (j) above.) (e) Mask, reticle or pellicle inspection equipment, as follows: (1) For comparison with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or finer over an area of 63.5 x 63.5 mm (2.5 x 2.5 inches) or more; (2) "Stored programme controlled" equipment with a resolution of 0.25 micrometre or finer and with a precision of 0.75 micrometre or finer over a distance in one or two coordinates of 63.5 mm (2.5 inches) or more; (3) "Stored programme controlled" defect inspection equipment;

NB:

(f)

Conventional scanning electron microscopes, except when specially designed and instrumented for automatic pattern inspection, are not covered by this sub-paragraph. Align and expose equipment using photo-optical methods, including projection image transfer equipment, capable of performing any of the following functions: (1) Production of useful pattern size of less than 5 micrometres; (2) Alignment with a precision finer than 1 micrometre; (3) Field coverage exceeding 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches); (4) Wafer backside alignment; (5) Automatic alignment by the sensing of patterns or index marks on the substrate; (6) Projection image transfer for processing slices (wafers) of 50.8 mm (2 inches) or larger in diameter;

(6)

of 1 micrometre or finer. Equipment covered by sub-item (b) (5) above is defined as follows: (a) "Stored programme controlled" die (chip) mounters and bonders with a positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres or incremental steps finer than 6.4 micrometres; (b) "Stored programme controlled" wire bonders and welders for performing consecutive bonding operations; (c) Equipment for producing multiple bonds in a single operation (eg beam lead bonders, chip carrier bonders, tape bonders); (d) Semi-automatic or automatic hot cap sealers, in which the cap is heated locally to a higher temperature than the body of the package, specially designed for ceramic microcircuit packages embargoed by Item IL 1564 (b) and which have a throughput equal to or greater than one package per minute.

NB: General purpose resistance type spot welders are not covered by sub-item IL 1355 (b) (5). 2 Thermal compression bonders, also known as nailhead bonders, are embargoed under the terms of this Item. (7) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (6) above is defined as that which has any of the following: (a) Positioning accuracy finer than 50 micrometres, or incremental steps finer than 6.4 micrometres; (b) Individual die location read-out (X-Y position information) during testing; (c) Capable of testing devices having more than a total of 24 terminals; (d) Automatic slice (wafer) alignment. 1

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: (8)

(a)

Equipment for the production of polycrystalline silicon; (b) Crystal pullers, except those whicb: (1) Are rechargeable witbout replacing the crucible; or (2) Operate at pressures above 2.5 x lOS pascal (2.5 atmosphere absolute) and. have any of the follOWing features:

NB: U

;

(c)

NB: Non-eontacting (proximity) image transfer equipment is embargoed only by (1) to (5) above. (g) Electron beam, ion beam, or X-ray equipment for projection image transfer; (For laser equipment, see Note 1 above). (h) Photo-optical or non-photo-optical step and repeat or partial field equipment for the transfer of the image on to the wafer; (i) Mask contact transfer equipment for imaging a field larger than 76.2 x 76.2 mm (3 x 3 inches). (5) Equipment embargoed by sub-item (b) (4) above is defined as follows: (a) Specially designed for the measurement of oxygen or carbon content in semiconductor materials; (b) Equipment for concurrent etching and doping profile analysis (employing capacitance-voltage or current-voltage analysis techniques); (c) Equipment for linewidth measurement with a resolution of 1.0 micrometre or finer; (d) Specially designed flatness measurement instruments capable of measuring deviations from flatness of 10 micrometres or less with a resolution

No process technology to be supplied. (i) Two or more temperature zones; (ii) "Stored programmecontrolled (iii) Anomaly shape control; (iv) Produce ingots of more than· 50.8 mm (2 inches) in diameter: or (v) Produce ingots of more than 1 kg in mass; Diffusion furnaces, except those which .use computer .feedback control operated from an "associated" computer;

NB: UAssociated" with equipment or, systems means: (a) Cart. feasibly be·eitber: (i) Removed from the equipment or system$; or (ii) Used for other purposes;, ahd (b) Is not essential to theoperati()n .of such equipment.or systems. .,.' (d) Vacuum induction-heated zone refining equipment; (e) Epitoial reactors, excepttbose which 4re: (1) For mo\ecularbeamepitaxy;'or (2) Special!ydesigned.' ~?r .'~r,ano.tnetllni~

(f)

deposititn 01' tiquid-pbaseepitaxy.. ' . " Magneticall)'i enbanced rnultipfe-wafe~sputt~rlbg

equipment;·,·.....·.'

(8) Ion implattt~tioJl,ion ..enhahced·or .p~oto-err~~llced diffu$~()n' . equip~~t~ . ~C~f . •~~~~: .• ~~~~~~,';~~'~J,,~f.;~~

foUowlng,cbarCl,~~t[$t~::, . " ': . '.~" : ",;",;','~ ': . . '. :';;':;"""':;~'?;'fi,\>

(1) P~tte!rring ea~JjiI~~;·. ..':',";;s',":';'J/:,;';;" (2) Ace~ra\l , .lta~,ft?t . . ' t,l\a,~ . . . ,;_e; .,;{.' (3lCa~bl~6f';'I*,:~¥fjt!~;i~~t*~~t~'tt~\~' heated IU <;:;'/"',.,,,,:,.;.;:'. , . ' .. " ' : . ' . ' . , ... ,'C;~ Security export control

March 1989

16

equipment or drive circuitry other than those identified in (u) or (v) below; (u) Test equipment for: (I) Television circuit testing; (2) Operational amplifier testing; (3) Voltage regulator testing; (4) Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converter testing; or (5) Discrete semiconductor testing at frequencies of 18 GHz or less; (v) "Stored programme controlled" equipment for functional testing (truth table) of integrated circuits or integrated circuit assemblies capable of either: (1) Generating a basic pattern rate of 10 MHz or less; or (2) Generating a basic pattern rate of more than 10 MHz but not more than 20 MHz and limited to testing integrated circuits with 64 or fewer pins. (9) Licence applications for the following equipment, for the People's Republic of China only, will receive favourable consideration: Equipment embargoed by sub-items (b) (1) or (2) which can produce patterns finer than 3 micrometres but not finer than 2 micrometres.

IL 1355 NOTE 8 (h) .:\~i~··#f(.oPtltaJ :'" .;J.1~<:

~fat, ;~~¥i ..,:;.,

'"

pumps;

/·~i.Ol :: ;~~.~~tban optical ' / .....;.,. .:. . . '~trP~;' . '

<:ry9••~~::or·nt"borrto"cutarptlmps;'o r

."

~;·Jo'«'loerc.:

· :" .,. ", .,:,.' "

<~!>~~!i:i. .··'X:,··t<,('.•. ·

~: .~,.:,l.~~:~.!( tefer!t(),dr;y~et~in8,!Bachines which ':,,:'~l\~~'"d~y,~si8J1edfor:,prqd\l~ionprocessing ; ...; . ,.. ' ,J',>~ff!1s.:SU~h~~C~i~JE~s:~anprocess two or

, l110rewafets simultaneou.lywit~cQm.monprocess parameters. eSt RF.powet,·'temperatur~, etcb gas

species.•. flow rates.

,'SW81~'W'afer ,types" J1}fers tf} ~ry ettbins machines 'Wliic,~;
slnglewilferinto:the: equiplllent fl:;)f J)rocessing. The

IL 1356

par~~et"St'. eg, .. IF )X>,wer' or. 'end . point, . can .be rnde~ndentl;y "determined for each individual

Equipment specially designed or incorporating modifications for the continuous coating of polyester-base magnetic tape embargoed by Item IL 1572, and specially designed components therefore

~efinition ,iJlcltt(Jesequipment . . that ',can •load . and »ro~," several' wafers but.,. wher:e '.• the etching

wafer.

(I)

"

Low-pressure' chemical ;vapour deposition equipl1lel1t, except equipment.. capable of. metal deposition:; <

0)

Not used;

(k) Singl~side .lapping and . polishing equipment for "ater, surface ftniebl~l;

Hardsutface (e.8~chromium. siUcon. itonoxide) . coatedsubstrates(e.g. glass.' quartz, sapphire) for the prepara~j()n of masks baving dimensions greater tban 12.5 cm x 12'.5 cm; (m): Mask .fabrication equipment '. using pnoto-optical methods, \yhich .Was.eithe~commercially available beforetbelst J~U~.1980torhas a performance

(1)

no better than such equi.,ment;

en) Manually.operated .rnaskinjpection equipment;

(o) (1) Photo-optiealcontact an
NOTE: This Item does not embargo general purpose continuous coating equipment.

IL 1357 Equipment for the production of fibres embargoed by Item IL 1763 or their composites, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

(b)

micrometres;

An.Ugnment
(c)

better

~~ntaetbnal~,transf~~ernlJl~dall~i; .av4iJablebefore the. tst :;Jfl{lUlfr~,l~lt'~rlt.,A~tform$nceno better tban

(d)

~~cq eq~pment; .'. ,; < .: <:~ (tr' ,~~ '.. '.~t:;, for"f0r\~W'J:ent. etching .8fld doping ,,>:;j,;pr. ... . ,:~Il~,~iS:0.:~p~ying,~a~cit~te~voltage ,or

,

',' ~.)

.

'~'eu,re~t~'Q~;:~a1y'i$t~~n!qu~;

i.·... . ..... . ..:;·;,;pr.~gte,:'(9~(rtlU~(r:;·. wir:~

{j~ep~;"2'

;,',\\.

. ". ..

,

··.:·or •. die "

',(~) ,~p~r())I~~~"wuer'proQing ;:;~'s
.';>;';<'i:; ¥;J\::"<'"

COLOURED TYPE

(e)

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Filament winding machines of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and winding fibres are coordinated and programmed in three or more axes, specially designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from fibrous and filamentary materials; coordinating and programming controls therefor; Tape-laying machines of which the motions for positioning and laying tape and sheets are coordinated and programmed in two or more axes, specially designed for the manufacture of composite airframes and missile structures; Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines and interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits, for weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres to manufacture composite structures, except textile machinery which has not been modified for the above end-uses; Specially designed or adapted equipment for the production of fibrous and filamentary materials covered by Item IL 1763 (a) or (b), as follows: (I) Equipment for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, or polycarbosilane) including special provision to strain the fibre during heating; (2) Equipment for the vapour deposition of elements or compounds on heated filamentary substrates; and (3) Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium oxide); Specially designed or adapted equipment for special fibre surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms covered by Item IL 1763 (c):

NOTE: Equipment embargoed by this sub-item includes but is not limited to rollers, tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies.

NOTES: 1. 16

Security export control

March 1989

Specially designed or adapted components and accessories

2.

for the machines embargoed by this item include, but are not limited to, moulds, mandrels, dies, fixtures and tooling for pressing, curing, carbonising, graphitising, casting, sintering or bonding of preforms, composite structures, laminates and manufactures thereof embargoed by Item IL 1763 (d). Not used.

IL 1359 Specially designed tooling and fixtures for the manufacture of fibre-optic connectors .nd couplers embargoed by Item IL 1526 (f).

IL 1358

,f014:,PEG.

Equipment specially designed for the manufacture or testing of devices and assemblies thereof embargoed by Item IL 1588 or magnetic recording media described in Item IL 1572, as follows, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor:

:.op~ :eot1lt~'"

TECHNICAL NOTE:

"Stored-programme controlled" equipment capable of automatic X-ray orientation and angle correction of double-rotated stress-compensated (Se) quartz crystals embargoed by Item IL 1587 with a tolerance of 10 seconds of arc maintained simultaneously in both angles of rotation.

For this Item, single aperture forms described in Item IL 1588 (b) with a maximum dimension less than 0.76 mm (30 mils) are considered embargoed types. (a)

Equipment for the manufacture of single and multi-aperture forms embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c) or (d), as follows: (1) "Automatic" presses to produce embargoed types; (2) Press dies to produce embargoed types; (3) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting, exercising or testing of embargoed types; (b) Equipment for the manufacture of thin film memory storage or switching devices having square hysteresis loops and "automatic" equipment for monitoring, grading, sorting, exercising or testing of devices embargoed by sub-item IL 1588 (e); (c) "Automatic" equipment for monitoring, exercising or testing assemblies of devices embargoed by sub-items IL 1588 (b), (c), (d) or (e); (d) Equipment which incorporates specially designed modifications for the application of magnetic coating to flexible disk recording media with a "packing density" exceeding 2,460 bit per cm (6,250 bit per inch);

NOTE: (e)

(f)

This sub-item does not embargo general purpose coating equipment. Equipment specially designed for the application of magnetic coating to non-flexible (rigid) disk type recording media as described in Item IL 1572 (d); "Stored programme controlled" equipment for monitoring, grading, exercising or testing recording media, other than tape, embargoed by Item IL 1572 (d).

NOTES: 1

The term "automatic" refers to machinery not requiring the assistance of a human operator to complete its "function(s)" during each complete cycle of operations.

NB: 2

The term "function(s)" does not include the initial loading or final unloading of material from the machine. Equipment embargoed by sub-item (d) above, provided: (a) The equipment is used for a legitimate civil end-·use and is reasonable for that use; (b) Not used. (c) The equipment cannot produce recording media for computer flexible disk cartridges exceeding a "gross capacity" of 17 million bit.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 3

The shipment of: (a) "Automatic" equipmel1t . for monitoring, ~adingf exerci~ing or testing. recording media .·eUt~,oe~'l)y Item IL 1572 (d)·having the folJowins.. cbaracteristics: (1) F()r.Pigit~tecortliI,l8tapet;;ia ·lUaximw:nt~rtiing _ q~Il~ty,ofJ~~t~~3,93? ~it,per~tn;

(~l·foran~~8tie . r~C?f~ins

or

JCipe,.,a ;:c~.~nlJ',~9iS~Jl~s

\\greaterttian~~~4 ~i9()m~tres;':'

... ' . ' ",.;':-

(bJ "Dlskette unit test equipment.

(ForJP~

" 4efinJtioQQf e()ntrQtI~dt •., s~I'~m'L ,,' Usto,e4prqgramtlle. . i .; ,

13S')~·:

i'

,~

-,.:':.;

'.

ThtFshi~.'$\~\t<

proVide
mMuf8cture;fib~~;~ntt,

(a) . ·:.'Non,t~:"'~~;t)f;~;, ..· V~~~;f:1t?j;/';;u:.;"<., .....••' " ;.' ,}',,;, , (b).•' .Pi~e.oPtit.tildW1eador' ibulJ·~.~~tO~c;.1;~J1I·;~~j':··, .,

IL 1360

(For the definition of "stored-programme controlled" see Item IL 1355.)

IL 1361 Test facilities and equipment for the design or development of aircraft or gas turbine aeroengines, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5), hypersonic (Mach 5 to Mach 15) and hypervelocity (above Mach 15) wind tunnels, except: (i) Supersonic (Mach 1.4 to Mach 5) wind tunnels not specially designed for, or fitted with means of, preheating the air; or (ii) (ii)Wind tunnels specially designed for educational purposes and having a "test section size" (measured internally) of less than 25 cm (10 inches).

TECHNICAL NOTE: By "test section size" is understood the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle constituting possible shapes of the test section. (b) Devices for simulating flow-environments of Mach 5 and above, regardless of the actual Mach number at which the devices operate, including hot shot tunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; (c) Wind tunnels and devices, other than two dimensional (2-D) sections, that have unique capabilities for simulating Reynolds number flow in excess of 25 x 10 6, at transonic velocities; (d) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including sensors), and automated data-acquisition equipment, specially designed for use with wind tunnels and devices embargoed by (a), (b) or (c) above; (e) Models, specially designed for use with wind tunnels or with the devices covered by (b) or (c) above, of embargoed aircraft, helicopters, airfoils, spacecraft, space-launch vehicjes, rockets or surface-effect vehicles.

NOTE: Specially designed models are those equipped with sensors and a means of transmitting data from the sensors to the dataacquisition system, or equipped with features for using nonintrusive sensors (ie not directly connected to the model.-or not located in the flow adjacent to the model). (f) Specially designed electromagnetic Interference and electromagnetic pulse (EMI/EMP) simulators; (g) Specially designed test facilities and equipment for the development of gas turbine aero-engines and components, as follows: 1 Security export control

March 1989

17

IL 1361 (g) (I) (1) Special test facilities capable of applying dynamic flight loads, measuring performance or simulating the design operating environments for rotating assemblies or aeroengines; (2) Test facilities, test rigs and simulators for measuring combustion system and hot gas flow path performance, heat transfer and durability for static assemblies and aero-engine components; (3) Specially designed test rigs, equipment or modified gas turbine engines which are utilized for development of gas turbine aero-engine internal flow systems (gas path seals, air-oil seals and disc cavity flow fields).

NOTE: Specially designed components embargoed by this Item, for wind tunnels and for facilities and equipment covered by sub-item (g) previously licensed for export provided that such components will not upgrade the performance of the wind tunnel, facilities or equipment and, for normally-consumable replacement components, the quantity will not exceed a 6-month supply.

components embargoed by Item IL 1416 (a), (b), (c), (e), (I), (g) and (h) for use in water tunnels;

(d) "Databases" generated by use of equipment embargoed by this Item.

NOTE: The water tunnels referred to in this Item are used for the hydrodynamic testing of a fixed model, using a moving fluid.

IL 1364 Machinery and equipment for the manufacture of hydrofoil vessel and surface-effect vehicle and SWATU -vessel structures and components, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (a) Specially designed equipment for manufacturing anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwich structures embargoed by Item IL 1416 (h) (3);

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

IL 1362 Vibration test equipment as follows: (a) Vibration test equipment using digital control techniques and specially designed ancillary equipment and "specially designed software" therefor, except: (i) Individual exciters (thrusters) with a maximum thrust of less than 100 kN (22,500 Ib); (H) Analogue equipment; (Hi) Mechanical and pneumatic exciters (thrusters); (iv) Vibrometers; (v) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL 1531,IL 1565 or IL 1568; (b) High intensity acoustic test equipment capable of producing an overall sound pressure level of 140 dB or greater (referenced to 2 x 10-5 N/m2) or with a rated output of 4kW or greater and specially designed ancillary equipment and "specially designed software" therefor, except: (i) Analogue equipment; (H) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL 1531, IL 1565 or IL 1568; (c) Ground vibration (including modal survey) test equipment that uses digital control techniques and specially designed ancillary equipment and "specially designed software" therefor, except: (i) Analogue equipment; (ii) Ancillary equipment not covered by Items IL 1529, IL 1531,IL 1565 or IL 1568.

EXPLANATORY NOTES: Vibration and acoustic test systems typically consist· of one or more exciters (thrusters), or acoustic noise generators, together with ancillary equipment for instrumentation, control, data acquisition and analysis. This Item covers only the vibration and acoustic test equipment itself. The ancillary equipment, e.g. digital and logic instrumentation, computers, FIT's, etc, are to be judged in their own right against the relevant items of these Lists.

IL 1363 Specially designed water tunnel equipment, components, accessories and "databases" for the design and development of vessels, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) Automated control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) and data acquisition equipment specially designed for water tunnels; (b) Automated ~quipment to control air pressure acting on the surface of the water in the test section during the operation of the water tunnel; (c) Components and accessories for water tunnels, as follows: (1) Balance and support systems; (2) Automated flow or noise measuring devices; and (3) Models of hydrofoil vessels, surface-effect vehicles, SWATH vessels and specially designed equipment and 18

Security export control

March 1989

(b)

(c) (d) (e) (I)

Anisotropic construction is the use of fibre reinforcing members aligned so that the load-carrying ability of the structure can be primarily orientated in the direction of expected stress. 2. Orthotropic construction is a means of stiffening plates in which the structural members are at right angles to each other. 3. Sandwich construction is the use of structural members or plates which are fabricated and permanently affixed in layers to enhance their strength and reduce their weight. Specially designed equipment for the production and testing of flexible materials for skirts, seals, air curtains, bags and fingers for surface-effect vehicles; Specially designed equipment for the production of waterscrew propellers and hub assemblies and water-screw propeller systems embargoed by Item IL 1416 (e) and (I); Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic balancing and automated testing and inspection of lift fans for surface-effect vehicles; Specially designed equipment for the production of water-jet propulsion pumps rated at 3,000 hp or greater, or multiplepump system equivalents thereof; Specially designed equipment for the production, dynamic balancing and automatic testing of AC-AC synchronous and AC-DC systems, sectored disc and concentric-drum rotors for DC homopolar machines. (See also Item IL 1416.)

IL 1365 Equipment specially designed for in-service monitoring of acoustic emissions in airborne vehicles, or underwater vehicles embargoed by Item IL 1418, capable of discriminating acoustic emissions related to crack growth from innocuous noise sources and capable of spatial location of the crack, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefore TECHNICAL NOTE: The methods used for discriminating acoustic emissions from innocuous noise sources include pattern-recognition techniques. This Item does not embargo general purpose acoustic emission equipment.

IL 1370 Machine-tools for generating optical quality surfaces, specially designed components and accessories therefor, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) Turning machines using a single point cutting tool and having all of the following characteristics:

(1) Slide positioning accuracy less (finer) than 0.0005 mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); (2) Slide positioning repeatability less (finer) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); (3) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak); (4) Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over full travels; and (5) Slide perpendicularity less than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of travel, TIR (peak-to-peak); (b) Fly cutting machines having both of the following characteristics: (1) Spindle run-out (radial and axial) less than 0.0004 mm TIR (peak-to-peak); and (2) Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (finer) than 2 seconds of arc (peak-to-peak) over full travel; (c) Specially designed components, as follows: (1) Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles and bearings as a minimal assembly, except those assemblies with axial and radial axis motion measured along the spindle axis in one revolution of the spindle equal to or greater (coarser) than 0.0008 mm TIR (peak-to-peak); (2) Linear induction motors used as drives for slides, having all of the following characteristics: (i) Stroke greater than 200 mm; (H) Nominal force rating greater than 45N; and (Hi) Minimum controlled incremental movement less than 0.001 mm; (d) Specially designed accessories, ie single point diamond cutting tool inserts having all of the following characteristics: (I) Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when magnified 400 times in any direction; (2) Cutting radius between 0.1 and 5 mm; and (3) Cutting radius out-of-roundness less than 0.002 mm TIR (peak-to-peak).

(d) Gas-lubricated foil bearings; (e) Bearing parts usable only for bearings embargoed by this Item, as follows: outer rings, inner rings, retainers, balls, rollers and sub-assemblies.

NOTES: (1) This item is not intended to cover hollow bearings. (2) The shipment of reasonable quantities of bearings embargoed by this Item to civil end-users who have furnished assurances that the bearings will be incorporated in equipment previously imported from non-proscribed countries.

EXPLANATORY NOTES: A

Balls as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified among balls manufactured to the tolerances in table 1 or closer; B Rollers 'as covered by item IL 1371 (e) may be identified among non-standard rollers, that is, rollers falling outside of the tolerances for graded rollers for standard bearings which are shown in table 2; The above explanatory note applies to the rollers for bearings covered by sub-items (a) (2) and (b) (2). It does not apply to rollers for bearings covered by sub-items (a) (1) and (b) (1), because these are indicated by virtue of materials used. Illustrative examples of tolerances for graded rollers for nonstandard bearings are shown in table 3; C

Separable ball bearings are not viewed as including those bearings, one part of which serves as an integral part of the equipment incorporating the bearing; Ceramic bearings as covered by Item IL 1371 consist of bearing elements (e.g. balls, rollers or races) made from ceramic or hybrid (ceramic plus metal) materials and designed to operate at temperatures over 150°C and at ON values equal to or greater than 1.5 x 106;

o

TECHNICAL NOTE:

NB:

Machines will be evaluated under the conditions yielding the most accurate values, including but not limited to the incorporation of control systems which permit mechanical, electronic and "software" compensation.

ON is defined as the product of the bearing bore diameter in millimetres and the bearing rotational velocity in revolutions per minute.

IL 1371

Table 1

(see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 A) Sphericity or Diameter tolerance Diameter tolerance diameter variation per unit container per shipment per baR L±.l C±J L±.l

Ball material

Anti-friction bearings, as follows: (a)

, I

Ball and roller bearings having an inner bore diameter of 10 mm or less and tolerances of ABEC 5, RBEC 5 (or national equivalents) or better and either of the following characteristics: (1) Made of special materials, ie with rings, balls or rollers made irom any steel alloy or other material (including but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal, beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal composites), except the following: low-carbon steel, SAE-521 00 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615 nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C) stainless steel (or national equivalents); or (2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special materials or by special heat treatment; (b) Ball and roller bearings (exclusive of separable ball bearings and thrust ball bearings) having an inner bore diameter exceeding 10 mm and having tolerances of ABEC 7, RBEC 7 (or national equivalents) or better and either of the following characteristics: (1) Made of special materials, Le. with rings, balls or rollers made from any steel alloy or other material (including but not limited to high-speed tool steels, Monel metal, beryllium, metalloids, ceramics and sintered metal composites), except the following: low-carbon steel, SAE-521 00 high carbon chromium steel, SAE-4615 nickel molybdenum steel, AISI-440C (SAE-51440C) stainless steel (or national equivalents); or (2) Manufactured for use at normal operating temperatures over 150°C (302°F) either by use of special materials or by special heat treatment; (c) Ball and roller bearings having tolerances better than ABEC 7 (or national equivalents);

Chrome steel such as 52100, 51100 and 50100 0.000025" Carbon steel 0.0001" Monel metal 0.0002" Stainless steel 0.00005" Brass 0.0002" Bronze 0.0002"

0.000025" 0.0001" 0.001" 0.00005" 0.001" 0.001"

0.0001" 0.0004" 0.005" 0.0002" 0.001" 0.001"

Sphericity or diameter variation per ball is the geometric quality which indicates the maximum permissible variation from absolute roundness in all planes through the centre of the ball. Diameter tolerance per unit container is the maximum degree to which the average diameter of the largest ball and the average diameter of the smallest ball, within the unit container, may vary from the specific size for indicted grade. Diameter tolerance per shipment is the maximum permissible deviation from the specific size within the shipment, for the grade indicated.

Table 2

(see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B) Outside diameter Maximum out of tolerance variation round tolerance per shipment

Over

Including

L±J

C±.l

Maximum out of round tolerance including taper of cyUndrical roRer C±J

Omm 26 mm 42 mm 64 mm

26 mm 42 mm 64 mm 100mm

0.00004" 0.00006" 0.00008" 0.0001"

0.00004" 0.00006" 0.00008" 0.0001"

0.00008" 0.00012" 0.00016" 0.0002"

Roller diameter

Table 3

(see IL 1371, explanatory note 2 B)

Roller diameter

Over

Outside diameter Maximum out of tolerance variation round tolerance per shipment

L±.l

C±J

Maximum out of round tolerance including taper of cyHndricaI roRer C±J

mm mm mm mm

0.00001" 0.00D01" 0.00002" 0.00003"

0.00001" 0.00001" 0.00002" 0.00003"

0.00004" , 0.00004" 0.00006" 0.00008"

mm mm mm mm

0.0000075" 0.0000075," 0.00#)(.1,1" 0.000015"

0.000008" 0.000008" 0.00001" 0.000015"

0.00004" 000004" 0.00006" 0.00008"

Including

Example No. 1 6.5 0 mm 6.5 mm 18 18 mm 26 26 mm 42 Example 2 0 mm 6.5 mm 18 mm 26 mm

6.5 lB 26 42

Security export control

-

March 1989

19

IL 1372

either of the following characteristics: (i) Incorporating power systems greater than 80 kW; or (ii) (1) Incorporating power systems greater than 50 kW;

Technology for industrial gas turbine engines, as follows:

and

(a) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and gas turbine aero-engines is covered by Item IL 1460. (b) Technology common to industrial gas turbine engines and marine gas turbine engines is covered by Item IL 1431.

EXPLANATORY NOTES: 1.

2.

Core-section modules and specially designed components of industrial gas turbine engines derived from gas turbine aeroengines embargoed by Item IL 1460 or marine gas turbine engines embargoed by Item IL 1431 shall be treated under the provisions of those respective items. Industrial gas turbine engines adapted as marine gas turbine engines are covered by Item IL 1431.

(D)

IL 1385 Specially designed production equipment for compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers and inertial equipment embargoed by Item IL 1485. TECHNICAL NOTE: Production equipment embargoed by this Item includes the following: (a) For ring laser gyro equipment, the following equipment used to characterize mirrors, having the threshold accuracy shown or better: (1) Rectilfnear scatterometer (10 ppm); (2) Polar scatterometer (10 ppm); (3) Reflectometer (50 ppm); (4) Profilometer (5 angstroms); (b) For other inertial equipment: (1) Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) module tester; (2) IMU platform tester; . (3) IMU stable element handling fixture; (4) IMU platform balance fixture; (5) Gyro tuning test station; (6) Gyro dynamic balance station; (7) Gyro run-in/motor test station; (8) Gyro evacuation and fill station; (9) Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings; (10) Accelerometer axis align station; (11) Accelerometer test station.

(E)

(F)

(G)

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

2. 3.

IL 1388

4.

Specially designed equipment for the deposition, processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as follows, for non-electric substrates by processes defined in Item IL 1389 and specially designed automated handling, positioning, manipulation and control components, and "specially designed software" therefor:

5.

(A) "Stored programme controlled" "chemical vapour deposition" (CVD) production equipment with both of the following: (1) Process modified for one of the following: (a) Pulsating CVD; (b) Controlled nucleation thermal de'composition (CNTD); or (c) Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and (2) Any of the following: (a) Incorporating high vacuum (less than or equal to 10-7 atm) rotating seals; (b) Operating at reduced pressure (less than 1 atm); or (c) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control; (B) "Stored programme controlled" "ion implantation" production equipment having beam currents of 5 mA or higher; (C) "Stored programme controlled" "electron beam physical vapour deposition" (EB-PVD) production equipment with 20' Security export control

March 1989

Having both of the following characteristics: (a) Incorporating a liquid pool level laser control system which regulates precisely the ingots feed rate; and (b) Incorporating a computer controlled rate monitor operating on the principle of photoluminescence of the ionised atoms in the evaporant stream to control the deposition rate of a coating containing two or more elements; "Stored programme controlled" "plasma spraying" production equipment having any of the following characteristics: (1) Operating at atmospheric pressure discharging molten or partially molten material particles into air or inert gas (shrouded torch) at nozzle exit gas velocities greater than 750 m/sec calculated at 293 K at 1 atmosphere; (2) Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere (less than or equal to 100 millibar (0.1 atm) meassured above and within 30 cm of the gun nozzle exit) in a vacuum chamber capable of evacuation down to 10-4 millibar prior to the spraying process; or (3) Incorporating in situ coating thickness control; "Stored programme controlled" "sputter deposition" production equipment capable of current densities of 5 mAlcm 2 or higher at a deposition rate of 10 micrometres/hr or higher; "Stored programme controlled" "cathodic arc deposition" production equipment with either of the following characteristics: (1) Incorporating target areas larger than 45.6 cm 2; or (2) Incorporating a magnetic field steering control of the arc spot on the cathode; Deposition process or surface modification equipment for "stored programme controlled" production processing which enables the combining of individual deposition processes embargoed by (A) to (F) above so as to enhance the capability of such individual processes. (2)

For the definitions of the coating processes specified in (A) to (G) above, see Item IL 1389. Coating processes include original coating as well as coating repair and refurbishing. For coating technologies, see Item IL 1389. It should be noted that, while the equipment for "electrophoretic deposition", "pack cementation" and "slurry deposition" processes is not considered sensitive because of its universal use, the restrictions on the technology for use of this equipment, as identified in Item IL 1389, are still in effect. For the definition of "stored programme controlled", see Item IL 1355. The status of coating and surface modification equipment for non-electronic substrates using lasers is defined in this Item.

IL 1389 Technology for application to non-electronic devices to achieve: inorganic overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification coatings, specified in column 3 of the Table below; on substrates specified in column 2 of the Table below; by processes as defined in Technical Note (a) to (h) and specified in column 1 of the Table below: and specially designed "software" therefore -TABLE 1. Coating process(l)

2. Substrate

A. "Chemical Superalloys Vapour Deposition"

3. Resultant coating Aluminides for internal surfaces, Alloyed aluminides(2) or

(CVO)

Noble metal modified aluminide~3)

Titanium or Titanium alloys Ceramics Carbon-carbon, Carbon-ceramic, or Metal matrix composites Copper or Copper alloys Silicon carbide or Cemented tungsten carbide B. "Electron- Superalloys Beam Physical Vapour Deposition" (EB-PVD)

Ceramics Aluminium alloys(6)

Corrosion resistant steeJ(7)

Carbon-carbon, carbon-ceramic, or Metal matrix composites Copper or copper alloys Silicon carbide or Cemented tungsten carbide

Carbides, Aluminides or Alloyed aluminide~2) Silicides or Carbides Silicides, Carbides, Mixtures thereo~4) or Dielectric layers Tungsten or Dielectric layers Carbides, Tungsten, Mixtures thereo~4) or Dielectric layers Alloyed silicides, Alloyed aluminide~2), MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttrium'S), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Mixtures thereof (including mixtures of the above with silicides or aluminidesJ4) Silicides or Modified zirconia (except calcia-stablized zirconia) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttriumJS), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Mixtures thereo~4) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttriumJS) or Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) Silicides, Carbides, Mixtures thereo~4) or Dielectric layers Tungsten or Dielectric layers Carbides, Tungsten, Mixtures thereo~4) or Dielectric layers

C. "ElectroSuperalloys phoretic Deposition"

Alloyed aluminide~2) or Noble metal modified aluminides(3)

D. "Pack Superalloys cementation"(9) (see also A Carbon-carbon, above) Carbon-eeramic or Metal matrix composites Aluminium

Alloyed aluminide~2) or Noble metal modified alulninides(3) SUicides, Carbides or Mixtures thereof(4)

alloy~6)

E. "Plasma spraying" (high velocity or low pressure only)

Superalloys

Aluminium

alloy~6)

Corrosion resistant steeJ(7)

Titanium or Titanium alloys F. "Slurry Refractory metal~8) Deposition" Carbon-earbon, Carbon-eeramic or Metal matrix composites

Fused silicides or Fused aluminides Silicides, Carbides or Mixtures thereo~4)

G. "Sputtering" Superalloys (high rate, reactive or radio frequency only)

Alloyed sUicides, Alloyed aluminide~2), Noble metal modified aluminide~3) , MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttriumJS), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia), Platinum or Mixtures thereof (including mixtures of the above with silicides or aluminidesJ4) SUicides, Platinum or Mixtures thereof(4) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttriumJS), Modified zirconia {except calcia-stablized zirconia) or Mixtures thereof(4) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12

Ceramics Aluminium

alloy~6)

Corrosion resistant steel~7)

Aluminides or Alloyed aluminide~)

MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttrium'S), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Mixtures thereo~4) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttrium'S), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia), Silicides or Mixtures thereo~4) MCrAIX (except CoCrAIY which contains less than 22 weight per cent of chromium and less than 12 weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttrium'S), Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Mixtures thereo~4) Carbides or Oxides

Security export control

March 1989 21

IL 1389 Table G continued

(a)

weight per cent of aluminium and less than 2 weight per cent of yttrium~5)

Titanium or Titanium alloys Carbon-earbon, Carbon-eeramic or Metal matrix composites Copper or Copper alloys Silicon carbide or Cemented tungsten carbide H. "Ion ImHigh temperature plantation" bearing steels

Modified zirconia (except calcia-stabilized zirconia) or Mixtures thereo~4) Borides or Nitrides SUicides, Carbides, Mixtures thereof(4) or Dielectric layers Tungsten or Dielectric layers Carbides, Tungsten or Dielectric layers Additions of Chromium, Tantalum or Niobium Columbium Borides

Beryllium or Beryllium alloys Carbon-carbon, Silicides, Carbides, Carbon-ceramic or Mixtures thereof(4) or Metal matrix Dielectric layers Titanium or Borides or Titanium alloys Nitrides Silicon nitride or Nitrides, Cemented tungsten Carbides or carbide Dielectric layers Sensor window Dielectric layers materials transparent to electromagnetic waves, as follows: silica, alumina, silicon, germanium, zinc sulphide, zinc selenide or gallium arsenide

FOOTNOTES: (1) Coating process includes coating repair and refurbishing as well as original coating. (2) Multiple-stage coatings in which an element or elements are deposited prior to application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are deposited by another coating process, are included in the term 'alloyed aluminide' coating, but the multiple use of single-stage "pack cementation" processes to achieve alloyed aluminides is not included in the term 'alloyed aluminide' coating. (3) Multiple-stage coatings in which the noble metal or noble metals are laid down by some other coating process prior to application of the aluminide coating are included in the term 'noble metal modified aluminide' coating. (4) Mixtures consist of infiltrated material, graded compositions, co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one or more of the coating processes specified in this table. (5) MCrAlX refers to an alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon or other minor additions in various proportions and combinations. (6) Aluminium alloys as a substrate in this Table refers to alloys usable at temperatures above 500 K (227°C). (7) Corrosion resistant steel refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) 300 series or equivalent national standard steels. (8) Refractory metals as a substrate in this Table consist of the following metals and their alloys: niobium (columbium), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum. (9) This Item does not embargo technology for single-stage "pack cementation" of solid airfoils.

TECHNICAL NOTE: The definitions of processes specified in column 1 of the Table are as follows:

22

Security export control

March 1989

"Chemical Vapour Deposition" (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy, composite or ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants are reduced or combined in the vicinity of a substrate resulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloyed or compounded material on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process is provided by the heat of the substrate.

NB: 1

CVD includes the following processes: out-of-"pack", pulsating, controlled nucleation thermal decomposition (CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted processes. 2 "Pack" denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture. 3 The gaseous material utilized in the out-of-"pack" process is produced using the same basic reactions and parameters as the "pack cementation" process, except that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the powder mixture. (b) "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition" (EB-PVD) is an overlay coating process conducted in a vacuum chamber, wherein an electron beam is directed onto the surface of a coating material causing vapourization of the material and resulting in condensation of the resultant vapours onto a substrate positioned appropriately.

NB: (c)

The addition of gases to the chamber during the processing is an ordinary modification to the process. "Electrophoreti~ Deposition" is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process in which finely divided particles of a coating material suspended in a liquid dielectric medium migrate under the influence of an electrostatic field and are deposited on an electrically conducting substrate.

NB: Heat treatment of parts after coating materials have been deposited on the substrate, in order to obtain the desired coating, is an essential step in the process. (d) "Pack Cementation" is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersed in a powder mixture, a so-called "pack", that consists of: (1) The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually aluminium, chromium, silicon or combinations thereof); (2) An activator (normally a halide salt); and (3) An inert powder, most frequently alumina. The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort which is heated to between 1030 K to 1375 K for sufficient time to deposit the coating. (e) "Plasma Spraying" is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch), which produces and controls a plasma, accepts powdered coating materials, melts them and propels them towards a substrate, whereon an integrally bonded coating is formed.

NB: 1 2

High velocity means more than 750 metres per second. Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure. (f) "Slurry Deposition" is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquid and is applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping or painting; subsequently air or oven dried, and heat treated to obtain the desired coating. (g) "Sputtering" is an overlay coating process wherein positively charged ions are accelerated by an electric field towards the surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface atoms to be released and deposited on the substrate.

NB: Triode, magnetron or radio frequency sputtering to increase adhesion of coating and rate of deposition are ordinary modifications to the process. (h) "Ion implantation" is a surface modification coating process in which the element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated through a potential gradient and implanted into the surface region of the substrate. The definition includes processes in which the source of the ions is a plasma surrounding the

(i)

substrate and processes in which ion implantation is performed simultaneously with "electron beam physical vapour deposition" or "sputtering". "Cathodic arc deposition" employs a cathode which is consumable and has an arc discharge established on the surface by a momentary contact of ground trigger. Arc spots form and begin to erode randomly but uniformly the cathode surface creating a highly ionised plasma. The anode can be either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode through an insulator or the chamber can be used as an anode. Substrates appropriately positioned receive deposits from the ionised plasma. Substrate biasing is used for non-Iine-of-sight deposition. A gas can be introduced in the vicinity of the substrate surface in order to react during deposition to synthesise compound coatings.

V.

NOTE: It is understood that technology embargoed by Item IL 1389 consists of technical information, data or know-how regarding criteria or parameters as follows: I. Technology for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (A) Chemical stripping and cleaning bathcycle parameters, as follows: (i) Bath composition (a) For the removal of old or defective coatings, corrosion product or foreign deposits; (b) For preparation of virgin substrates; (H) Time in bath; (Hi) Temperature of bath; (iv) Number and sequences of wash cycles; (B) Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the cleaned part; (C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows: (i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: (a) Composition of the atmosphere; (b) Pressure of the atmosphere; (ii) Temperature of heat treatment; (iii) Time of heat treatment; (D) Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows: (i) Grit blasting parameters, as follows: (a) Grit composition; (b) Grit size and shape; (c) Grit velocity; (ii) Time and sequence of cleaning cycle after grit blast; (Hi) Surface finish parameters; (E) Masking technique parameters, as follows: (i) Material of mask; (H) Location of mask. 11. Technology for in situ quality assurance techniques for evaluation of the coating processes listed in the Table, as follows: (A) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: (i) Composition of the atmosphere; (H) Pressure of the atmosphere; (B) Time parameters; (C) Temperature parameters; (D) Thickness parameters; (E) Index of refraction parameters. Ill. Technology for post deposition treatments of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (A) Shot peening parameters, as follows: (i) Shot composition; (ii) Shot size; (Hi) Shot velocity; (B) Post shot peening cleaning parameters; (C) Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows: (i) Atmosphere parameters, as follows: (a) Composition of the atmosphere; (b) Pressure of the atmosphere; (H) Time-temperature cycles; (D) Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the coated substrates. IV. Technology for quality assurance techniques for the evaluation of the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows: (A) Statistical sampling criteria; (B) Microscopic criteria for: (i) Magnification; (H) Coating thickness and thickness uniformity; (Hi) Coating integrity; (iv) Coating composition;

(v) Coating and substrates bonding; (vi) Microstructural uniformity. , Technology and parameters related to specific coating and surface modification processes listed in the Table, as follows: (A) For "Chemical Vapour Deposition": (i) Coating source composition and formulation; (ii) Carrier gas composition; (Hi) Substrate temperature; (iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles; (v) Gas control and part manipulation; (B) For "Electron-Beam Physical Vapour Deposition": (i) Ingot composition; (ii) Substrate temperature; (Hi) Reactive gas composition; (iv) Ingot feed rate; (v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles; (vi) Beam and part manipulation; (C) For "Electrophoretic Deposition": (i) Liquid dielectric formulation, as follows: (a) Composition; (b) Temperature; (c) Specific gravity; (H) Particle size, distribution and composition; (Hi) Bath composition; (iv) Electric field strength; (v) Time cycle; (vi) Part fixturing; (D) For "Pack Cementation": (i) "Pack" composition and formulation; (H) Carrier gas composition; (Hi) Time-temperature-pressure cycles; (E) For "Plasma Spraying": (i) Powder composition, preparation and size distributions; (H) Feed gas composition and parameters; (iii) Substrate temperature; (iv) Gun power parameters; (v) Spray distance; (vi) Spray angle; (vH) Cover gas composition, pressure and flow rates; (vHi) Gun control and part manipulation; (F) For "Slurry Deposition": (i) Slurry composition and formulation; (ii) Slurry application techniques; (iii) Time-temperature cycles; (iv) Part manipulation; (G) For "Sputtering": (i) Target composition and fabrication; (ii) Geometrical positioning of part and target; (Hi) Reactive gas composition; (iv) Electrical bias; (v) Time-temperature-pressure cycles; (vi) Triode power; (vii) Part manipulation; (H) For "Ion Implantation": (i) Beam control and part manipulation; (H) Ion source design details; (Hi) Control techniques for ion beam and deposition rate parameters; (iv) Time-temperature-pressure cycles.

IL 1391 "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "endeffectors", as follows, and specially designed components and. "specially designed software" therefor: NOTES: 1. 2. (a)

Mechanical structures for "robots" are included in specially designed components for the above. For simulation "softwa.re" used in the evaluation, design and optimisation of robotk systems, see Item IL 1566. "Robots" having any of the following characteristics: (I) Capable of employing feedba,ck inform'alion in "real-time processing" from one or more "sensors" to generate or modify "prograln'fne~\~," or to generate or modify numerical programme data; Security export control

March 1989

23

IL 1391 (a) (1) NOTES

(8) Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened" beyond that necessary to withstand normal industrial (Le., non-nuclear industry) ionising radiation; (9) Equipped with "robot" manipulator arms which contain fibrous and filamentary materials embargoed by Item IL

NOTES: 1.

2.

This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of using information derived only from "sensors" which can be used to measure: (a) The internal state of the "robot", Le., velocity, position (by other than inertial position measuring systems), drive motor current or voltage, fluid or gas pressure or temperature; (b) Through-the-arc current (or voltage) for weld seam tracking; or (c) Binary or scalar values for: (1) Determining the position of the "robot" relative to a work piece; (2) Tool drive motor voltage or current or hydraulic/pneumatic pressure for determination of force or torque; or (3) External safety functions. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of using information derived only from vision systems limited as follows: (a) Capable of processing no more than 100,000 pixels using an industrial television camera, or no more than 65,536 pixels using a solid-state camera; (b) Using a single scene analysis processor having neither a word size of more than 16-bit (excluding parity bits) nor parallel processing for the same task;

1763; (10) Equipped with precision measuring devices embargoed by Item IL 1532; or (11) Specially designed to move autonomously its entire structure through three-dimensional space in a simultaneously coordinated manner, except systems in which the "robot" moves along a fixed path;

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo "robots" specially designed for household use or those modified from household "robots" for educational purposes (preuniversity) if not embargoed by the other provisions of this Item. (b) Electronic controllers for "robots" having any of the following characteristics:

NOTES: 1. 2.

(1) Controllers specially designed to be part of a "robot" embargoed ,by (a) (2) to (8), (a) (10) or (11) above; (2) Minimum programmable increment less (finer) than 0.001 mm per linear axis; (3) Having more than one integral interface which meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEE standard 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1 or any equivalent standard for parallel data exchange; (4) Capable of being programmed by means other than leadthrough, key-in (Le., without processing, on-line or offline) or teach-pendant techniques; (5) Word size exceeds 16 bit (excluding parity bits);

NB:

(c)

Systems with a 16-bit word length and not more than a 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the purposes of this subparagraph. "Software" not capable of full threedimensional mathematical modelling or full three-dimensional scene analysis;

NB: This scene analysis limitation precludes neither approximation of the third dimension by viewing at a given angle, nor limited grey scale interpretation for the perception of depth or texture for the approved tasks (2 1/2 D); (d) Having no "user-accessible programmability" other than by input reference images through the system's camara; or (e) Capable of no more than one scene analysis every 0.1 second. 3. This sub-item does not embargo "robots" capable of using information derived only from "end-effectors" not embargoed by sub-item (c). 4. "Software" provided for "robots" released by Notes 2 or 3 above shall be in "object code" only. 5. Documentation provided for "robots'i released by Notes 2 or 3 above shall not exceed that necessary to perform the operation, repair or maintenance of the "robot". (2) Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to explosive munitions environments; (3) Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic fragments (e.g. incorporating self-sealing lines) and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher than 839 K (566°C, I050°F); (4) Specially designed for underwater use (Le., incorporating special techniques or components for sealing, pressure compensation or corrosion resistance);

NB: Systems with a 16-bit word length and not more than a 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the purposes of this sub-item. (6) Incorporating interpolation algorithms for an order of interpolation higher than two; (7) Generation or modification of the programmed path, velocity and functions other than the following. by online, "real-time processing": (i) Manual velocity override; (H) Linear, rotary or Cartesian offset; (Hi) Manual "robot" path editing (including manual path compensation) excluding "source language" used to programme automatically the "robot" path, velocity or function; (iv) Branching to pre-programmed modification of "robot" path, velocity or function; (v) Fixed cycles (e.g., macro instructions or preprogrammed sub-routines); or (vi) Key-in or teach-in modifications;

NOTE:

(c)

"NOTE: "For underwater manipulator mechanisms, see Item IL

1417. (5) Operable at altitudes exceeding 30,000 metres; (6) Specially designed for outdoor applications and meeting military specifications therefor; (7) Specially designed or rated for operating in an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) environment;

24 Security export control

March 1989

For controllers capable of controlling numerically controlled machine-tools or dimensional-inspection machines, see Item IL 1091. For "digital computers" not "embedded" in controllers, see Item IL 1565.

Sub-item (b) (7) does not embargo controllers limited to operations with "robots" described in Notes 1, 2 or 3 to sub-item (a) (1). "End-effectors" having any of the following characteristics: (1) Having integrated computer-aided data processing, except those using "sensors" used to measure the parameters or values specified in Note 1 to sub-item (a) (1); (2) Equipped with an integral interface which meets or exceeds ANSI/IEEE Standard 488-1978, IEC publication 625-1, or any equivalent standard for parallel data exchange; (3) Having any of the characteristics in (a) (2) to (8) and (a) (10) above.

NOTES: 1.

Definitions of the terms used in this Item: (a) For the purposes of this Item, a "robot" is a manipulation

mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use "sensors", and has all the following characteristics: (1) Is multifunctional; (2) Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools or special devices through variable movements in three dimensional space; (3) Incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and

(4) Has "user-accessible programmability" by means of teach/playback method or by means of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic controller, Le., without mechanical intervention.

NB: The above definition does not include the following devices: (1) Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/teleoperator controllable; (2) Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical, electronic or electrical means; (3) Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins or cams. The sequen«e of motions and the selection of paths or angles are variable within the fixed programme pattern. Variations or modifications of the programme pattern (e.g., changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations; (4) Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops; (5) Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval. (b) "End-effectors" include grippers, "active tooling units" and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of the "robot's" manipulator arm(s). An "active tooling unit" is a device for applying motive power, process energy or sensing to the workpiece; (c) For the purposes of this Item, a "sensor" is defined as a detector of a physical phenomenon, the output of which (after conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by a controller) is able to generate "programmes" or modify programmed instructions or numerical programme data. This includes "sensors" with machine vision, infrared imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile feel, inertial position measuring, optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measuring capabilities.

NB: For computer related terms, see Item IL 1565 or IL 1566.

FORTlJEPEOPL~tS.~~UBLlCOFCHIN~~~LY: 'The' 'm-nt<>f'tlt., f()1I0WiD8~ui~!'ient:·.'< (ar,,, . , . . ,ts"embars~}jys~b-~'(~J\VbjCft{~ef()~'~dvit ;·•. •···~:(~dp~:·'IfI~~:I?,. ..~t~:(al:(2)to,(~)(8).• (a)

2.

€b)

'(I),(11tt,'·;·.\ ·.,:i

~." ..~' ••. '; ",,~.,

.... ;.' ••.•.

';;','."X' . , ' •. . . " .,p<~"

D"ft)nic·~f>Dtrolle,,·'embarlbed:'l)y'~i_,;tI)f6r,the

NB: This' precludes.'the

'use of Visio.f SY~~"for:Weld

seam '. tracking' dl.lfiDa .·the . !eldin_,.. 'oper~n '. bUt

doesBot:p~I~lttaig~t.lIne·. orSiIf~e-pl.ne weld

seam trackinll'uslna.~ftt€,llepua~,· . .~ . ,. ',

(4) Capa~le ofRomor~' tJ:1~ 'one '~en~anatysiseyery O~02

second;

"

,

(5) The'~software» pro .~ tbevisiol1' prQCessor tt .shall be in. "obJed .. e ,only arr4"'aJfri R tapable .' ·.of full thre&dim~ionill' matbeJ1latit81 modelling or fUD tbree-dimenslonal,scene analysis;

ot

NB: This .sce~eanalysis .limitation does" n~fpr~lude

approxilnation of the·third dimension' by viewing at a given angle, nor .Iimited greyseale interpretatiOn for the perception of 'd~pth or texture for the approved tasks (2 1/20).

IL 1399 "Software" and technology for "automatically controlled industrial systems", as follows, to produce assemblies or discrete parts: (a)

"Software" with all the following characteristics: (1) Specially designed for "automatically controlled industrial systems" which include at least eight pieces of the equipment enumerated in Technical Note (b) (1) to (9) below;

NOTES: 1.

The "digital computers" of the "automatically controlled industrial system" do not share a common "main storage" but exchange information by transmitting messages through a "local area network". 2. This sub-item does not release "software" in source code. (2) Integrating, in a hierarchical manner, while having access to data which may be stored outside the supervisory "digital computer", the manufacturing processes with: (i) Design functions; or (ii) Planning and scheduling functions; and (3) (i) Automatically generating and verifying the manufacturing data and instructions, including selection of equipment and sequences of manufacturing operations, for the manufacturing processes, from design and manufacturing data; or (ii) Automatically reconfiguring the "automatically controlled industrial system" through reselecting equipment and sequences of manufacturing operation by "real.. time processing" of data pertaining to anticipated but unscheduled events; and

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo "software" which only provides rescheduling of functionally identical equipment within "flexible maflufaeturfng units" using prestored '-part" programmes and a pre:stored strategy for the distribution of the "part" programmes. Security export control

March 1989

26

IL 1399(b) (b) Technology for the design of Uautomatically controlled

industrial systems" which will be used with the usoftware" embargoed by (a) above, regardless of whether or not the conditions of (a) (1) are met.

TECHNICAL NOTE: For the purposes of this Item: (a) An Uautomatically controlled industrial system" is a combination of: (1) One or more uflexible manufacturing units"; and (2) A supervisory "digital computer" for coordination of the independent sequences of computer instructions to, from and within the uflexible manufacturing units"; (b) A "flexible manufacturing unit" is an entity which comprises a combination of a "digital computer" including its own "main storage" and its own "related equipment", and at least one of the following: (1) A machine tool or a dimensional inspection machine embargoed by Item IL 1091 or IL 1370; (2) A urobot" embargoed by Item IL 1391; (3) A digitally controlled spin-forming or flow-forming machine embargoed by Item IL 1075; (4) A digitally contro~d equipment embargoed by Item IL 1080, IL I a8 I , ILl 086 0 r ILl 088; (5) A digitally controlled electric arc device embargoed by Item IL 1206; (6) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL 1354 or IL 1355 (b); (7) Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by Item IL 1357; (8) Digitally controlled electronic equipment embargoed by Item IL 1529; or (9) A digitally controlled measuring system embargoed by Item IL 1532;

NB: For the definitions of other terms in quotation marks, see Item IL 1391, IL 1565 or IL 1566.

EXPLANATORY NOTE: Sub-item (a) above does not embargo Usoftware" (in "machine executable form" only) for industrial sectors other than nuclear, aerospace, shipbuilding, heavy vehicles, machine building, microelectronics and electronics. It is also understood that this Note does not release design technology specified in sub-item (b) above.

NOTE: The phrase "in a hierarchical manner" refers to the "software" relationship between a supervisory computer and at least one "flexible manufacturing unit" as defined in Technical Notes (a) and (b). The "software" has an overall management function that subordinates the manufacturing process to the design or planning and scheduling function regardless of the physical communications link or of the equipment configurations.

Group E Transportation equipment IL 1401 Reciprocating diesel engine development and production technologies, including "specially designed software", as follows: (a) Development and production technology, including "specially designed software", for reciprocating diesel engine ground vehicle propulsion systems having all of the following specifications: (1) A box volume of 1.2m3 or less; 26

Security export control

March 1989

(2) An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents; (3) A power density of more than 700 kW 1m3 of box volume.

NOTES: 1.

The box volume is defined as the product of three perpendicular dimensions measured in the following way: Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face; Width: The greatest of the following: (a) The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover; (b) The dimension of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or (c) The diameter of the flywheel housing; Height: The greater of the following: (a) The dimension of the crankshaft centreline to the top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus 2 times the stroke; or (b) The diameter of the flywheel housing. 2. Not used. 3. Not used. (b) Development and production technology for solid or dry film cylinder wall lubrication permitting operation at temperatures in excess of 723 K (450°C) measured on the cylinder wall at the top limit of travel of the top ring of the piston.

IL 1416 Vessels, surface-effect vehicles, water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, water-screw propeller systems, moisture and particulate separator systems and specially designed components, as follows: (a) Hydrofoil vessels with automatically controlled foil systems which are capable of speeds of above 40 knots in rough water (Sea State Five); (b) Surface~effect vehicles, Le. hovercraft, air cushion vehicles (both sidewall and skirted varieties) and all variations of vehicles using the wing-in-ground effect for positive lift; (c) Small waterplane area twin-hull (SWATH) vessels having underwater hulls whose cross-sectional area varies along the longitudinal axis between points two major diameters from the bow and two major diameters from the stern;

TECHNICAL NOTE: SWATH vessels are those which maintain buoyancy by means of submerged hulls using slender struts to support the deck and superstructure of the vessel above the waterline. (d) Vessels incorporating: (I) Equipment covered by any Munitions List Item, or by any of the following Items IL 1485, IL 1501, IL 1502 and IL 1510; (2) Degaussing facilities; or (3) Closed ventilation systems designed into the vessel which are designed to maintain air purity and positive pressure regardless of the conditions external to the vessel except where those closed ventilation systems are specially designed for and incorporated in the vessel's medical facilities only;

NOTE: This sub-item does not apply to vessels containing equipment covered by Items IL 1485, IL 1501, IL 1502 or IL 1510 whose export has been previously authorized. (e) Water-screw propellers and hub assemblies, as follows: (I) Supercavitating propellers rated at greater than 10,000 hp; (2) Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies rated at above 40,000 hp capacity; (t) Water-screw propeller systems, as follows: (1) Contrarotating propeller systems rated at greater than 20,000 hp, (2) Ventilated, base-ventilated and super-ventilated propeller systems; (3) Systems employing pre-swirl and post-swirl techniques for smoothing the flow into a propeller so as to improve propulsive efficiency of:

(i)

(g)

SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels, and surfaceeffect vehicles; or (ii) Other vessels whose propeller rotational speed is above 200 rpm, or having propellers with a rating exceeding 50,000 hp per shaft; Moisture and particulate separator systems which are capable of removing 99.9 per cent of particles larger than 2 micrometres in diameter with a maximum pressure loss of 1.6 kPa (16 millibar) for gas turbine engine air inlets.

NOTE: Technology control for the moisture and particulate separator systems covered by this sub-item above is limited to the following: (1) Technology for preventing water leakage around the filter stages; and (2) Technology for integrating the components of such a system. (h) Specially designed components for vessels covered by subitems (a), (b) and (c) above, as follows: (1) Advanced hull forms which incorporate any of the following: (i) Stepped hulls for hydrofoil vessels; (ii) Hulls for air cushion vehicles with trapezoidal planforms; (Hi) Hulls for surface-effect vehicles with catamaran-like sidewalls; (iv) Hulls for wing-in-ground effect vehicles; (v) Underwater hulls and struts for SWATH vessels; (2) Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitating hydrofoils; (3) Lightweight structural components for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles, constructed using anisotropic, orthotropic or sandwich construction methods.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

(4) (5)

(6)

(7)

Anisotropic construction methods relate to the use of fibre reinforcing members aligned so that the load-carrying ability of the structure can be primarily orientated in the direction of expected stress. 2. Orthotropic construction methods relate to means of stiffening plates, in which the structural members are at right angles to each other. 3. Sandwich construction methods relate to the use of structural members or plates which are fabricated and permanently affixed in layers to enhance their strength and reduce their weight. Flexible skirts, seals and fingers for surface-effect vehicles; Systems for automatically controlling the stability of SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles; Power transmission shaft systems which incorporate composite material components, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels or surface-effect vehicles; Lightweight, high capacity (K factor greater than 150) gearing (planetary, cross-connect and multiple inputl output gears and bearings) for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles;

TECHNICAL NOTE: For the K factor, see AGMA tables of K factor values (based on tooth profile, pinion and gear materials and surface endurance limits). (8) Water-cooled electrical propulsion machinery (motor and generator), including AC-AC synchronous and ACDC systems, sectored-disc and concentric-drum rotors for DC homopolar machines, for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles; (9) Superconducting electrical propulsion machinery for SWATH vessels, hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles; (10) Lift fans for surface-effect vehicles, rated at greater than 400 hp; (11) Waterjet propulsor systems rated at 3,000 input hp or greater for hydrofoil vessels and surface-effect vehicles; (See also Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.) (For marine gas turbine engines, see also Item IL 1431.)

.IL 1417 Submersible systems (even when incorporated in submersible vehicle), 8S follows, and specially designed components therefor:

8

Automatically-eontrolled atmosphere-regeneration systems specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles which, in a single chemical-reaction cycle, ensure carbon dioxide removal and oxygen renewal; (b) Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion of a submersible vehicle using navigation data and having closed-loop servo-control(s) so as to: (1) Enable the vehicle to move within ten metres of a predetermined point in the water column; (2) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres of a predetermined point in the water column; or (3) Maintain the position of the vehicle within ten metres while following a cable on or under the sea bed; (c) Underwater vision systems, as follows: (1) Television systems (comprising camera, lights, monitor and signal transmission equipment) specially designed or modified for remote operation with a submersible vehicle, having a "limiting resolution", when measured in the air, more than 500 lines, using IEEE Standard 208/1960 or any equivalent standard;

(a)

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Limiting resolution" in television is a measure of resolution usually expressed in terms of the maximum number of lines per picture height discriminated on a test chart. (2) Systems specially designed or modified for remote operation with a sub'mersible vehicle employing techniques to minimize the effects of back-scatter, such as range-gated illuminators; (d) Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles and having any of the following characteristics: (1) Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which measure force or torque applied to an external object, distance from an external object, or tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; (2) Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques or by using a dedicated stored-programme computer; or (3) Capable of exerting a force of 250 Newtons or more or a torque of 250 Newton-metres or more and using titanium based alloys or fibrous and filamentary composite materials in their structural members; (e) Photographic cameras and associated equipment specially designed or modified for use underwater, having a film format of 35 mm or larger, and capable of any of the following: (1) Film advancement of more than 5 frames per second; (2) Annotating the film with data provided by a source external to the camera; (3) Taking more than 250 full frame exposures without changing the film; (4) Autofocusing specially designed or modified for use underwater; or (5) Operating at depths of more than 1,000 metres; (f) Light systems specially designed or modified for use under water, as follows: (1) Stroboscopic lights capable of: (i) Light output energy of more than 150 joules per flash; or (ii) Flash rates of more than 5 flashes per second at a light output energy of more than 10 joules per flash; (2) Other lights and associated equipment, capable of operating at depths of more than 1,000 metres; (For underwater "robots", see Item IL 1391).

NOTES: 1. . This item does not embargo specially designed components for equipment which would not have been embargoed had it not been modified:. 2. Sub-item (a) above embargoes equipment using light metal

Security export control

March 1989

21

IL 1417 NOTE 2 continued 3.

4. 5.

peroxides such as K~ without covering the shipment of K~ itself. Sub-item (b) above does not embargo automated control systems incorporated in underwater bulldozers or trenchcutters not capable of operating at depths greater than 100 metres and possessing only negative buoyancy. Sub-item (c) above does not embargo television cameras used merely through a porthole. Sub-item (d) (1) above does not embargo systems where force or torque are only measured and then displayed to the operator.

IL 1418 Deep submergence vehicles, manned or unmanned, tethered or untethered, capable of operating at depths exceeding 1,000 metres, and specially designed or modified associated systems, equipment, components and materials therefor, including but not limited to the following: (a) Pressure housings or pressure hulls; (b) Propulsion motors and thrusters; (c) Hull penetrators or connectors.

the three types of facilities described in the Note to that sub-item; and (2) Design, production and use of onboard floating dock facilities covered by sub-item (b) above which permit the operation, maintenance and repair of nuclear reactors.

IL 1431 Marine gas turbine engines (marine propulsion or shipboard power generation engines), whether originally designed as such or adapted for such use, and specially designed components therefor: NOTES: 1.

2. 3.

(For syntactic foam, see Item IL 1759.) (For hull penetrators for military use, see Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.) (For manned underwater vehicles which may be discretely operated with an autonomy equal to or greater than 10 hours, see Item ML 9 on the Munitions List.)

IL 1425

Embargo of aero or industrial gas turbine engines and their specially designed components which have been adapted for marine propulsion or shipboard power generation does not re-embargo (or embargo, for industrial gas turbine engines) the unmodified version of such engines and their specially designed components (see also Item IL 1460). Shipboard power generation does not include offshore platform applications. Engines and their specially designed con1ponents covered by this Item for non-marine propulsion or non-shipboard civil end-use, provided that: (a) The numbers to be exported are appropriate for the stated end-use; (b) Only the minimum necessary technology for maintenance and repair is transferred; and (c) None of the following technologies is transferred: (1) Technology which is common to aero-engine technology embargoed by Item IL 1460 and is not eligible for national discretion treatment under that Item; (2) Technology for liquid-cooled turbine blades or vanes and nozzles capable of operating in hot gas temperature environments greater than 1OOooC and their "associated systems";

Floating docks, "software" and technology therefor, as follows:

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Associated systems" are closely connected to the engioe and consist of the specially designed cooling fluid and fuel control systems, pumps, condensers and fluid purification systeIns.

(a) Floating docks specially designed for use at remote locations (i.e. without support from shore bases).

NOTE:

(b)

(c)

(d) (e)

(3)

These docks incorporate the following three facilities at least: (1) Welding and pipe fitting repair shop(s); (2) Electrical and electronic repair shop(s); (3) Mechanical repair or metal working (machine) shop(s); and normally contain more than 3,000 kW (4,000 hp) of electrical power generation equipment. Floating docks specially equipped to permit the operation, maintenance or repair of nuclear reactors; Floating docks having all the following characteristics: (1) A lifting capacity of more than 40,000 short tons (36,364 metric tons). (2) Larger tqan 120 metres in length and 30 metres in width, measured between the pontoons; "Specially designed software" for computer-eontrolled pumping and flooding systems for the above floating docks, to permit the docking of listing vessels; Technology covered by this Item is limited to the following: (1) That portion of the design of a floating dock covered by sub-item (a) above which relates to the incorporation of

COLOURED TYPE

TECHNICAL NOTE: ASTM grade 5 residual fuel-oil has a maximum kinematic viscosity of 81 centistokes at 50°C (122°F), and ASTM grade 6 residual fuel-oil has a kinematic viscosity range of 92 to 638 centistokes at 50°C (122°F). Kinematic viscosity is measured by the Saybolt-furol viscosimeter (the test n1easures the time in seconds for 60 cc of the oil to pass through the furol orifice). (4)

Technology for high-temperature (above 700°C gas temperature) heat exchangers for pre-heating C001pressor exit air; (5) Technology for lightweight, compact cornbined gas turbine and steam (COGAS) systems having heat recovery rates of more than 40,000 BTU/hr. per cubic foot of waste heat boiler volume, or more than 1000 BTU Ihr. per pound of waste heat boiler weight, designed for use with gas turbine engines for marine propulsion or shipboard power generation.

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

4.

'28

Security export control

March 1 989

Technology for fuel nozzles, combustors and gas turbine engine-mounted fuel-handling systems (fuel . pumping, metering and controls) which permit marine gas turbines to burn heavy residual fuel oils (ASTM grades 5 and 6 or equivalent);

Core-section modules and specially designed components covered by Item IL 1460 shall be treated under the provision$ of that Item even if the gas turbine aero-engine has been modified for use in marine propul~ion or shipboard power generation.

IL 1460 Aircraft and helicopters, aero-engines and aircraft and helicopter equipment, and technology therefor, as follows: NOTE: The provisions of this Item, do not release technology for computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or technology relating to manufacturing equipment or hardware, embargoed by Items IL 1080, IL 1081, IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1361, IL 1362, IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production or evaluation of aero-engines, APUs, "helicopter power transfer systems" or their specially desigped components, or technology specific to production of superalloys as embargoed by Item IL 1301. (a) Aircraft and helicopters, except those which do not contain equipment covered by the Munitions List or Items IL 1485 or IL 1501 (unless the export of such equipment is elegible for national discretion treatment under IL 1485 and IL 1501) and which are of types which are in bona fide normal civil use; (b) Technology for aircraft and helicopter airframes, for aircraft propellers, and for aircraft and helicopter airframe aircraftpropeller, and "helicopter-rotor-systems" components, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor:

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Helicopter-rotor-systems" consist of hubs, blades, blade attachments and upper controls. Upper controls are those control elements located in the rotating system including the swashplate if used. (1) Design technology using computer-aided aerodynamic analyses for integration of the fuselage, propulsion system and lifting and control surfaces to optimize aerodynamic performance throughout the flight regime of an aircraft; (2) Technology for the design of active flight control systems, as follows: (i) Technology for configuration design for interconnecting multiple microelectronic processing elements (on-board computers) tOo achieve highspeed data transfer and high-speed data integration for control law implementation; (H) Technology for control law compensation for sensor location and dynamic airframe loads, Le. compensation for sensor vibration environment and for variation of sensor location from centre of gravity; (Hi) Technology for electronic management of systems redundancy and data redundancy for fault detection, fault tolerance and fault isolation;

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo technology for the design of physical redundancy in hydraulic or mechanical systems or in electrical wiring. (iv) Technology for design of flight controls which permit in-flight reconfiguration of force and moment controls;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Active flight control systems function to prevent undesirable aircraft motions or structural loads by autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventative commands to effect automatic control. (3) Design technology for integration of flight control, navigation and propulsion control data into a flight management system for flight path optimization; (4) Design technology for protection of avionic and electrical sub-systems against electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI) hazards from sources external to the aircraft, as follows: (i} Technology for design of shielding systems; (ii) Technology for the configuration design of hardened electrical circuits and sub-systems; (iii) Determination of hardening criteria for the above;

(5) Technology for the design, production and reconstruction of adhesively bonded airframe structural members designed to withstand operational temperatures in excess of 120°C (248°F);

NOTE: Airframe structural members mentioned in this sub-item do not include engine nacelles and thrust reversers. (6) Technology for the design and production of propeller blades constructed wholly or partly of composite materials, and specially designed hubs therefor;

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo technology for the production of propeller blades: (a) Constructed wholly of wood or glass-fibrereinforced plastics; or (b) Which are constructed mainly of wood or glassfibre-reinforced plastics; and which use other materials only in the leading edge or tip. (7) Technology for the design and production of digital electronic synchrophasers specially designed for propellers; technology for the design of digital electronic controls for propellers; and technology for the production of digital electronic controls for the ..propellers described in (6) above; (8) Technology for the design and production of active laminar flow control lifting surfaces;

NOTE: Design technology covered by this sub-item includes the data used to substantiate the design approach. (9) Technology for the development of helicopter multi-axis f1y-by-light or fly-by-wire controllers which combine the functions of at least two of the following into one controlling element: (i) Collective controls; (ii) Cyclic controls; (iii) Yaw controls. (10) Technology for the development of "circulationcontrolled" anti-torque or directional control systems for helicopters;

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Circulation-controlled" anti-torque and directional control systems utilise air blown over aerodynamic surfaces .to increase or control the forces generated by the surfaces. Buried fan-in-fin anti-torque designs fitted or not fitted with guide vanes such as the "fenestron" are excluded from this category. (11) Technology for the development of helicopter rotor blades incorporating variable geometry airfoils;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Variable geometry airfoils utilise trailing edge flaps of tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, which can be controlled in position in flight. (12) Technology for the development of active control of helicopter blades and other surfaces used to generate aerodynamic forces and moments;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Active control (of helicopter blades and other surfaces used to generate aerodynamic forces and moments) functions to prevent undesirable helicopter vibrations, structural loads, or helicopter rotor dynamic behaviour by autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventive commands to effect automatic control. (c) "Helicopter power transfer systems" and technology therefor, except: (i) Those "helicopter power transfer systems" destined for use in "civH helicopters" only~ as follows: (1) Those which have been in civil use in bona fide "civil helicopters" for more than eight years; (2) Those which it is tonsidered do not contain, and were qot fabricated utilizing, any of the techn04o'gief~ shown in Note 9; Security export control

March 1989

29

IL 1460 (c) (I) (3) (3) Not used. (4) Those for replacement in or servicing of specific, previously exported helicopters; (ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from "helicopter power transfer system" performance and installation design studies; fabrication technology, or overhaul and refurbishing technology for specific "helicopter power transfer systems" in civil use in bona fide "civil helicopters" for more than eight years, unless they remain listed in Note 9;

NOTE: "Helicopter power transfer system" performance and installation design data do not include technology for: computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric performance analysis, engine analysis and selection, or component design utilizing unpublished technical data. (d) Gas turbine engines and auxiliary power units (APUs) for use in aircraft or helicopters and technology therefor, except: (i) Those destined for use in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" only, as follows: (l) Jet, turboprop and turboshaft aircraft engines in civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for more than eight years, or which it is considered do not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 8; (2) Not used. (3) Gas turbine powered aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for more than eight years, or where it is considered do not contain, and were not fabricated utilizing, any of the technologies shown in Note 8; (ii) Data not in the public domain resulting from aircraft performance and installation design studies; fabrication technology, or overhaul and refurbishing technology for specific gas turbine aero-engines or gas turbine powered aircraft APUs in civil use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" for more than twelve years, unless they remain listed in Note 8;

NOTE: Aircraft performance and installation design data do not include technology for: computer-aided design (CAD); computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM); or parametric engine performance analysis, engine cycle analysis and selection, or component aerodynamic design utilizing unpublished technical data. (e) Specially designed components for gas turbine engines, APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems", embargoed by (c) and (d) above, as follows: (1) Embodying technologies listed under Notes 8 or 9; (2) Hot-section components; (3) Engine control system components; (4) Gas turbine engine or APU rotor system components (including bearings);

NOTE: (Aero-engines, APUs or "helicopter power transfer systems" which have any special feature designed for a military application are embargoed by the Munitions List. See also Items IL 1485 and IL 1501. For technology relating to industrial gas turbine engines, see Item IL 1372; for marine gas turbine engines and related technology, see Item IL 1431.)

NOTES: 1.

"Civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are defined under Note

2.

The period of bona fide civil use referred to in sub-items (c) and (d) above begins with the date that the particular engine or "helicopter power transfer system" (model and specifications) or its most recent modification was certified as airworthy for commercial service or commercial navigability under the standards and requirements of the government of the country in which it was manufactured. However, it is recognized that many modifications which may require recertification may pertain to minor safety or operational

10.

30

Security export control

March 1989

3.

4.

changes which do not significantly enhance the performance of a particular gas turbine aero-engine or improve its reliability. It is the intent for control purposes, that: (a) A gas turbine aero-engine which is recertified as the result of incorporating any technology listed in Note 8 will be treated as a newly certified engine. Recertification which does not result from incorporation of such technology, or modifications which do not require recertification by national authorities, will not affect the current period of civil use of the engine; (b) Modification of a gas turbine APU by incorporation of any technology listed in Note 8 will cause it to be treated as a new APU. Other modifications will not affect the current period of civil use of the APU; (c) Modification of a "helicopter power transfer system" by incorporation of any technology listed in Note 9 will restart the control period for the "helicopter power transfer system" as though it were newly certified in a helicopter. Other modifications will not affect the current period of civil use of the "helicopter power transfer system". "Helicopter power transfer systems" referred to in sub-item (c) above are defined as all those components which transfer power from the engine to the. main and tail rotor blade(s). Exports of technology, including transfer of skills and data, necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and production testing of gas turbine engines embargoed by subitem (d) above or of the specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) are subject to the embargo except, for civil use only, as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Notes 7 and 8. It is intended that export of any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military end-use be subject to the embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). This Note also does not release technology relating to manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL

1080, IL 1086, IL 1088, IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1361,IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production or evaluation of gas turbine engines or their specially designed components, or technology specific to production of superalloys as embargoed by Item IL 1301. (a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical data, necessary for aircraft performance analyses and installation design studies of specific gas turbine aeroengines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by subitem (d) above or of their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be subject to the embargo for a period of twelve years, as defined in Note 2, after those engines have entered into bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargo period, the above technology may be shipped to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 8 for gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have been in civil use for more than twelve years, as defined in Note 2, unless they remain listed in Note 8. Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses provided that such engine technologies have been in engines or APUs in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. (c) Fabrication technology for gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or for specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any technology listed in Note 8. Fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above, or of their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above. Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (e) Technology for on-site installation, operation, maintenance and repair of gas turbine engines or APUs

embargoed by sub-item (d) above. Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which embody any technology listed in Note 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have been in civil use for more than twelve years, as defined in Note 2. Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses prDvided that such engines or APUs have been in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. (g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above or for specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any technology listed in Note 8, shall remain embargoed until those engines or APUs have been in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. Know-ho"'! (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil endusers for civil end-uses.

systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above or ,for specially designed "helicopter power transfer system" components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, whic~ do not embody any technology listed in Note 9. Fabrication technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (d) Technology for assembly and production testing of "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by subitem (c) above or of their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above. Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (e) Technology for on-site installation operation, maintenance and repair of "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above. Technology (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (f) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or for specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which embody any technology listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses, provided that such "helicopter power transfer system" technologies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for more than six years, as defined in Note 2. (g) Overhaul and refurbishing technologies for "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or for specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, which do not embody any technology listed in Note 9, shall remain embargoed until those "helicopter power transfer systems" have been in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2. Overhaul and refurbishing technologies (other than CAD or CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses.

NB:

5.

The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that: (a) Technology as described in this Note, including unpublished data (all data other than those generally available to the public), to be provided will be the minimum necessary in content and quality for the purposes of the transaction; and (b) It is considered that the specially designed components to be assembled into gas turbine engines or APUs produced by the recipient with technology supplied under this Note, and all the gas turbine engines and APUs thereby assembled, will be for civil use as described in Note 10. Exports of technology including transfer of skills and data, necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly and production testing of "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above, or of the specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above, shall be subject to the embargo except, for civil use only, as provided in (a) to (g) below and in Note 9. It is the intent that export of any of these technologies to a military end-user or for military end-use be subject to embargo. This Note does not remove from embargo computer-aided design (CAD) or computeraided design/ manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology. Only technology which is non-CAD, non-CAD/CAM may be shipped as provided for in the appropriate sub-paragraph(s). This Note also does not release technology relating to manufacturing equipment or hardware, covered by Items IL 1088,IL 1091, IL 1312, IL 1357, IL 1371, IL 1522, IL 1529 or any other Item, for the production or evaluation of "helicopter power transfer systems" or their specially designed components. (a) Technology, including transfer of skills and technical data, necessary for "helicopter power transfer systems" performance analyses and installation design studies of specific "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above or of their specially designed components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall be subject to the embargo for a period of eight years, as defined in Note 2, after those systems have entered into bona fide civil use. From the end of the embargo period, the above technology may be shipped to civil end-users for civil end-uses. (b) Fabrication technologies listed in Note 9 for "helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by sub-item (c) above or for specially designed "helicopter power transfer system" components embargoed by sub-item (e) above shall remain embargoed until those technologies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for more than eight years, as defined in Note 2, unless the technology remains listed in Note 9. Those fabrication technologies (other than CAD/CAM) to civil end-users for civil end-uses, provided that such "helicopter power transfer system" technologies have been in bona fide "civil helicopters" in civil use for more than six years, as defined in Note 2. (c) Fabrication technology for "helicopter power transfer

NB:

6.

The provisions of (a) to (g) above apply provided that: (a) Technology as described in this Note, including unpublished technical data (all data other than that generally available to the public), to be provided will be the minimum necessary in content and quality for the purposes of the transaction; and (b) It is considered that the specially designed components to be assembled into "helicopter power transfer systems" produced by the recipient with technology supplied under this Note, and the "helicopter power transfer systems" thereby assembled will be for civil use as described in Note 10. The shipment, for civil end-uses by civil end-users, of: (a) "Helicopter power transfer systems" embargoed by subitem (c) above when incorporated in bona fide "civil helicopters" as defined in Note 10; (b) Gas turbine engines or APUs embargoed by sub-item (d) above for incorporation into or incorporated in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in Note 10;

(c) Specially designed cornponents ernbargoed by sub-item (e) above, for use in engines, APUs or "helicopter power transfer systems" authorized for production in proscribed destinations or previously exported under (a) or (b) above, provided that: (1) The specially designed components will only be incorporated in engines, APUs or "helicopter power transfer systems" produced for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" as defined in Note 10; and (2) It is conSidered that exports of specially designed componects for "helicopter power transfer systems" embodying technologies listed in Note 9, or for gas turbine aero-engines or aircraft gas turbine APUs embodying technologies listed in Note 8, only in quantities appropriate: (i) To support the assembJy of that number of "helicopter power transfer systems", engines or APUs . required for installation in, and as stan(k4rd ~pares for, bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" in current production; or (ii) To support current civil fleet operati()ns. Security export control

March 1989

31

IL 146ONoTE 7 7.

This Item does not embargo for civil use gas turbine engines, APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems" and modifications (and technology therefor) certified or re-eertified for civil use, as described in Note 2 prior to the 1st January 1979, and not embargoed by the following definitions: Helicopters over 4530 kg (10,000 Ib) empty weight, and power transmissions systems therefor;

NOTE: Empty weight is understood to include normal installation and normal minimum crew, but does not include fuel or payload. Aero-engines, as follows: (i) Piston engines; (H) Jet engines of less than 2,265 kg (5,000 Ibs) thrust; (Hi) Turboprop or turboshaft engines of less than 2,500 hors~power or with a residual thrust of less than 453 kg (I,OOOlbs). Sub-item (d) above does not embargo for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" those engines which it is considered contain none of the technologies listed. Gas turbine engines embodying any of these technologies shall remain under embargo until the technology has been in civil use for eight years, as defined in Note 2, after the initial certification date (shown in table 1). The following technologies shall remain under control for twelve years after the initial certification date of the engine in (shown in table 1), unless the expiration date of the embargo period is extended: Sub-item (c) above does not embargo for use in bona fide "civil helicopters" those "helicopter power transfer systems" which it is considered contain none of the technologies listed below. "Helicopter power transfer systems" embodying any of these technologies, and these technologies themselves, shall remain under control for eight years after the initial certification date (shown in table 2), unless the expiration date is extended:

8.

9.

FOR PEl?!U:'S;REPti8IJCO'CHlrfAONLY: 10»

The" ,sbipnient', ", of '",aircraft:a.nd,' .'. belicopters

which are wbicb·are'in,bonafidenormal civil U$e, wbich.cofltain equipmentcovered by.ltemsIL1485 orlL 1501, provided that:. (a) ,M,eJQbarl~deomponent$. in'$l.ldlair~aft or :belicopters.'ar~' lim.~edtotl1o .. n~Y;installedby the COil$i.«t,~be.,oflypes

ntallukcturer;

(b) R.ir and maintenan~.· of,4tm~rloed' "inertial fla)'j8ation$y&teJJ1.~ ':ao,t ,,complete: ,·:overbaul, of embargoed ', ,ensines ' wiUbeperifurme6 in ,·a .non..

pJ:oseribed country or by repre$eotative& of tbeWestern

s~pplierl; :and

(cl Embarloed parts win be'replaced,onaone·for-one basis. 11. The terms "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are understood to include only those types of civil aircraft and helicopters which are listed by designation in published airworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation authorities to fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. The total number of aircraft or helicopters (and aero-engines or "helicopter power transfer systems") by type which may be included within the terms "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" shall not exceed that number which appears to constitute a reasonable requirement for operation of published scheduled services or for legitimate civil, private or business use.

Table 1

TYPE

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Initial certification date

Ceramic, ceramic-composite or composite hot-section components (combuster, turbine blades and vanes, seals, discs, flow path) Turbine blades on basis of directional solidification or monocrystal technology • directional solidification • monocrystal technology Turbine blades consisting of several parts connected by diffusion bonding Fibre technology in frames or in highly stressed discs, casings, blades and vanes Protective coating technology for aircooled turbine blades and vanes with internal and external cooling passages and their related flow paths capable of operating in high gas temperatures environments (in excess of 1,499°C), irrespective of the actual gas temperature environment in which they will be used, involving applications or metallic or ceramic materials by vapour, pack, plasma, electron beam, sputtering or sintering processes Metallic coatings • plasma sprayed • other Ceramic coatings Application of powder metallurgy for fan compressor and turbine blades or vanes; discs, wheels, reduction gears, engine main shafts and frames • discs • fan, compressor and turbine blades or vanes, wheels, reduction gears, engine main shafts and frames Cooled components on basis of electrostream or laser drilling methods; • electrostream drilling • laser drilling Electron beam drilling for small holes in turbine blades and vanes (Item IL 1080 I c sets out the parameters for small holes) Titanium or superalloy-casting on basis of centrifugal techniques Ceramic core casting technology for casting holes in turbine blades and vanes

Engine

Type certificate number

None

30/09/74" 25/11/80

JT9D-7F JT9D-7R4

E20EA E3NE

None None

30/09174

JT9D-7F None None

E20EA

01178

JT8D-17

E2EA

None

JT9D-7F 30/09174 16/09/70 (.... ) CF6-6

E20EA E23EA

None 13/01/78

TFE-731

E6WE

JT8D-15

E2EA

07/04/71 (* .... )

11. Construction methods Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems for: • fans None • gas generator turbine(s) None None • fan/power turbine(s) • propelling nozzles None (Adjustable flow path geometry and associated control systems do not include: inlet guide vanes, variable pitch fans. variable stators or bleed valves for compressors.) Full authority or hybrid digital electronic control and respective sensor equipment JT9D-7R4 25/11/80 E3NE High temperature (capable of utilizing gases heated above 1,100 ° C) heat exchangers for preheating compressor exit air None Combustors with combustion in several stages 08/11/79 CFM-56 E2GL Maintenance of compressor or turbine tip clearance through methods employing active compensating casing technology: None • compressor alone JT9D-7R4E1 01/04/81 • turbine alone E3NE None • compressor and turbine Ceramic bearings None Nozzles with thrust vectoring (not including reverse thrust) None NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by the deletion of any technology from the above list. (.. ) Embargo period extended by three years to 30th September 1989. (**) Embargo period extended by three years to 16th September 1988. (** .. ) Embargo period extended by three years to 7th April 1989.

Table 2

(see IL 1460 NOTE 9)

I. Materials and manufacturing procedures A. • B. • •

Rotor heads, containing: Hot-isostatically pressed materials Gear boxes, containing: Novikoff-type gears Gears or gear support structures based on materials applying directional solidification or monocrystal technology

•

High contact-ratio double-helical (arrowshaped) gears

Initial certification date

Helicopter

Type certificate number

None None

None

Fibre technology Hot-isostatically pressed components

None None None

• Gear tooth surfaces hardened by vacuum carburizing or ion nitriding C. Drive shaft systems containing supercritical drive shafts

None

• •

COLOURED

(see It 1460 NOTE 8)

I. Materials and manufacturing procedures

None

11. Construction methods A. Components fabricated by diffusion bonding None B. High-survivability loss-of-Iubrication technology for high-speed bearings (ON equal to or greater than 2.4 million where 0 is expressed in millimetres and N in rpm) None _ NB: Technology for computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) is not released by lhe deletion of any technology from the above list.

32

Security export control

March 1989

CAD or CAD/CAM (including parametric helicopter gear-box performance analysis and helicopter load-cycle analysis and selection). .

NOTE: The intention of Note 2 to Item IL 1460 is to ensure an eight-year embargo on gas turbine aero-engines, gas turbine powered aircraft APUs, and "helicopter power transfer systems". A twelve-year control of technologies for aero-engines and APUs, and an eightyear control of technologies for "helicopter power transfer systems" applies. It is intended that, even after these time periods have elapsed, the aero-engines, APUs and "helicopter power transfer systems" and technology therefor shall be exported only for use in bona fide "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters". Computer-aided design (CAD) or computer-aided design/manufacturing (CAD/CAM) technology is not removed from embargo, nor authorised for national discretion, by any provision of Item IL 1460. The technology which shall be treated according to Notes 4 and 5 to Item IL 1460 is defined as follows: 1) On-site maintenance, component/sub-assembly replacement or repair; On-site installation; On-site assembly and related testing; Operational limitations; System specifications; Tooling drawings 'tor on-site maintenance and module separation; Illustrated parts catalogue; Operations engineering bulletins; On-site maintenance manual; 2) Fabrication: Production line assembly and test; Heat treating; Drilling processes; Chemical processes; Materials composition; Foundry practices; Protective coating application techniques; Powder metallurgy; Joining techniques; Complex machining techniques; Direction solidification and single-crystal blade/vane fabrication technology; 3) Design: (a) Aircraft performance analyses and installation design studies not in the public domain including data specific to a particular engine: Tabulated performance data for installation design use; Structural and heat transfer analysis; Vibration analysis; Bearing and seal design; Durability and heat analysis; Engine skin temperatures, engine cycle pressures, and engine thruster nozzle coefficients; Mounting system analysis; Lubrication system analysis; Fuel system analysis; Control system analysis; Exhaust system analysis; Engine noise characteristics; Dimensions/tolerances; Airfoil shapes; (b) Helicopter power transfer system performance analyses and installation design studies not in the public domain (including data specific to a particular helicopter power transfer system): Dimensions/tolerances; Mounting system analysis; Structural analysis; Vibration analysis; Bearing and seal design; Durability and heat transfer analysis; Lubrication systems analysis; Gear-box noise characteristics; 4) Other design technologies, not released on the basis of age, including but not limited to: (a) For engines or APUs: CAD or CAD/CAM (including design and analysis computer programmes, parametric engine performance analysis); Engine cycle analysis and selection; Component aerodynamic design; Airfoil cooling and seal design; (b) For "helicopter power transfer systems":

IL 1465 "Spacecraft" and launch vehicles, as follows: (a)

"Spacecraft", manned or unmanned (not including their payloads);

NOTE: For controls applicable to products contained in "spacecraft" payloads, see the appropriate List items. (b) Launch vehicles; (c) Propulsion systems, guidance equipment, attitude control equipment and on-board communications equipment for remote control of the equipment embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above; (d) Specially designed components for the above.

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Spacecraft" are defined as active and passive satellites and space probes.

NOTE: Scientific-mission space probes which do not contain equipment either covered by sub-item (c) above or covered by any other item on these Lists are not covered by this Item.

IL 1485 Compasses, gyroscopes (gyros), accelerometers and inertial equipment, and specially designed "software" therefor, as follows; and specially designed components therefor: (See also Items IL 1385 and IL 1465.) (a) Gyro compasses with provision for determining and transmitting ship's level reference data (roll, pitch) in addition to own ship's course data; (b) Integrated flight instrument systems which include gyrostabilisers or automatic pilots for aircraft and specially designed integration "software" therefor, except: (1) Flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR/ILS navigation and approaches; or (2) Integrated flight instrument systems which: (i) Have been in normal civil use for more than two years; and (H) Are standard equipment and "software" of aircraft excluded from embargo under Item IL 1460;

NOTE:

(c) (d)

(e) (t)

(g)

An integrated flight instrument system is a primary instrument display system of attitude and azimuth with facilities for giving manoeuvre guidance information to the pilot and often integrated with an autopilot to the extent of embodying a common unit for setting up the required demands. Gyro-astro compasses and other devices which derive position or orientation by means of automatically tracking celestial bodies; Gyro-stabilisers used for other purposes than aircraft control except: (1) Those for stabilising an entire surface vessel; or (2) Those which have been in normal civil used for more than two years; Automatic pilots used for purposes other than aircraft control and specially designed integration "software" therefor, except marine types for surface vessels: Accelerometers with a threshold of 0.005 g or less or a linearity error within 0.25 per cent of full scale output or both, which are designed fo~ use in inertial navigation systems or in guidance systems of at) t)pes; Gyros with a rated free directional drift rate (rated free precession) of less than 0.5 degree (1 Sigma or r.m.s.) per hour in a 1 g environment; Security export cpntrol

March 1989

33

IL 1485(h) (h) Continuous output accelerometers which utilize 'servo' or 'force balance' techniques and gyros, both specified to function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g; (i) Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers embargoed by (I) or (h) above or gyros embargoed by (g) or (h) above, and systems incorporating such equipment, and specially designed integration "software" therefor; 0) Specially designed test, calibration and alignment equipment for commodities embargoed by any of the above sub-items.

~RPItOPL£~$'REPUBUC OF,CHlNA

ONLY:

(a) Is needed to equip "civil aircraft"; or (b) Is normal standard equipment incorporated in "civil aircraft"; (b) Navigation and direction finding equipment, as follows, specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor, and specialised testing, calibrating and training/simulating equipment therefor: (1) Airborne navigation equipment and direction finding equipment, as follows: (i) Designed to make use of "Doppler" frequency phenomena, except navigation equipment to be installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters", and which, is normal standard equipment of a type installed in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" in a Western country.

NOTE:

~qujPfJleot,etn~ar8ged, by sulritem '.(b), as fonows:R~asonable

quan~~i,ti.of-integratetJ fUghtinstrumentation systems·spare parts, con$lilUtin.~P t() a six-mQnthsupply 0.1 such parts at I'lormalrates

consumption "for aircraft previously exported',to . tbe,"People's Republic:'ofCbina. underNQte 10 to Item 1460. providedtbey are replacement p~ for equipment previously instal'ed..

of

Groups F and G Electronic equipment including communications, radar, computer hardware and software See also Item ML 11

N.B.: Technology for navigation equipment using Doppler frequency phenomena remains under embargo. (ii) Utilising the constant velocity or the rectilinear propagation characteristics of electro-magnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz (0.75 microns); (iii) Radio altimeters, the following: (a) Pulse modulated; (b) Frequency modulated having a displayed electrical output accuracy better than ± 0.914 m (±3 ft) over the range between 0 and 30.4 m (100 ft) or better than±,3 per cent above 30.4 m (100 ft), except standard commercial airborne equipment needed to equip "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" or as normal standard equipment incorporated in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" being exported for civil commercial use, provided such equipment is equivalent in all characteristics and performance to standard equipment of aircraft not subject to embargo, and which are frequency-modulated radio altimeters which have been in normal civil use for a period of more than one year.

N.B.:

NB: Broadcast and television receivers of the domestic type are ' expressly exempt from control.

TECHNICAL NOTE:

IL 1501 Navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne communication equipment, as follows: (See also Items IL 1485 (b) and (i), IL 1573 and IL 1574.) (a)

Airborne communication equipment having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor: (1) Designed to operate at frequencies greater than 156 MHz; (2) Incorporating facilities for: (i) The rapid selection of more than 200 channels per equipment; or (ii) Equipment using frequency synthesis techniques (see also Item IL 1531); except equipment operating in the frequency range of 108 to 136 MHz with 720 channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz spacing, and which has been in normal civil use for at least one year; (3) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient temperatures extending from below -55°C to above +55°C; (4) Designed for modulating methods employing any form of digital modulation using time and frequency redundancy such as 'Quantized Frequency Modulation' (QFM);

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo airborne communication equipment which is not embargoed by (4) above and: 34

Security export control

(c)

Technology of these radio altimeters remains under embargo. Frequency modulated which have been in normal civil use for less than one year;

March 1989

The accuracy is related to that provided by the electrical output circuits of the altimeter at any altitude. The word accuracy also refers to the equipment's accuracy over time. This accuracy over time is defined for the instrument itself without reference either to a calibrated value or to a designated electrical value. (iv) Direction finding equipment operating at frequencies greater than 5MHz; (v) Rated for continuous operation over a range of ambient temperatures extending from below -55°C to above + 55°C.

NOTES: 1.

Sub-item (b) (1) (ii) does not embargo Loran-C equipment having all of the following characteristics: (a) It has been in normal civil use for a period of more than one year; (b) It is standard commercial equipment: (1) Needed to equip "civil aircraft"; or (2) Incorporated in "civil aircraft"; (c) It is equivalent in all characteristics and performances to standard equipment of aircraft not subject to embargo; (d) It is in conformity with IeAO standards; (e) It is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies higher than 3MHz; and (f) It does not contain electronic equipment which: (1) Can compute the position of the aircraft in one coordinate system when furnished position information in another coordinate

system (Le., "coordinate conversion equipment"); (2) Could not be shipped under the provisions of Item IL 1565; and (3) Has been in normal civil use for a period of less than one year. 2. Direction finding equipment specially designed for search and rescue purposes and operating at a frequency of 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz is not covered by this sub-item. This exclusion also applies to personallocator beacons operating in this form and which may also have an additional channel selectable for voice mode only. (2) Ground and marine equipment for use with airborne navigation equipment utilising the constant velocity or the rectilinear propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves having frequency less than 4 x 10 14Hz (0.75 micron); (3) Ground and marine direction finding equipment operating at frequencies greater than 30 MHz;

carrier frequency that may change from pulse to pulse between two fixed frequencies separated in time and in frequency ~y constant magnitudes; (v) Utilising a Doppler technique for any purpose other than M.T.I. systems using a conventional double or triple pulse delay line cancellation technique; except those utilised for surveillance and control radars for aerial navigation in civil airports; (vi) Including any digital signal processing techniques used for automatic target tracking, or having a facility for electronic tracking; (vii) Including signal processing techniques other than those covered by sub-item (vi) above, which have been in normal civil use for a period of less than two years; (viii) In the case of ground radar, having been in commercial use for a period of less than one year.

TECHNICAL NOTE: Probability of detection is determined according to the following parameters: (a) Radial closing velocity of the target: 610 metres per second (2,OOO feet per second); (b) Probability of false alarm: 10-8; (c) Operator factor: 3dB; and (d) Fluctuation of the target in accordance with Rayleigh distribution.

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo equipment, other than single side band equipment, operating at frequencies up to 157 MHz and employing a loop system or a system employing a number of spaced vertical aerials uniformly disposed around the circumference of a circle, excluding electronically commutated types. (4) Timing receivers whose only function is automatically providing time derived from satellite signals to within 1 millisecond of Universal Coordinate Time (UCT) or better; (5) Ground or marine navigation and geodetic positioning systems designed for use with satellite-provided timing positioning or navigation information; (c) Radar equipment as follows, and specially designed components, specialised testing, calibrating and training/simulating equipment, and "specially designed software" therefor: (For lidar equipment see Item IL 1522) (1) Airborne radar equipment;

NOTE: (a)

Radar equiprnent embargoed only by (2) (i), (ii) or (Hi) above, provided that both of the following conditions are met: (1) It is specially designed for the surveillance and coordination of airfield surface traffic; and (2) It is to be installed at airports operating scheduled commercial flights; (b) Radar equipment embargoed only by (2) (ii) or (Hi) above, or by both, provided that all the following conditions are met: (1) Operating at a frequency of not more than 1.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the transmitter not greater than 5 MW; or operating at a frequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a peak output power not greater than 2.5

NOTE: This Item does not embargo airborne civil weather radar conforming to international standards for civil weather radars provided they they not include any of the following: (a) Phased array antennas; (b) "Frequency agility"; (c) "Spread spectrum"; or (d) Any signal processing specially designed for tracking of vehicles. (2) Ground and marine radar equipment having one or more of the following features: (i) Operating at a frequency not in normal civil use or at a frequency of more than 10.5 GHz; (ii) Operating at a frequency of less than 1.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the transmitter greater than 2.5 MW; or operating at a frequency within the range of 1.5 to 3.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the transmitter greater than 1.5 MW; or operating at a frequency within the range of 3.5 to 6 GHz and having a peak output power from the transmitter greater than 1 MW; or operating at a frequency within the range of 6 to 10.5 GHz and having a peak output power from the transmitter greater than 500 kW; (iii) Operating at a frequency of less than 3.5 GHz and having an 80 per cent or better probability of detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range of 250 nautical miles; or operating at a frequency within the range of 3.5 to 10.5 GHz and having an 80 per cent or better probability of detection for 10 sq.m. target at a free space range of 100 nautical miles; (iv) Utilising other than pulse modulation with a constant or staggered pulse repetition frequency, in which the carrier frequency of the transmitted signal is not changed deliberately between groups of pulses, from pulse to pulse, or within a single pulse; except civil commercial airport radars using a

MW; (2)

Having an 80 per cent or better probability of detection for a 10 sq.m. target at a free space range of 270 nautical miles; (3) Having a pulse repetition frequency exceeding 300 pulses per second; (4) It is to be installed for air traffic control of scheduled international commercial flights; (c) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (iv) or (v) above, provided it is to be installed for air traffic control purposes in international airports and has been in nonnal civil use for a period of not less than three years; (d) Radar equipment covered by (2) (vi) above, provided it is specially designed for marine, harbour or meteorological use, or has been in normal civil use for not less than three years; (e) Radar equipment covered only by (2) (vii) above, provided it is specially designed for marine (or harbour) use, or radar equipnlent embargoed only by (2) (vii) or (viii) above, or both, provided it is specially designed for meteorological observation.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

2.

The term "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" are understood to include only those types of "civil aircraft" and "civil helicopters" which are listed by designation in published a.irworthiness certification lists by the civil aviation authorities to fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. By "coordinate conversion equipment" is meant electronic equipment designed to compute the position of the aircraft in one coordinate system when furnished position information in another coordinate system.

NOTES: 1.

Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the Security export control

March 1989

36

IL 1501 NOTE 1 continued export of specially designed "software" or technology for navigation, direction finding, radar and airborne communication equipment, or technology for specially designed components therefor, except for the minimum "software" and technology for the use (Le. the installation, operation and maintenance) of the following equipment. This Item does not embargo the following: (a) Standard commercial airborne equipment listed in subitem (b) (1) (ii) above needed to equip "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" or as normal standard equipment incorporated in "civil aircraft" or "civil helicopters" being exported for civil commercial use provided, such equipment is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no function exceeding those resulting from such standards, is not designed to use satellite-broadcasted navigation signals and is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz. (Standard commercial airborne equipment designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies of less than 3 MHz may be exported if coordinate conversion equipment, which has been in normal civil use for less than one year, or which could not be shipped under the provisions of Item IL 1565, is not included and is not separately supplied.) Normal civil equipment released by this paragraph consists of: Marker beacons, ILS, VOR ("OMNI"), Omega, Loran A and B; (b) Ground and marine equipment listed in sub-item (b) (2) above, for use with airborne navigation equipment using the constant velocity or rectilinear propagation characteristics of electromagnetic waves having a frequency less than 4 x 10 14 Hz (wavelength 0.75 micrometre), provided the ground equipment is for use at civil airports or for civil use in association with civil airborne equipment, and: (1) Is in conformity with ICAO standards and assures no function exceeding those resulting from such standards; (2) Is not designed to make use of hyperbolic grids at frequencies greater than 3 MHz; (c) Equipment listed in sub-item (b) (5) above which is restricted to use with TRANSIT satellite systems or other unembargoed systems and which is not also embargoed by sub-item (b) (4) above; (d) Secondary radar equipment embargoed by sub-item (c) above specially designed for civil air traffic identification and control purposes; (e) Equipment assemblies for civil marine automatic radar plotting aids or electronic relative motion analyzers designed to achieve the requirements published by the International Maritime Organization in accordance with the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) conventions, provided the designed tracking speeds do not exceed relative values of greater than 150 knots (77.1 metres/second); (f) Ground radar of the hand-held and automobile-mounted type used for vehicle speed monitoring by police authorities and operating in the frequency band from 10.5 to 10.55 GHz. (g) Global positioning satellite receivers listed in sub-items (b) (4) and (b) (5) above which have all of the following characteristics: (1) Capable only of processing the Ll channel (also called the Standard Positioning Service (SPS) channel); (2) Capable of only the Short-Term Code (Coarse Acquisition Code (C/A) code) with short term generation cycle; (3) No decryption capabilities; COLOURED

TYPE

2.

IL 1502 Communication, detection or tracking equipment of a kind using ultra-violet radiation, infrared radiation or ultrasonic waves, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefore 1.

2.

3.

4.

March 1989

Simple educational devices are defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of those I;:inciples in educational institutions. This Item does not embargo underwater ultrasonic communications equipment designed for operation with amplitude modulation and having a communications range of 500 m or less (Sea State 1), a carrier frequency of 40 to 60 kHz and a carrier power supplied to the transducer of 1 W or less. This Item does not embargo the following: (a) Industrial equipment employing cells not embargoed by Item IL 1548; (b) Industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and industrial movement control and counting systems; (c) Medical equipment; (d) Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials; (e) Simple educational or entertainment devices which employ photo cells; (I) Flame detectors for industrial furnaces; (g) Equipment for non-eontact temperature measurement for laboratory or industrial purposes utilising a single detector cell with no scanning of the detector; (h) Instruments capable of measuring radiated power or energy having a response time constant exceeding 10 ms; (i) Equipment designed for measuring radiated power or energy for laboratory, agricultural or industrial purposes using a single detector cell with no scanning of the detector and single detector cell assemblies or probes specially designed therefor, having a response time constant exceeding 1 microsecond; 0) Infrared geodetic equipment, provided that equipment uses a lighting source other than a laser and is manually operated or uses a lighting source (other than a laser or a Iight-emitting diode) remote from the measuring equipment.

NB:

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Security export control

Infrared or ultra-violet sensing devices not otherwise embargoed by Munitions List Item ML 15 and which contain image intensifiers embargoed by Item IL 1555 are dealt with in this Item. This Item does not embargo ultrasonic devices which operate in contact with a controlled material to be inspected, or which are used for industrial cleaning, sorting or materials handling, industrial and civilian intrusion alarm, traffic and industrial movement control and counting systems, medical applications, emulsification, homogenisation, or simple educational or entertainment devices.

NB:

5.

36

(4) Including no cesium beam standards; and (5) Including no null steerable antennae. Specialised testing or calibrating equipment shipped pursuant to the various exclusion clauses in this Item shall be limited to equipment: (a) Shipped with operational equipment for which the exclusion clause is intended; or (b) Specifically for such operational equipment which has previously been exported.

Simple educational devices are defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of those principles in educational institutions. This Item does not embargo: (a) Infrared thermal imaging equipment having all the following characteristics: (1) The detector is a single element; (2) The detector is neither a charge coupled device

(CCD) nor an integrate-while-scan device; (3) The detector is either: (i) Not cooled; or (ii) Cooled by using a liquid nitrogen Dewar vessel; and

NB: This sub-paragraph does not release JouleThompson coolers, cooling engines or thermo electric coolers. (4) The equipment is: (a) Non-ruggedised, medical equipment; or (b) Has both of the following: (i) A resolution not exceeding 22,500 resolvable elements; and (ii) A Noise Equivalent Temperature Difference (NETD) (or temperature sensitivity) of no less than I.O°C; (b) Infrared viewing equipment having all the following characteristics: (1) The detector is a pyroelectric vidicon without reticle; (2) The equipment is designed for fire fighting and buried body detection; and (3) The optimal sensitivity is in the wavelength range from 8 to 14 micrometres.

NB: Nothing in this Note shall be construed as releasing any technology from embargo.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPlJBUC;OF CHINA ONLY: 6.

Underwater ultrasoniceommunicatiol1$equipmenlwhich

does not: (a) Use electronic beam steering; (b) Incorporate any encryption·· technique; or (cl Have a carrier frequency outside the range of 20 to 60 kHz.

IL 1510 Marine or terrestrial acoustic or ultrasonic systems or equipment specially designed for positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles, or for detecting or locating underwater or subterranean objects or features, and specially designed components of such systems or equipment, including but not limited to hydrophones, transducers, beacons, towed hydrophone arrays, beamformers and geophones (except moving coil or moving magnet electromagnetic geophones) and "specially designed software" therefor, except: (i)

Marine systems or equipment, as follows: (A) Active (transmitting, or transmitting and receiving) systems or equipment, including but not limited to depth sounders and fish-finders and their associated beamformers, as follows: (1) Depth sounders used solely for measuring the depth of water or the distance of submerged or buried objects vertically below the apparatus; (2) Horizontally-operated object detection or location systems, having all of the following characteristics: (a) Transmitting frequency of 15 kHz or greater; (b) Sound pressure level less than 250 dB (reference 1 micropascal at 1 metre) for equipment with operating frequency between 15 an(j 30 kHz, with no decibel limitation for equipment operating at frequencies of 30 kHz or higher; (c) Transmission capability limited to ±. 10 per cent of the design centre frequency; (d) Not designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths greater than 1,000 metres; (e) Displaying a range of 5,000 metres or less; (3) Electronic noise sources for vertically directional

use only, or mechanical (eg air gun or vapour-shoclt gun) or chemical (eg explosive) noise sources; (4) Acoustic systems or equipment for positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles, provided: (a) Their control capability is limited to release and basic transponder capabilities; (b) They are not capable of processing responses from more than four beacons in the calculation of a single point, and have neither devices nor software for correcting automatically velocityof-propagation errors for point calculation, nor any coherent signal processing means; (c) They are capable only of operating within a range of less than 1,000 metres or, if capable of operating beyond a range of more than 1,000 metres, are not capable of achieving positional accuracy of better (less) than 20 metres when measured at a range of 1,000 metres; (d) Transducers, acoustic modules or hydrophones therefor are not designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths greater than 1,000 metres; and (e) Beacons therefor are not designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths greater than 1,000 metres, do not have oscillators with a stability greater than 10-5 over periods of 24 hours, and do not use complex codes or beamformers which have shaded or formed beams; (B) Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normal application to separate active equipment) acoustic hydrophones or transducers having all of the following characteristics: (1) Independently mounted or configured and not reasonably capable of assembly by the user into a towed hydrophone array; (2) Incorporating sensitive elements made of piezoelectric ceramics or crystal: (a) With a sensitivity no better than -180 dB (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not designed for operation at depths of more than 100 m and not acceleration compensated; (b) With a sensitivity no better than -192 dB (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not designed for operation at depths of more than 100 m; (c) With a sensitivity no better than -204 dB (reference 1 volt per micropascal) when not designed for operation at depths of more than 1000 m; (ii) Terrestrial systems or equipment having both the following characteristics: (a) Not reasonably capable of conversion by the user to underwater or marine applications embargoed by this Item; (b) Not employing geophones or other transducers embargoed by this Item.

NOTES: 1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

Signal- and data-processing parameters for related equipment are defined in Items IL 1529 and IL 1565, and parameters for related cable in Item IL 1526. Magnetic detection and locating apparatus are covered by Item IL 1571. Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of technology or technical data associated with the design, manufacture or upgradJng of an item excepted from embargo by this definition, when such technology or technical data are also relevant to equipment embargoed by this definition. With respect to repairs and alterations to ships owned and controlled by organisations in proscribed destinations, t.hen those systems or equipment embargoed by Item IL 1570 shall not be installed pursuant to such repair or alterations, unless previously approved. (See also 'tern IL 1416.) Acoustic syst"ms or equipment embargoed by this Item for use in positioning surface vessels or underwater vehicles are systems or equipment using acoustic travel time differences between beacons operating as Security export control

March 1989

37

IL 1514

IL 1510 NOTE 5 continued 6.

7.

responders, transponders or independent transmitters and one or more hydrophones carried by a surface vessel or underwater vehicle. Passive hydrophone sensitivities cited in this item are based on sensitivity being defined as 20 times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 volt reference, when. th~ hydrophone sensor is placed in a plane wave acoustic field haVing an rms pressure of 1 micropascal.. For example, a hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 volt per micropascal) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 volts in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would yield only 10-9 volts output. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for the following equipment. This Item does not embargo towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having all of the following characteristics: (a) Not specially designed for operation at greater than 100 metres depth or at tow speeds in excess of 8 knots; (b) Not incorporating temperature or heading sensors; (c) Having hydrophone groups uniformly spaced at not less than 25 metres and not more than 60 metres; (d) Having an assembled diameter of 40 mm or greater and using metallic strength members only; (e) Not having multiplexed hydrophone group signals; (f) Not having a configuration for multiple or overlapping acoustic aperture operation; (g) Not having characteristics better than those specified in sub-items (i) (B) (I) and (2) above; . (h) Not having associated processing equipment which provides any of the following features: . (1) Electronically-steerable beamformlng capabilities; (2) Side-lobe suppression techniques such as shading coefficients; (3) On-line real-time processing or off-line batch pre-processing capabilities exceeding the limits specified in Items IL 1529 and IL 1565.

FOR PEOPLE'S' REPUBUC ·OF CHINA ONLY: 8.

TbeshiPment .of 'the following equipment: . (a) Ac()Usticsystems or equipment for positioning , surface vesselS ·ot underwater vehicles, provided i.

that: (1) They.· are·not capable ofproceS$ing r~ponses from more than 8 beacon$ in tbe calculation of

Pulse modulators capable of providing electric impulses of peak power exceeding 20 MW or of a duration of less than 0.1 microsecond, or with a duty cycle in excess of 0.005; and pulse transformer, pulse-forming equipment or delay lines being specially designed components of such modulators.

IL 1516 Receivers, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefor: (For instruments using time compression of the input signal or FFf techniques associated with receivers, see Item IL 1533 (i». (a)

Panoramic radio receivers (which search or scan automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum. and indicate or identify the received signals); except ancdlary equipment for commercial receivers with which the frequency searched does not exceed a band~idth of 20 ~Hz or does not incorporate a raster or storage display capablhty; (b) Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computer controlled, which search or scan automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum, in which t~e s~it~hing o~erati?n takes less than 10 milliseconds, and which Indicate or IdentIfy the received signals, except non-ruggedized, digitallycontrolled, pre-set type radio receivers designed for use in civil communications which have 200 selective channels or fewer (for digitally-controlled radio receivers using frequency synthesizers, see also Item IL 1531); (c) Receivers for "spread spectrum" and "frequency agile" systems having a total transmitted bandwidth w~ich is: (I) 100 or more items greater than the bandWidth of any one information channel; and (2) In excess of 50 kHz; (d) Receivers which incorporate digital signal processing, except receivers specially designed for internationally allocated civil frequency bands only and 'Yhich .d? n~t permit u~er­ accessible reprogrammability of the digital Signal-processing circuits.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

a singJepoint; (2) ;They. have neither de~ice$'nor ·"software" for correcting . . au~omatically velocity.. ()fpropagation err()rsfor~ntc.lculatio~;. Th~y have. no calter-ent' .signal .proceSSIng

means; and

,',

Cttl

.

.' .' .'.~.. •. . .••.,. .

i

(4) Transducers, acoustic modules;' .beacons .or ,:;N.hydrophooe$/ therefor~ arenotdesignrd .to i':,,:\yilhstan4. pr~uFe4tlrtng nonnaloperatlonat ;.' ·.'dePths greatertban 1,OOOmelres; $J~ansu~ttom· Pfoflle$yaems 'QQ.·portion of ~iehls specially designed fori QPefatioD at d~pths .r~t.,r, :tban l,()OO ",elres.

2.

"Spread spectrum" is defined as the tec~ni~ue whereb.y energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel IS spread over a much wider energy spectrum under the control of a random or pseudo-random bit stream. On receipt, the signal is correlated with the same bit str~am to ~chiev.e .the reverse process of reducing the bandWidth to ItS ?nglnal form. By allocating different bit streams to different subscribers transmitting simultaneously, significantly greater use can be made of available bandwidth. "Frequency agility" (or frequency hopping) is another form of "spread spectrum" in which the transmission frequen~y of a single communication channel is made to change by discrete steps under the control of a similar bit stream. (See also Item IL 1517 (c).)

NOTE: This Item is not intended to cover signal analysers (see Item IL 1533) or field strength meters (see Item IL 1529).

IL 1517 COLOURED TYPE

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Radio transmitters, except radio relay 'communications equipment (for which see Item IL 1520), as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (a) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to operate at output frequencies greater than 960 MHz; (b) Transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers designed to provide any of the following features:

38

Security export control

March 1989

(1) Any system of pulse modulation (this does not include amplitude-, frequency- or phase-modulated televisions or telegraphic transmitters or pulse-width modulated sound broadcasting transmitters); (2) Rated for operation over a range of ambient temperatures extending from below -40°C to above +60°C; (c) Transmitters for spread spectrum and frequency agile systems having a total transmitted bandwidth which is: (For the definition of "spread spectrum" and "frequency agility", see Technical notes 1 and 2 to Item IL 1516.) (1) 100 or more times greater than the bandwidth of any one information channel; and (2) In excess of 50 kHz. (For quartz crystals, see Item IL 1587; and for radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units, exciters and master oscillators using frequency synthesis, see also Item IL 1531.)

NOTE: This item is not intended to cover the following transmitters or transmitter-amplifiers, or systems containing such equipment, accessories and sub-assemblies therefor: (a) Specially designed for medical applications and operating at ISM frequencies; (b) Having an output power of not more than IOW, which are specially designed for: (1) Industrial or civil intrusion detection and alarm; (2) Industrial and traffic detection, counting, speed measurement, identification and movement control; (3) Carrying the information from the equipment above, or the information of environmental, air or water, pollution detection or measurement systems. (c) Transmitters using wideband amplifiers designed for nonfrequency agile civil applications, such as television and mobile service.

IL 1518 Telemetering and telecontrol equipment suitable for use with aircraft (piloted or pilotless), space vehicles or weapons (guided or unguided), and test equipment specially designed for such equipment. NOTE: This item is not intended to cover equipment specially designed to be used for remote control of toys such as model planes and boats and having electric field strength of not more than 200 microvolts per metre at a distance of 500 metres.

(A) 1,200 bitls when: (a) Employing an automatic error detectioq and correction system; and (b) Retransmission is not required for correction; (B) 9,600 bitls when using the, "bandwidth of one voice channel"; or (C) 64,000 bitls when using baseband;

NOTE: For statistical multiplexers, which satisfy the definitions of either "data (message) switching" or "stored programme controlled circuit switching", and for the definitions of these terms, see Item IL 1567. (b) Electronic measuring or test equipment specially designed for the equipment embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Definition of terms "bandwidth of one voice channel" In the case of data communication equipment designed to operate in one voice channel of 3,100 Hz, as defined in CCITI Recommendation G. 151; "data signalling rate" As defined in ITV Recommendation 53-36, taking into account that, for non-binary modulation, -baud' and -bit per second' are not equal. Bits for coding, checking and synchronisation functions are to be included.

NB: When determining the "data signalling rate", servicing and administrative channels shall be excluded. "Telecommunication transmission equipment" For the purpose of this Item is: (a) Categorised as follows, or combinations thereof: (1) Line terminating equipment; (2) Intermediate amplifier equipment; (3) Repeater equipment; (4) Regenerator equipment; (5) Translation encoders (transcoders); (6) Multiplex equipment; (7) Modulatorsldemodulators (modems); (8) Transmultiplex equipment (see CCITT Rec. G701; or (9) Stored programme controlled digital crossconnection equipment; and (b) Designed for use in single or multi-channel communication via: (1) Wire (line); (2) Coaxial cable; (3) Optical fibre cable; or (4) Radio.

NOTES:

IL 1519 "Telecommunication transmission equipment" and measuring and test equipment, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) "Telecommunication transmission equipment" employing digital techniques (including the digital processing of analogue signals) and having at least one of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for a total digital transfer rate which, at the highest multiplex level, exceeds: (A) 45 million bitls (including when designed for underwater use); or (B) 8.5 million bitls for stored programme controlled digital crossconnection equipment;

NOTE: The maximum of 45 million bitls for the highest multiplex level does not preclude total digital transfer rates of maximally a factor two (2 times) higher for: (a) Line terminating equipment; (b) Intermediate amplifier equipment; (c) Repeater equipment; (d) Regenerator equipment; or (e) Translation encoders (transcoders); (2) Designed for a "data sign.alling rate" which exceeds:

1.

2.

Nothing in this Item shall be construed as sanctioning the export of technology for the development or production of equipment employing digital transmission techniques for operation at a total digital transfer rate' at the highest multiplex level exceeding 8.5 million bitI s; This Item does not embargo: (a) Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equipment designed for industrial purposes, together with data transmission equipment not intended for the transmission of written or printed text;

NB: Telemetering, telecommand and telesignalling equipment consists of: (a) Sensing heads for the conversion of information into electrical signals; (b) The systems used for the long-distance transmission of these electrical signals; and (c) The process used to translate electrical signals into coded data (telemetering), into control signals (telecommand) and into display signals (telesignalling); (b) Facsimile equipment which is not embargoed by Item IL 1527; or

(c)

Equipment emploving exclusively the direct current transmission 'technique.

Security export control

March 1989

39

IL 1519NoTE3

(3) Ku- and Ka-band: 10.7 - 12.75 GHz. The equipment is specially designed for the transmission of television signals: (I) Between camera and studio or between studio and television transmitter; and (2) Not exceeding a line-of-sight distance with respect to anyone installation; (vi) The equipment is specially designed to be installed and operated in communication satellite earth stations using: (I) INTELSAT; (2) MARISAT; (3) EUTELSAT; or (4) INMARSAT; (vii) The equipment is tropospheric scatter communication equipment which: (1) Is designed for civil fixed use; (2) Operates at fixed frequencies of 2.7 GHz or less; (3) Uses frequency modulation; and (4) Has a power amplifier output of 10 kW or less; (v)

FOR'PEOPLE·S ··REPUBLIC-OF CHINA ONLY: 3.

The sbipmentof tbefollowing communication, measuring or test equipment: ,', \ (a)

·'Telecommunication transmissio~ equipment" provided

it is:

(1) Intended for general commercial traffic in a civil communication system; (2) Designed for operation ala total digital transfer rate at the highest multiplex level of 140 million bit/s or

less; (3) Installed under the supervision of the seller in a permanent circuit; and (4) To be operated by the civilian authorities of the importing country; (b) Me~uring andlor test equipment necessary for the use (i.e., installation, operation, and maintenance) of equipment exported under the conditions of this Note, provided: (1) It is designed for use with communication transmission equipment operating at a Udata signalling rate" of 140 million bit/sor less; and (2) It will be supplied in the minimum quantity required for the transmission equipment eligible for administrative exception treatment:

NOTES: 1.

NB: Where possible, built-in test equipment (BITE) will be provided for installation or maintenance of transmission equipment eligible for administrative exception treatment under this Item rather than individual test equipment;

NB: For communication equipment using optical fibre as the communication medium,~ the 'transmission wavelength must not exceed 1,370 nm. 2. A statement is provided identifying the following: (i) Locations of the connection points; (H) Types of equipment being connected; and (Ui) Transmission rates. The shipment of modems and multiplexers embargoed by sub-item (a) (2) above designed for operation at "data signalling rates" of 19,200 bitls or less. 1.

4.

(b)

NOTES: 1.

2.

IL 1520 Radio relay communication equipment, specially designed test equipment and "software" as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (a)

Radio relay communication equipment designed for use at, frequencies exceeding 960 MHz, except when having any of '" the following sets of characteristics: (i) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations operating.at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz employing analogue transmission with a capacity of up to 2,700 voice channels of 4 kHz each or of a television channel of 6 MHz maximum nominal bandwidth and associated sound channels; (H) Microwave radio links for fixed civil installations operating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz, employing digital transmission techniques designed for operation at a total bit rate not exceeding 8.5 million bit/s; (Hi) Ground communication radio equipment for use with temporarily fixed services operated by the civilian authorities of the importing country and designed to be used at fixed frequencies not exceeding 15 GHz with a power output of not more than 5 W; (iv) TV-receive-only (TVRO) stations for satellite reception specially designed for use at fixed frequencies meeting ITU standards in civil television or sound radio systems in the following frequency ranges: (I) S-band: 2.5 - 2.69 GHz (2) C-band: 3.4 - 4.2 GHz 4.5 - 4.8 GHz J

40 Security export control March 1989

Nothing in the above shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for equipment employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM) techniques, except technology for installation, operation or maintenance. 2. Nothing in the above shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for equipment released by (vi) above, other than technology for installation, operation or maintenance. Stand-alone radio transmission media simulators/channel estimators and "specially designed software" therefor, specially designed for testing equipment embargoed by (a) above, except those in which the adjustments are only made manually.

This Item does not embargo equipment permanently installed in a circuit operated by the civilian authorities of the importing country for civil television transmission or for general commercial traffic or technology for the installation, maintenance and operation therefor, provided: (a) The equipment is not designed for operation at a total bit rate exceeding 45 million bit/s; (b) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitudemodulation (QAM) techniques; and (c) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is considered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519. This Item does not embargo equipment for civil industrial use, eg, remote supervision, control and metering of oil and gas pipelines, civil public utility services (eg, electricity networks) including telephone channels for the operation of such networks and the engineering service circuits required for the maintenance of telecommunication links, or technology for the installation, maintenance and operation therefor, provided: (a) Microwave radio links employing analogue transmission techniques have a capacity not exceeding 2,700 voice channels of 4 kHz each; (b) Microwave radio links employing digital transmission techniques operate at a frequency not exceeding 19.7 GHz and are designed to operate at a total digital bit rate not exceeding 45 million bit/s; (c) The equipment does not employ quadrature-amplitudemodulation (QAM) techniques; (d) Associated or integrated multiplex equipment is considered separately under the provisions of Item IL 1519.

FOR PEOPLE'S,REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 3.

The shipment of the follOWing radio relay communication equipment: (a) Digitalrnicrowave radio l~nks for. fixedcivU installations operating at fixed frequencies not exceeding 19.7 GHz with a capacity ()fupto 1.920 voice channels of 3.1 kHz or four television channels of6 MHzmaximum nominal bandwidth and associated sound 'channels; (b) Groundcommunicati0l.l ~radio '. equipment for use with temporarily fixed ~, '•. ~ryices: "operated,' the civilian authodti~s~J1d,'designed to ,be us.edat',fixed frequencies l10t ~xceedil'1.2()'OH~~." ,. ',,' ".' .' (cl Radiottansmi8$ionmedia simulators/channel estimators

,'br

desiluedfor thete4ting of equipmenteovered by (a) or ,.(b).&bo'Ve;·, (d) Power •. amplifiers . nOt .. exceeding ·.10, 'fl.·'aDd6/ 4-GHz.. traD$lllitterslreceiversforcommunicadon satellites; (e) Equipment specially. designed' to .receiv~civil· meteorological· data provided: \ (1) The equipment or systems are designed and used for fixed civil meteorological applications; (2) The equipment has all the following characteristics: (i) It is specially designed. t9 receive and process Weather· Facsimile (WEFAX) or receive and process· meteorological data· from civil weather satellites such as: . GOES (Geostationary Operating·. Environmental Satellite), NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration) polar orbiting satellites, or the ARGOS meteoroligical satellite; (ii) "Frequency agility" techniques are not incorporated; and (Ui) The. weather satellite ground system frequencies do not exceed 1,750 MHz.

IL 1521 Solid-state amplifiers having any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (a)

Exceeding a maximum output power of 2 kW at operating frequencies between 10 and 35 MHz inclusive; (b) Exceeding a maximum output power of 50 W at operating frequencies between 35 and 400 MHz; or (c) A product of the maximum output power times tyo maximum operating frequency of more than 2 x 10 W.Hz at operating frequencies above 400 MHz.

NOTES: 1.

2. 3. 4.

This Item does not embargo solid state amplifiers: (a) Specially designed for community television distribution systems; or (b) Having a "bandwidth" of 10 MHz or less. For amplifiers designed to operate at frequencies above 1 GHz, see Item IL 1537. For amplifiers specially designed for and intended to work with oscilloscopes, see Item IL 1584. For amplifiers specially designed for transmitters, see Item IL 1517.

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Bandwidth" is defined as the range of frequencies over which the power amplification does not drop to less than one half of its maximum value.

IL 1522

(Hi) Helium-neon "lasers" with an output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; . (iv) Ruby-"Iasers" with both of the following characteristics: (I) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; (2) An energy output not exceeding 20 joules per pulse; (v) C~, CO or CO/C~ "lasers" having either of the following characteristics: (I) An output wavelength in the range of 9 to 11 micrometres and a pulsed output energy not exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a maximum rated average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 1.2 kW or a continuous..wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 5.0 kW; or (2) An output wavelength in the range of 5 to 7 micrometres and having a continuous..wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 50 watts; (vi) Nd:YAG "lasers" having an output wavelength of 1.064 micrometres with either of the following characteristics: (I) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and maximum rated average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 10 watts or a continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multimode output power not exceeding 50 watts; (2) A pulsed output not exceeding 10 joules per pulse with a pulse width not less than 50 microseconds and a maximum rated average single-or multi-mode output power not exceeding 50 watts; (vii) Nd:Glass "lasers" with both of the following characteristics: (1) An output wavelength in the range of 1.05 to 1.06 micrometres; and (2) A pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse; (viii) "Tunable" CW dye "lasers", with both of the following characteristics: (I) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; and

(2) An output not exceeding an average or continuouswave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power of 1 W; (ix) "Tunable" pulsed "lasers" (for argon and krypton "lasers", see (a) (i) above), including dye, having all of the following characteristics: (I) An output wavelength between 0.15 and 0.8 micrometre; (2) A pulse duration not exceeding 100 nanoseconds; (3) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse; and (4) An average power not exceeding 10 watts; (x) Single-element semiconductor "lasers" with a wavelength shorter than 1 micrometre designed for, and used in, equipment as defined in (b){xiii), (xiv), (xix) or (xx) below;

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo semiconductor "lasers" having: (1) An output wavelength no longer than 1,000 nm;

"Lasers" and "equipment containing lasers", as follows: (a)

"Lasers" and specially designed components, therefor, including amplification stages, except the following when not specially designed for equipment covered by (b) below: (i) Argon, krypton and non-"tunable" dye "lasers" having one of the following sets of characteristics: (1) An output wavelength in the range from 0.2 to 0.8 micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and an average or continuouswave maxirnum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 20W; or (2) An output wavelength between 0.8 and 1.0 micrometre, a pulsed output energy not exceeding 0.25 joule per pulse and an average or continuouswave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 10 watts; (ii) Helium-cadmium, nitrogen and multigas "lasers" not otherwise specified in this item with both of the following characteristics: (1) An output wavelength shorter than 0.8 micrometre; (2) A pulsed output not exceeding 0.5 joule per pulse and an average or continuous-wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 120 watts;

and

. (2) A continuous wave (CW) output power not exceeding 100 mW. (b) "Equipment containing lasers", and specially designed components therefor, except the equipment listed below which contains "lasers" excluded from embargo by sub-item (a):

(i)

Specially designed for industrial and civilian intrusion detection and alarm systems; (H) Specially designed for medical applications; (Hi) Equipment for educational and laboratory purposes;

NB: The educational equipment referred to "in this sub..item is defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of those principles in educational institutions. (iv) Specially designed ~or traffic and industrial movement control and cOiUntin~ systems; ~v) Specially designed for detection of envirQnmental pollution; (vi) Optical spectrometers and densitometers; Security export control

March 1989

41-

(b) containing "lasers" described in (a) (vi) (1) and (vii)

IL 1522 (b)(vU) (vii) Equipment containing continuous-wave helium-neon gas "lasers" (but see sub-item (c) below); (viii) Textile-cutting and textile-bonding equipment; (ix) Paper cutting equipment; (x) Equipment containing "lasers" for drilling diamond dies for the wire drawing industry; (xi) Electronic scanning equipment with auxiliary electronic screening unit specially designed for printing processes, including such equipment when used for the production of colour separations; (xii) Laser-radar (lidar) equipment specially designed for surveying or meteorological observation; (xiii) Consumer-type reproducers for video and audio discs, employing non-erasable media; (xiv) Price scanners (point of sale); (xv) Equipment designed for surveying purposes, provided there is no capability of measuring range; (xvi) Equipment specially designed for the marking of components; (xvii) Specially designed gravure (printing plate) manufacturing equipment; (xviii) Equipment specially designed for visual entertainment purposes ("laser" light shows) provided it has no holographic capability; (xix) Electronic printers, including those capable of being used with "digital computers", not exceeding 2,000 lines (30 pages) per minute or 300 characters per second; (xx) Electronic copiers, including those capable of being used with "digital computers", not exceeding 30 pages per minute and which do not include any of the following: (I) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment which is not released by item IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (k); (2) Digitising equipment which is not released by item IL 1565 (h) (2) (iv) (h); (3) "Image enhancement" capability; or (c) Measuring systems which have both of the following characteristics: (I) Contain a "laser"; and (2) Maintain for at least 48 hours, over a temperature range of .±...IOK around a standard temperature and at a standard pressure: (i) A resolution over their full scale of .±...O.I micrometre or better; and (H) An accuracy of.±...1 part per million or better;

2.

3. 4.

5.

provided the "lasers" have a maximum pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse; (c) This Item does not embargo Nd. YAG "lasers" used for pumping "tunable" pulsed dye "lasers" excluded from embargo under (a) )ix), and having all of the following characteristics: (1) An output wavelength of 1.064 micrometre; (2) A pulsed output energy not exceeding 1.5 joule per pulse; and (3) A maximum rated average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 25 w. This item is intended to cover semiconductor "lasers" but not non-eoherent light-emitting diodes and assemblies or integrated circuits containing such light-emitting diodes. (see Items IL 1544 and IL 1564). For "laser" feedback systems'and "laser" interferometers, see also Item IL 1093 (c). For the status of optical fibre and optical preform characterisation equipment which contains lasers, see Item IL 1353. Not used.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 6.

'The shipment otthe following: (a) Tunable pul~d ._. flowing-dye "lasers" _ having all 01 .the following _ characteristics, and specially designed components theretor: (1) An output- wavelength sborterthao' 0.8 micrometre; (2) A,pulse duration -not exceeding lOOns; and (3) A peak output power not exceeding 15 MW; (b) CO 2 CO or CO/C02 ulasersHhaving an output

wavelength-in tbe range from 9 to Ilmicrometres-and a pulsed output not exceeding 2 joules per pulse and a maximum rated average single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding 5 kW or a continuous.. wave maximum rated single- or multi-mode output power not exceeding-lO kW; (c) Equipment specially_ designed for medical- applications using "lasers" not freedJrom embargo by sub-item (a) (vi) above; (d) "Laser" systems for trimming resistors or thick/thin film electronic circuits;

(e) Equipment incorporating CO2 ulasers" -with -average or continuous-wave ou~put power not~xceeding5 kW. not exceeding the parameters of Item IL 1091 and specially designedJor welding~ cutting, bonding or drilling metals for civil·applications. (f) Minimum quantiUesof semiconductor "laser" designed and destined for,use with a civilian fibre optic communicatioIls systeJl!:which would be either unembargoed or . eligible for n.oonal-discretion treatment for China under Item·IL 15 _,8 ,or It 1528. having an output wavelength no longer / than 1370 nm and a power output not exceeding 100 mW CW.

TECHNICAL NOTE: Standard temperatures and standard pressures as indicated in IEC Publication 160. (d) Particle measuring systems employing helium-neon "lasers", designed for measuring particle size and concentration in gases, which have both of the following characteristics: (I) Capable of measuring particle sizes of 0.3 micrometre or less; and (2) Capable of characterising Class 10 clean air or better.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

2. 3. 4.

"Tunable" refers to the ability of a "laser" to produce an output at any wavelength within its tuning range. A lineselectable "laser" which can operate only on discrete wavelengths is not considered tunable. The term 'specially designed components' is intended, among other things, to include active and passive components in semi-fabricated forms as well as in fabricated forms. A "laser" is an assembly of components to produce a coherent light which is amplified by stimulated emission of radiation. "Equipment containing lasers" uses coherent light in the equipment for a certain application.

NOTES: 1.

42

Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for the following equipment, except for the minimum technology for their use (Le., installation, operation and maintenance): (a) Sub-item (a) does not embargo uncooled, unsegmented mirrors with glass or dielectric substrates for use as end reflectors for "laser" resonators. (For segmented mirrors, see Item IL 1556.) (b) This Item does not embargo equipment listed in sub-item Security export control

March 1989

IL 1526 Optical fibres, optical cables and other cables and components and accessories, as follows: (a)

Unarmoured or single-armoured ocean cable having an attenuation of 1.62 dB/km (3.0 dB per nautical mile) or less, measured at a frequency of 600 kHz; (b) Optical-fibre communication cable or optical fibres therefor, having any of the following characteristics: (I) The optical fibre is designed for single mode light propagation; (2) The optical fibre: (i) Is designed for muItirnode light propagation; and (ii) Has an attenuation of less than 1.0 dB/km at a wavelength of 1300 nm; or (3) Optical fibres capable of withstanding a "proof test" tensile strength of 1.1 x 109 N/m 2 or more;

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Proof Test" consists of on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed

tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a: running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between capstans approximately 15 cm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 20°C and relative humidity 40%.

NB:

(c)

Equivalent national standards for executing the "proof test" may be used. (4) Specially designed for underwater use; or (5) Specially designed to be insensitive ot nuclear radiation; Optical fibres for sensing purposes, having any of the following characteristics: (1) Specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by coating to be acoustically, thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive; (2) Modified structurally or by coating to have either: (i) A "beat length" of more than 50 cm (low birefringence), except if designed for operation at wavelengths of less than 650 nm; or (H) A "beat length" of less than 5 cm (high birefringence);

IL 1527 Cryptographic equipment and specially designed components therefor, designed to ensure secrecy of communications (such as telegraphy, telephony, facsimile, video, and data communiccations) or of stored information; and "software" controlling or computers performing the functions of such cryptographic equipment. NOTES: 1. 2.

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Beat length" is defined as the distance over which two orthogonally polarised signals, initially in phase, must pass in order to achieve 2 Pi radian(s) phase difference; (d) Secure communication cable, being either coaxial or multiconductor communication cable protected by mechanical or electrical means from physical damage or intrusion in such a manner that communications security is maintained between terminals without the necessity for encryption; (e) Components and accessories specially designed for the above optical fibres or cable, including fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetration connectors impervious to leakage at any depth for use in ships or vessels, and multiport fibre-optic couplers (including but not limited to T, star, bidirectional and wavelength division multiplexing and demultiplexing couplers), except connectors for use with optical fibres or cable with a repeatable coupling loss of 0.5 dB or more. (See also Item ML 9 (g) on the Munitions List).

NOTES: 1.

2. 3. 4.

Sub-item (e) above does not embargo cable that is armoured by only either a tough outer sheath or by an electromagnetic screen. Associated equipment for sub-items (a), (b), (c) and (d), and specially. designed components therefor, are considered under Item IL 1519. For military type cable (shear-resistant, etc) see Item ML 11 on the Munitions List. Silica-based optical fibres and optical cable, other cable, connectors and couplers eInbargoed by sub-items (a), (b), (c) (1) to (4) or (f) above, provided: (a) The cable, optical fibres, connectors or couplers are for a specific civil end-use; (b) The quantities of cable, optical fibres, connectors or couplers are normal for the purpose; (c) The optical fibres specially designed for underwater use: (i) Are not enlbargoed by sub-item (c) (1) above; and (ii) Have performance characteristics inferior to those described in sub-items (c) (2) or (c) (3); and (d) Connectors and couplers embargoed by sub-item (f) are not: (i) Fibre-optic bulkhead or hull penetration connectors, specially designed for use in ships or vessels; or (ii) Wavelength division multiplex type fibre-optic couplers.

FORPEOPL£'$·,REPUBUC .OFCHlNAONLYc 5~

Q~icalfibrett¥mbar~ed bY.J~b-iteJJl.'(~)(2)~, .wb~:e:tCported 'allsof tbef9ltowing

fo~~idenUfiable·~ivil·applicatiot1s,.ham8

' :.. .• .•. :.•. • •. . •.•. . •. . .•. . . . . . . ,.: ,.•.•. . . . .•. . •· . :.. •. ¥t:). :f!ot····fabrie.ted·cto':be~~r·:tadiatjon·~nsil¥e;'

~lir.~e~~:

··...............,..>i.

if

(b) ::/t. tfbeat length tt. bf;~re·;tban:~O·>crn{lowbirefrinlell~~); f·

::'If!rt1?'? .' ..:.:

'' L f Y : ' , ; : ; , , · t , :"

(~1"·,~':;~i)~\t.:ifit:~/.·~~~~~~;:'·~t',\,~1~,:;'WJ~8llatb

,

;':'exc~lrtI.;·lt!1011anQm~i;·'T'ii{;;>'
3.

This Item also covers video systems which, for secrecy purposes, use digital techniques (conversion of an analogue, ie video or facsimile, signal into a digital signal). This Item is not intended to cover simple cryptographic devices or equipment only ensuring the privacy of communications, as follows: (a) Equipment for voice transmission making use of fixed frequency inversions or fixed band scrambling techniques in which the transposition changes occur not more frequently than once every 10 seconds; (b) Standard civil facsimile and video equipment designed to ensure the privacy of communications by an analogue transmission using non-standard practices for intended receivers only (video system equipment effecting the transposition of analogue data); (c) Video systems for pay television and similar restricted audience television, including industrial and commercial television equipment using other than standard commercial sweep systems; "Digital computers" and digital differential analysers (incremental computers) designed or modified for, or combined with, any cypher machines, cryptographic equipment, devices or techniques including "software", "microprogramme" control ("firmware") or specialized logic control (hardware), associated equipment therefor, and equipment or systems incorporating such computers or analysers are covered by this Item or Munitions List Item ML 11.

IL 1529 Electronic equipment for testing, measuring (eg time interval measurement), calibrating or counting, or for microprocessor/microcomputer development, as follows, and specially designed "software" therefor: (a)

Equipment, as follows: Designed as reference frequency standards for laboratory use and having either of the following characteristics: (i) A long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part in 10 10 or better; or (ii) A short-term drift (stability) over a period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1 part in 1012 or better; (2) Containing frequency standards having any of the following characteristics: (i) Designed for mobile use and having a long-term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 1 part in 1()9 or better; (ii) Designed for fixed ground use and having a long term drift (ageing) over 24 hours or more of 5 parts in 10 10 or better; or (Hi) A short-tenTI drift (stability) over a period from 1 to 100 seconds of 1 part in 1012 or better; (b) Instruments, as follows (see also Note 1 below): (1) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding 18 GHz; (2) "Comb frequency generators" designed and rated for use at frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz; (3) Instruments designed for use at frequencies exceeding 1 GHz, as follows,: (i) "Swept-frequency network analyzers" for the automatic measurement of ;complex equivalent circuit \parameters over a range of frequencies; (ii) Specially calibrated microwave instrumentation (1)

Security export control

March1989

43

IL 1529 (b)

(3) (U) continued

receivers capable of measuring amplitude and phase simultaneously; (Ui) Automatic "frequency (heterodyne) converters" and "transfer oscillators"; (iv) Instruments in which the functions can be controlled by the injection of digitally-coded electrical signals from an external source; (4) Instruments having both of the following characteristics: (i) "User-accessible programmability"; and (H) A user-alterable 'programme" and data storage of more than 65,536 bit;

single events or providing stimuli at single test points; (b) Logic clips and logic comparators; (c) Digital word generators capable of operating at a maximum clock rate of 2 MHz or less with word lengths of 8 bit or less. (6) Microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments or systems, capable of developing "software" for, or capable of, programming microcircuits embargoed by Item IL 1564;

NOTES: 1.

NOTES: 1.

This sub-item does not embargo; (a) Instruments, the "user-accessible programmability" of which is provided by, or with the legal agreement of, the original "manufacturer" and limited to: (1) The replacement of fixed storage devices (eg ROMs) which do not change the embargo status of the instrument; or (2) The selection of pre-programmed functions from a menu.

NB: The instrument concerned must be designed to ensure that any "software" (ROM replacement) would not enable the instrument to be enhanced to a level where it would become embargoed. (b) Instruments which: (I) Have been designed for non-strategic use and by nature of design, "software", umicroprogramme" control (Ufirmware"), specialised logic control (hardware) or performance are substantially restricted to the particular application for which they have been designed; and (2) Are not covered by any other part of this Item and do not exceed the limits of Note 6 to Item IL 1565. 2. For the purposes of this Item, the "manufacturer" is the individual or organisation designing the instrument for the intended application (in contrast to an individual or organisation merely programming an instrument at, or in accordance with, a user's request). (5) Test instruments with "user-accessible programmability" and having any of the following characteristics: (i) Specially designed to examine or compare one or more binary coded streams of electrical signals; (H) A maximum sampling rate of more than 100 MHz; (Hi) A maximum of more than 32 channels excluding a maximum of 6 qualifier channels; (iv) A "figure of merit" of more than 400; (v) A capability of state coupled timing analysis (Le. synchronized mode state/timing analysis); (vi) A total acquisition memory for word storage exceeding 32,768 bit with an acquisition memory for bit storage per channel exceeding 1,024 bit; or (vii) A total acquisition memory for word storage exceeding 16,384 bit with an acquisition memory for bit storage per channel exceeding 2,048 bit;

TECHNICAL NOTE: The above "figure of merit" is defined as the product of the maximum sampling rate (in MHz) and the number of input channels (excluding qualifier channels).

NOTES: 1.

2.

44

This sub-item includes instruments such as: (a) Digital circuit testers; (b) Logic state analysers, logic timing analysers and logic state and logic timing analysers; (c) Bus analysers; (d) Serial data analysers; or (e) Digital word generators. This sub-item does not embargo: (a) Logic probes, logic pulsers, digital current tracers (current 'sniffers'), signature analysers and other digital circuit testers for observing

Security export control

March 1989

This sub-item does not embargo microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments or systems which can be used to develop "software" for, or to programme, a "family" of microprocessor microcomputer microcircuits not designed or produced within a proscribed area, provided: (a) The instruments or systems can be used only for microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits having an operand (data) word length of less than or equal to 8 bit and not having an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) wider than 8 bit; and (b) The "family" contains at least one microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit which is not embargoed by Item IL 1564.

NB:

2.

For the purposes of this sub-item, a "family" consists of microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits which have: (a) The same architecture; (b) The same basic instruction set; and (c) The same basic technology (eg only NMOS or only CMOS). This sub-item includes accessories specially designed for microprocessor or microcomputer instruments or systems such as: (a) "Cross-hosted" assemblers, "cross-hosted" compilers; (b) Adapter interfaces for prototypes or emulation probes; (c) Debuggers; (d) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) programmers; (e) Programmable read-only memory (PROM) copiers; (t) So-called 'personality' modules which contain more than one of the accessories enumerated under (a) to (e).

3.

"Cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted" assemblers, needed for use with a particular microprocessor or microcomputer development instrument or system not embargoed by this sub-item must contain only the minimum "software" in machine executable form to perform the functions for which they were designed. To make other incompatible instruments or systems perform the same functions must require: (a) Modification of this "software"; (b) Addition of "programmes". 4. For "cross-hosted" compilers or "cross-hosted" assemblers, which are not specially designed for use with microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments or systems described in this sub-item, see Item IL 1566. (c) Digital counters, as follows: (1) Capable of counting successive input signals with less than 5 nanoseconds time difference without prescaling (digital division) of the input signal (for counter/timers having a time interval measurement mode, see also (d) below); (2) Employing prescaling of the input signal, in which the prescaler is capable of resolving successive input signals with less than 1 nanosecond time difference; (3) Capable of measuring burst frequencies exceeding 100 MHz for a burst duration of less than 5 milliseconds; (d) Time interval measuring equipment employing digital techniques, capable of measuring time intervals of less than 5 nanoseconds on a single shot basis; (e) Testing equipment rated to maintain specified operating data when operating over a range of ambient temperatures from below -25°C to above +55°C;

(f)

Digital voltage measuring apparatus, with or without electrical outputs, irrespective of the physical units in which calibrated, with a reading speed (from zero to the measured value) faster than 25 accesses per second and having any of the following characteristics: (1) A digital resolution at all points on the scale greater than one part in 200,000; (2) An accuracy, measured without reference to an external standard, better than 1 part in 50,000 (0.002%) of reading over an ambient temperature range of ±.5°C or more, or a stability better than 10-6 of reading over a period of 24 hours or more; (3) Capable of more than 500 independent measurements per second;

transmitted pulse-eompression radar pulse ('chirp radar'). This profiling may be achieved by internal or external gating. "Pulse frequency profiling" is not intended to include 'frequency modulation tolerance' while it is being frequency modulated and is of interest to the communication field. The ability to perform measurement of the time interval of the pulse itself (pulse width) as opposed to frequency measurements within a pulse is covered under time interval instruments in sub-item (d) above.

NOTES: 1.

NOTES: 1.

Reading speed is assumed not to include changes in range or polarity. 2. This sub-item does not embargo: (a) Visual quantization apparatus capable of providing an average value, displayed or not, of the results of the measurement; (b) Multichannel analyzers of all types used in nuclear experimentation; (c) Industrial telemeasuring devices in which a pre-set storage value is used as a basis for measuring. (g) Transient recorders, utilizing analogue-to-digital conversion techniques, capable of storing transients by sequentially sampling single input signals at successive intervals of less than 50 nanoseconds.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

"Comb frequency generators" (sub-item (b) (2)) are generally understood to be devices which generate a spectrum of harmonics. "Swept-frequency network analyzers" as understood in subitem (b) (3) (i) above involve the automatic measurement of equivalent circuit parameters over a range of frequencies. This involves swept-frequency measurement techniques but not CW point-to-point measurements. "Amplitude and phase receivers" (sub-item (b) (3) (ii)) are instruments capable of measuring the amplitude of a microwave signal or the amplitude of two microwave signals and the relative phase between them. The principal application of these instruments is the measurement of near and far zone phase and amplitude antenna patterns. They can also be used for measurement of microwave device and components characteristics. In general, they are more sophisticated and sensitive (better than -100 dBm) than phase and impedance measuring instruments such as RF vector impedance meters and vector voltmeters. They also feature wide dynamic range (80 dB) and very good linearity (approximately ±. 0.25 dB). "Frequency (heterodyne) converters" (sub-item (b) (3) (iii)) down convert an unknown frequency by mixing with an accurately known frequency. The accurately known frequency is developed by multiplication of a crystal-derived reference which is passed through a harmonic generator. By mixing the appropriate harmonic and the unknown frequencies, an accurate third frequency results. "Transfer oscillators" (sub-item (b) (3) (iii)) are based also on the property of harmonic mixing. Differences exist in that a local oscillator is utilized whereas a crystal-derived reference frequency is utilized in the case described in Note 4 above. The unknown frequency is mixed with the local oscillator (LO) and the two are phase-locked by tuning the LO. The LO can then be measured by a counter. "User-accessible programmability" as used in sub-items (b) (4) and (b) (5) above is meant defined as the facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "programmes" by means other than: (a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or (b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters. "Burst frequency measurement" counters (sub-item (c) (3)) contain special gating circuits which start only when the input signal is present and stop counting at the completion of the burst. "Pulse frequency profiling" is the capability of measuring the changes of frequency (or phase) within a pulse as a function of time; such changes in frequency would be present in a

For signal analyzers, see Item IL 1533; For microwave equipment, see also Item IL 1537; For analogue-to-digital converters, other than digital voltage measuring instruments, see Item IL 1568; For frequency synthesizers, see Item IL 1531. See also Items IL 1355, IL 1485 0) and Item ML 18 on the Munitions List.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBUC OF CHINA ONLY: 2.

The shipment of the follOWing equipment: (a) Quartz or rubidium frequency standards not specially designed for military use; (b) "Swept frequency network analysers" or sweep generators for use at frequencies not exceeding 400Hz and which cannot be controlled remotely; . (c) Noise meters, power meters, microwave bridges and noise generators embargoed by sllb-item (b) (1) or (b) (3) (iv) above for use at frequencies not exceeding 26.5 GHz; (d) "Swept frequency network analy-sers". for the automatic measurement of complex equivalent circuit parameters over a range of frequencies where the maximum frequency does not exceed 20 GHz; (e) Instruments in which the functions can be controlled by the injection of digitally coded electrical signals from an external source where the maximum frequency does not exceed 20 GHz; (f) Instruments incorporating computing facilities with "user-accessible programmability" embargoed by subitem (b) (4) above; (g) Digital test instruments with "user-accessible programmeability" embargoed by sub-item (b) (5). required for the use (installation. operation or maintenance) of microcircuits or computers exported to the People's Republic ,of China under the national discretion notes to Items IL 1584 or IL 1585; (h) Microprocessor and microcomputer development instruments for microcircuits which are either unembargoed or exportable to the People's Republic of China under the national discretion notes to Item IL 1564; (i) Digital counters not haVing any of the following characteristics: (1) Capable of performing frequency measurements above 20 GHz; (2) Capable of measuring' either the frequency or the change in phase or frequency within a pulse ("pulse frequency profiling"), using either internally or externally. gated sampling intervals of 100 ns or less; or (3) Capable of measuring burst frequencies'exceeding

250 MHz for a burst duration of less than ,2 ms; Time· interval measuring· equipment employing digital techniques•.not capable.of. ~easuring time intervals of les than 1 ns. on Cl single shot basis; (k) Instruments embargoed by su~item. (f)" .not capable of more than 1,000 independent measuremenls,per second; (1) Transient recordel'$, Dot capable 9fsarnplin" si~gle input sisnals at sqccessive Intervals of less than .10 ns. (m) PRQM pro4ram~ersembarsoed by sub-item (b) . (6) above. .. . . < . ,

0)

.~~

i·.·

...

IL 1531 "Frequency synthesizers" (and equipment containing such "frequeacy synthesizers") 8S follows: (a) "Frequency synthesizers" containing frequency standards embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (1) or temperaturecompensated ci'ystal oscillators covered by Item IL 1587 (c) Security exportcoir'ltrol

March1989

46

IL 1531 (b)

(d)

(b) Instrument "frequency synthesizers" and synthesized signal generators, and specially designed components and accessories therefor, designed for ground use, producing output frequencies whose accuracy and short- and long-term stability are controlled by, derived from, or disciplined by the input frequency or internal master standard frequency, and having any of the following characteristics: (1) A maximum synthesized output frequency of more than 550 MHz; (2) Any of the following noise characteristics: (i) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than -120 dBc/Hz when measured at a 20 kHz offset from the carrier frequency; (ii) A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than -106 dBc/Hz when measured at a 100 Hz offset from the carrier frequency; (iii) An integrated phase noise better than -60 dBc/Hz referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this carrier; or (iv) An integrated AM phase noise better than -70 dBc/Hz referred to a 30 kHz band centred on the carrier and excluding the 1 Hz band centred on this carrier;

NOTES: 1. 2. (e)

NOTE: Synthesized signal generators which are embargoed only by (b) (1) or (b) (2) (i) above may be exported up to a maximum synthesized output frequency of 1,400 MHz or down to a single sideband phase noise of -136 dBc/Hz when measured at an offset of 20 kHz from a carrier frequency of 100 MHz, provided the technology supplied is only the minimum necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of such generators. (3)

(c)

Electrically programmable in frequency (in that the output frequency can be controlled or selected by the injection of digitally coded electrical signals from an external control source) with a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 milliseconds; (4) Electrically programmable in phase (in that the phase of the output frequency can be varied relative to the internal or external reference standard, or selected in accordance with an externally supplied code or signal with a switching speed from one selected phase value to another of less than 10 milliseconds) except those equipments incorporating pre-emphasis networks for frequency modulation; (5) Having a level of spurious components in the output, measured relative to the selected output frequency better than: (i) -60 dB harmonic; or (ii) -92 dB non-harmonic; (6) Having more than three different selected synthesized output frequencies available simultaneously from one or more outputs; (7) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output frequency; Airborne communication equipment using "frequency synthesizers", as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (,1) Designed to receive or transmit frequencies greater than 156 MHz; (2) Incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of more than 200 channels per equipment, except those equipments operating in the frequency range of 108 to 137 MHz incorporating facilities for the rapid selection of 760 channels or fewer at not less than 25 kHz channel spacing, which have been in normal civil use for at least one year; (3) With a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 milliseconds; (4) "Frequency synthesizers", designed for the above equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b) above; See also Item IL 1501 (a).

48

Security export control

March 1989

This sub-item does not embargo "frequency synthethisers" specially designed for use in tuners for entertainment type receivers. See also Item IL 1516.

Radio transmitters incorporating transmitter drive units, exciters and master oscillators using frequency synthesis, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (1) Having an output frequency of up to 32 MHz with a frequency resolution of better than 10Hz and with a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 milliseconds; (2) Having an output frequency from 32 MHz to 235 MHz with a frequency resolution of better than 250 Hz and with a "frequency switching time" of less than 10 milliseconds; (3) Having an output frequency of more than 235 MHz, except: (i) Television broadcasting transmitters having an output frequency from 470 MHz to 960 MHz with a frequency resolution of not better than 1 kHz and where the manually-operated "frequency synthesizer" incorporated in or driving the transmitter has an output frequency not greater than 120 MHz; (H) FM and AM ground communication equipment for use in the land mobile service and operating in the 420 to 470 MHz band, with a power output of 50 W or less for mobile units and 300 W or less for fixed units, with a frequency resolution of not better than 6.25 kHz and with a "frequency switching time" of more than 50 milliseconds; (Hi) Portable (personal) or mobile radiotelephones for civil use, eg for use with commercial civil cellular radiocommunications systems having all of the following characteristics: . (a) Operating in the 420 to 960 MHz range; (b) A power output of 25 W or less; and (c) A "frequency switching time of 10 ms or more. H

NOTE: For stored programme controlled communications swithing equipment used with cellular radio base stations, see Item IL 1567. (4)

Having more than three different selected synthesized output frequencies available simultaneously from one or more outputs; (5) With facilities for pulse modulation of the output frequency of the transmitter or of the incorporated "frequency synthesizer"; (6) "Frequency synthesizers" designed for the above equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b) above;

NOTE: See also Item IL 1517.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

NOTE:

Digitally-controlled radio receivers, whether or not computercontrolled, which search or scan automatically a part of the electromagnetic spectrum, using "frequency synthesizers", as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor: (1) Digitally-controlled receivers in which the switching operation takes less than 10 milliseconds, except nonruggedized digitally-controlled preset type radio receivers designed for use in civil communications, which have 200 selective channels or fewer; (2) "Frequency synthesizers" designed for the above equipment, whether supplied separately or with the said equipment, exceeding the parameters specified in (b) above, except those specially designed for receivers freed from embargo under (d) (1) above;

"Fr~quency synthesizer" means any kind of frequency source or Signal generator, regardless of the actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative output

2.

frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies. "Frequency switching time" means the maximum time (Le. delay), when switched from one selected output frequency to another selected output frequency, to reach: (a) A frequency within 100 Hz of the final frequency; or (b) An output level within 1.0 dB of the final output level.

NOTES: 1.

This Item does not embargo equipment in which the output frequency is produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies which may be followed by multiplication of the result. Equiprrlent covered by sub-item (b) (3), above, with a "frequency switching time" not less than 5 milliseconds.

3.

The .bipmentof .t~ .foUowiOI, ·.andsl*i.Uy ...de$illled components and.. ac(~orie$. tber~for: .• ;................ ..... ... "

FOlt"PEOPLE'SRE~QLICO' C.llfNJ\:Q~t Y:

(a) ~'Frequenty .•yntbesiz,rs~'.ml)"g()ed::onlyby
NOTE: (c)

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo optical instruments, such as autocollimators, using collimated light to detect angular displacements of a mirror. (d) Non-contact type measuring systems having, at a standard ambient test room temperature.±.. 1 K, either of the following pairs of characteristics: (1) Effective probe measurement diameter less than 0.5 mm and drift less than 0.5 per cent per day; or (2) "Linearity" better than.±.. 0.3 per cent and drift less than 0.5 per cent per day; (e) Contact type measuring systems specially designed for combined, simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both the following characteristics: (1) Linear "accuracy" equal to or better than .±..0.005 mm in any 5 mm; and (2) Angular "accuracy" equal to or better than.±.. 1 minute in any 90° of arc.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. 2.

Equipment covered by sub-items (a) or (d) above to civil end-users not engaged in aerospace activities.

IL 1533 Signal analysers (including spectrum analysers), with any of the following characteristics, and specially designed components, accessories and "specially designed software" therefor:

IL 1532

(b)

Precision linear and angular measuring systems, as follows and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor:

(c) (d)

and;

(Hi) Drift equal to or less than 0.1 per cent per day at a standard ambient test room temperature.±.. 1K; (2) Linear voltage differential transformers with no compensation networks and having either of the following characteristics: (i) Range equal to or less than 5 mm; or (ii) "Linearity" equal to or better than.±.. 0.2 per cent;

(e) (f)

(g) (h)

Non-programmable and capable of operating at frequencies over 12.5 GHz; Programmable and capable of operating at frequencies over 1 GHz; Having a display bandwidth in excess of 125 MHz; Including a scanning preselector for analysing frequencies of more than 1 GHz; Incorporating a tracking signal generator for analysing frequencies of more than 1 GHz; Radio frequency analysers having an overall display dynamic range of better than 80 dB; Employing time compression of the input signal; Employing Fast Fourier Transform techniques

TECHNICAL NOTE: Signal analysers are instruments capable of measuring the basic properties of a signal in the time or frequency domain.

NOTES: 1. 2.

NOTE: "Linearity limits apply to measurements made in the static mode. (b) Linear measuring machines having all of the following characteristics: (1) Two or more axes; (2) Range in any axis greater than 200 mm; (3) "Accuracy" (including any compensation) better than .±..0.0008 mm per any 300 mm segment of travel;

"Accuracy" is usually measured in terms of inaccuracy. It is defined as the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard or true value. "Linearity" is usually measured in terms of non-linearity. It is defined as the maximum deviation of the actual characteristics (average of upscale and downscale readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to equalise and minimise the maximum deviations.

NOTE:

(a)

(a) Contact-type systems or linear voltage differential transformers (LVDT) therefor, as follows: (1) Contact type measuring systems having all of the following characteristics: (i) Range equal to or less than 5mm; (H) "Linearity" equal to or better than.±.. 0.1 per cent;

This sulritem does not embargo optical comparators. Angular measuring systems having an "accuracy" equal to or better than .±.. 1 second of arc;

3. 4. 5.

This Item is not intended to embargo optical spectrum analysers. Fast Fourier Transforms are described in eg 'Gauss and the History of the Fast Fourier Transform' by MT Heideman, 0 H Johnson and C S Burrus in IEEE ASSP Mag. I, No 4 (October), 12-21, 1984. This Item does not ,embargo instruments embargoed only by sub-item (c), provided that the instrument is not capable of operating at frequencies over 2 GHz. If the signal analyser is an oscrJloscope plug-in, see Item IL 1584 for associated f!ah"lframe. The shipment of eqjit>mt~nt embargoed by sub-items (g) or (h) ~aving any of the following characteristics: (a) Capable of .computing 512 complex spectral lines in 200 Security export control

March 1-989 47'

IL 1533 NOTE 5

(a) continued

milliseconds or more; Capable of computing 512 real spectral lines in 100 milliseconds or more; or Having no zoom capability and capable of computing 512 complex spectral lines in 100 milliseconds or more, or capable of computing 512 real spectral lines in 50 milliseconds or more.

(b) (c)

TECHNICAL NOTE: Zoom capability (range translation) permits a spectrum analysis starting from an arbitrary frequency rather than at frequency zero, leading to an improved resolution. l£'••

i,~I·~~~~fV~C:~!CHJNAONLY:

Y~"

"

'

(itJ·,'<.,j';,

,;;"t

,

":f~1J9Wln_~~9Uip~~~t:t

'<

,,',

,~

,~JEr; " ~~~. ;~l1~Y~l"Sin~I~~,:,~g\ ~ose

. . ,.StJl~r,a!~r pro!.~qtb.e;di~play

.t)',: ,." :",.,,: ,',: " .' "'."," ,,~!~fress;

c , , ' , ' ',",.'",'",' "

.~08';~t:p~~.,.&1g11at,aM}y~rs,Jncludin~ ,~hose with, a ~.nqinIPt~l~br: ":or 'Jl t!~kil'lg '••i8~al ',~enetator, 1ul:vi111.~ 9ft~e:;foU(rWingth~a<:terlstic$: '' (l):~~tj~g:a~ ,fr~uenciesof,4~.4(ltlzi,~rl~~;

(2) ''qle 9veraU display dynamic range 'not' exceeding

'··'lOO'·dB;'" ".' :,'"

."',.", '; ~

;(~'St~~lh~~$ ern~o)'ingtiltl~c0lt1pr~ion of the :=.:~o;FatrFourier·TranSfo~·techniques not

" "(tl' ';AJl~t,'II~g'liln~Wt,thf.l!tequencY higher than lOO t~zJf:!bei~strutne~rusestimeeOJ\1pre$Sion,

or

'(2) 'Qltculafing512'corrtplexUnes' in 'lessthari50' ms. (For logic and network analysers and transient recorders, see Item

IL 1529).

IL 1534 FIatbed microdensitometers (except cathode-ray types), having any of' the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor: (a)

A recording or scanning rate exceeding 5,000 data points per second; (b) A figure of merit better (less) than 0.1, defined as the product of the density resolution (expressed in density units) and the spatial resolution (expressed in micrometres);

NOTE:

(c)

This sub-item does not embargo equipment with a spatial resolution not better (less) than 2 micrometres and a density resolution not better (less) than 0.01 density unit. An optical density range greater than 0 to 4.

TECHNICAL NOTE: Density resolution (expressed in density units) is measured over the optical density range of the instrument.

NOTE: Equipment specially designed for medical applications.

IL 1537

than 1.7: 1 and directivity over the band of 20 dB or more; (2) Rotary joints capable of transmitting more than one isolated channel or having a bandwidth greater than 5 per cent of the centre mean frequency, except those used in air traffic control equipment carrying combinations of frequencies suitable for secondary surveillance radar antennae co-mounted on a primary radar antenna and which do not have a bandwidth exceeding 5 per cent of the centre mean frequency; (3) Magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, waveguide components; (4) Diode waveguide components using diodes embargoed by Item IL 1544; (d) Transverse electromagnetic mode TEM devices: (1) Using magnetic, including gyro-magnetic, properties; or (2) Using diodes embargoed by Item IL 1544; (e) TR and anti-TR tubes and specially designed components therefor, except those designed for use in waveguides and having any of the following characteristics, which are in normal civil use for ground or marine radar: (i) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 3 MW and at a frequency of 1.5 GHz or less; (ii) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 1.2 MW and at a frequency over the range of 1.5 to 6 GHz; (Hi) Operating at a peak power not exceeding 300 kW and at a frequency over the range of 6 GHz to 10.5 GHz; (t) Assemblies and sub-assemblies in which the isolating base material functions as a dielectric (as used in stripline, microstrip or slotline) except for those items specifically designed for use in civil television systems to meet ITU standards and using as an isolating material paper base phenolics, glass cloth melamine, glass cloth epoxy resin, polyethylene terephthalate or other isolating material with an operating temperature not exceeding 150°C (302°F); (g) Phased array antennae and sub-assemblies, designed to permit electronic control of beam shaping and pointing (see Munitions List Item ML 15), and specially designed components therefor (including but not limited to duplexers, phase shifters and associated high-speed diode switches); (h) Other antenna~ specially designed for operation at frequencies above 30 GHz having a diameter of less than 1 metre, and specially designed components therefor; (i) Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies capable of being used at frequencies above 3 GHz and having circuits fabricated by the same processes used in integrated circuit technology, which include active circuit elements. (For acoustic wave devices, see Item IL 1586). (For integrated circuits and related technology, see also Item

IL 1564). 0)

Microwave assemblies and sub-assemblies which contain band-pass or band-stop filters and are capable of operating at 3 GHz or greater; (k) Amplifiers, except parametric or paramagnetic amplifiers having any of the following characteristics: (1) They are specially designed for medical applications; (2) They are specially designed for use in "simple educational devices" and operate at industrial, scientific or medical (ISM) frequencies; or (3) They have an output power of not more than IOW and are specially designed for: (a) Industrial or civilian intrusion detection and alarm systems; (b) Traffic or industrial movement control and counting systems; (c) Environmental pollution of air or water detection systems; or (d) "Simple educational devices";

Microwave (including millimetric-wave) equipment, including parametric amplifiers, as follows, capable of operating at frequencies over I GHz(other than microwave equipment embargoed by Items IL 150I,lL 1517, IL 1520 and IL 1529):

"Simple educational devices" are defined as devices designed for use in teaching basic scientific principles and demonstrating the operation of those principles in educational institutions.

(a,)

See also Item IL 1521. Modulators using PIN (positive-intrinsic-negative) transistor technology.

Rigid and flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies in excess of 18 GHz; (b) Waveguides having a bandwidth ratio greater than 1.7:1; (c) Waveguide components, as follows: (1) Directional couplers having a bandwidth ratio greater

48 Security export control March 1989

TECHNICAL NOTE:

NOTE: (I)

NOTE: see also Item IL 1544.

NOTE:

NOTES: 1.

4.

5.

Equiprnent covered by sub-iten1s (c) (~{) and (d) above required as replacement parts in specific civil equipment not exceeding the capability of that which could be exported under Items It 1501 or It 1520, provided such parts do not upgrade the initial perforrnance of that equipnlent. Equiprnent covered by sub-itern (e) above required as replacement parts in specific civilian equipment not exceeding the capability of that which could be exported under Henl It 1501, provided such parts do not upgrade the initial perforrnance of that equipment. EquipITlent covered by sub-item (f) above designed and intended for use in civil telecommunication systerns at frequencies allocated by the ITU for that purpose. Sub-item (g) above is not intended to cover duplex,ers and phase shifters specifically designed for use in civil television systems or in other civil radar or communication systems not covered elsewhere in these Lists. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology, except the minimum technol6'gy for the use (Le. installation,· operation and maintenace) of the following equipment. and (k) do not embargo microwave assemblies, Sub-items sub-assemblies or amplifiers (or combinitions therefor) having all of the following characteristics: ' (a) Fixed tuned at the time of manufl,lcture to operate only within the ITV satellite broadcasting band from 11.7 to 12.5 GHz; (b) Not caJiable of being retuned to a new frequency band by the user; and (c) Specially designed for use with, or in, civil television receivers.

u)

Technology for the design or production of cathode-ray 'tubes incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers is not released under this sub-item.

IL 1542 ~old cathode tubes and sWitch~, as f~llows: (a)

Triggered spark-gaps, having an anode delay time of 15 microseconds or less and rated for a peak current of 3,000 A or more; specially designed parts therefor, and equipment 'incorporating such devices; (b) Cold cathode tubes, whether gas-filled or not, operating in a manner similar to a spark gap, containing three or more electrodes and having all the following characteristics: (1) Rated for an anode peak voltage of 2,500 volts or more; (2) Rated for peak currents of 100 A or more; (3) An anode delay time of 10 microseconds or less; and (4) An envelope diameter of less than 25.4 mm (1 inch).

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

2.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 6.

7.

The shipment of microwave equipment embargoed by subitems (a), (b) or (c), when designed for use at frequencies not exceeding 40 GHz and when specially designed for use with conventional commercial instruments described in Items IL 1529, IL 1531 or IL 1533, provided the equipment does not in any way extend the frequency range of the basic instrument. Amplifiers and modulators, as follows: (a) Amplifiers embargoed by sub-item (k), when designed for use with signal analysers described in Note 3 to Item IL 1533 and designed for a maximum operating frequency not ex~eeding 2 GHz, provided these amplifiers are not radiation hardened or "spacequalified."

NB: The term uspace qualified" used in this.lternrefers. to products which are 'stated by the manufacturer .'.., designed and tested to meet the special electrical, mechanical. or environmental' .requirements . for .use in rockets, satellites orhigh..altitude fUgbt. $yst~m$ operating at altitudes of 100 km or m~)l:e... .... ,_ (b) PIN modulators embargoed by sub-item (1), designed for use at frequencies not exceeding 10.5 GHz.

IL 1541 Cathode-ray tubes having any of the following characteristics: (a)

A resolving power of 32 lines per mm (800 lines per inch) or more, using the shrinking raster method of measurement; (b) With travelling wave or distributed deflection structure using delay lines, or incorporating other techniques to minimise mismatch of fast phenomena signals to the deflection structure, except when using segmented plate (sectioned Y-plate) structure; (c) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers, except cathode-ray tubes having all of the following characteristics: (i) The microchannel-plate electron multipliers have a hole pitch of 25 micrometres or more; (ii) The tubes are not ruggedised for military use; (Hi) The tubes have a horizontal sweep slower than 200 ns/cm; and (iv) The electron gun is mounted parallel to the screen surface.

Triggered spark-gaps are tubes with a structure consisting of two opposed anodes with shapes resembling flattened hemispheres, and with one or more triggering probes placed approximately in the centre of one anode. The structure is sealed and contains a mixture of gases, principally nitrogen, under less than atmospheric pressure. Sub-item (b) above covers gas 'krytron' tubes, vacuum 'krytron' tubes and similar tubes.

NOTE: Sub-item (a) does not embargo cold cathode relay tubes or decade counter tubes. Sub-item (b) does not embargo ignitrons.

IL 1544 Semiconductor diodes, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor: NOTE: This item does not cover semiconductor diodes based upon germanium, selenium or copper oxide. (a)

Semiconductor diodes, designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies exceeding 12.5 GHz; (b) Mixer and detector diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies greater than 3 GHz, except: (i) Point contact diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies of 12.5 GHz or less; (H) Schottky diodes designed or rated for mixer use at input or output frequencies of less than 12.5 GH~ and having a noise figure of more than 6.5 dB; " , (Hi) Schottky diodes designed or rated for detector use at input or output frequencies of less than 12.5 ,9Hz and having a minimum rated tangential sensitivity of either worse than -45 dBm under unbiased conditions or worse than -50 dBm under biased conditions; (c) Oscillator and amplifier devices such as Gunn, Impatt, Trapatt, TED, and LSA (including those used for the direct conversion of de to rf power) designed or rated for use at: (1) Output frequencies above 1 GHz but not exceeding 4 GHz with a peak power more than 2 W or a maximum CW power more than 200 mW; or (2) Output frequencies above 4 GHz but not exceeding 12.5 GHz with a pea.k power more than 1 W or a maximum CW power more than 100 mW; (d) Voltage variable capacitance diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies greater than 1.7 GHz; (e) Fast recovery diodes, as follows; (1) Having a rated maximunl reverse recovery time of less than 1 nanosecc.uld;or (2) Having both a rated forward rectified current over 5 A and a rated Inaximum reverse recovery time of less than 20 nanosec()nds; Security export control

March 1989

49

IL 1544 (e) NOTES NOTES:

(d) Noise figure.

NOTES: 1.

1.

(I)

When average reverse recovery time is quoted instead of maximum reverse recovery time, the maximum may be regarded as two times the average. 2. When reverse recovery time is not quoted, diodes rated for a stored charge of less than 25 pico-coulombs shall be regarded as embargoed by this sub-item PIN diodes designed or rated for use at input or output frequencies above 1.7 GHz, with a peak power of greater than 5 W or a maximum CW power of greater than 500 mW;

NOTES: 1.

2. 3. 4.

(For Phototransistors, see Item IL 1548.)

Diodes constructed with a rectifying deposited metal semiconductor junction or barrier, such as hot-carrier or Schottkybarrier diodes, will normally be considered under sub-items (b) and (e) above. For photodiodes see Item IL 1548. For light emitting diocles, see Item IL 1522. Varactor diodes embargoed by sub-item (d) for bona fide civil use, as follows: (a) Silicon tuning varactor diodes for use at input or output frequencies not exceeding 9 GHz; (b) Silicon Inultiplier varactor diodes for use at input or output frequencies not exceeding 5 GHz; or (c) Silicon multiplier varactor diodes for use at input or output frequencies above 5 GHz and not exceeding 9 GHz with a power output of 0.5 W or less.

IL 1545 Transistors, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor: (a) Transistors based upon silicon and having any of the following characteristics: (1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 GHz; (2) An "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.5 MHz and a "maximum collector dissipation" of more than 300 W; (3) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1.5 MHz and a "maximum collector dissipation" of more than 250 W; (4) An "operating frequency" exceeding 200 MHz and a product of the "operating frequency" (in GHz) times the "maximum collector dissipation" (in watts) or more than 10; or (5) Being majority carrier-type transistors, including but not limited to junction field-effect transistors (FETs) and metal-oxide semiconductors transistors (MOS), except field-effect transistors having any of the following characteristics: (a) A maximum power dissipation of no more than 6W and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 1.0 GHz; or (b) A maximum power dissipation of no more than IW and an "operating frequency" not exceeding 2.0 GHz; or (c) Designed for audio frequency applications; (b) Transistors based upon gallium arsenid~ and having any of the following characteristics: (1) An "operating frequency" exceeding 1 GHz; (2) A maximum power dissipation of more than 1 W; or (3) A noise figure of less than 3 dB;

NB: (c)

Nothing in this sub-item is intended to release any technology unique to transistors based upon gallium arsenide. Transistors based upon any semiconductor material other than germanium, silicon or gallium arsenide.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. 2.

60

The "maximum collector dissipation" is defined as the continuous dissipation measured under the optimum cooling conditions specified by the manufacturer. "Operating frequency" is defined as the frequency used in measuring any of the following: (a) Output power; (b) Power gain (q,E' Opa, Ope, G"s or Gpo); (c) Gain bandwidth product (fT); or Security export control

2.

Transistors embargoed by sub-iteIns (a) (2), (a) (3) or (a) (4) and having the following characteristics: (a) Specially designed for: (1) Television transposers; or (2) Civil mobile conlnlunications equipment; and (b) Having a product of the "operating frequency" (in GHz) times the "maximum collector dissipation" (in watts) of no more than 20. The shipment of transistors embargoed by sub-itelll (a) (5) above.

March 1989

IL 1547 Thyristors, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor: (a)

Designed ,for use in pulse modulators having a rated turn-on time of less than 1 microsecond where the rated peak current exceeds 150 A; (b) Having a rated turn-off time of less than 1 microsecond; (c) Having a rated turn-off time of from 1 microsecond to less than 2.3 microseconds, except those having a rated peak current of 50 A or less and encapsulated in non-hermetically sealed packages; (d) Having a rated turn-off time of from 2.3 to 1. 0 microseconds and a "figure of merit" more than 100.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

2.

The "figure of merit" is here defined as the product of the repetitive peak off-state voltage (V drm) in kilovolts and the repetitive peak on-state current (I trm) in amperes as shown on the thyristor data sheets. The turn-off time for gate-turn-off thyristors is defined as the sum of the gate controlled delay time TDQ and the gate controlled fall time Tfq to reach 10 per cent of the initial onstate current.

NOTES: 1.

2.

Thyristors required as replacernent parts in specific equipnlent exported by a nlernber country, provided they not upgrade the initial perfornlance of that equiprnent. Thyristors covered by this iten1, when for use in civil applications other than in radar or laser 111odulators.

IL 1548 Photosensitive components, including linear and focal-plane arrays, as follows, and dice and wafers therefor: (a)

Photosensitive components (including photodiodes, phototransistors, photothyristors, photoconductive cells and similar photosensitive components): (1) Having 'a peak sensitivity at a wavelength longer than 1,200 nanometres or shorter than 190 nanometres; or (2) Having a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres and having an efficiency of less than 0.1 per cent relative to peak response at wavelengths longer than 400 nanometres;

NOTE: Vacuum photodiodes specially designed for use in spectrophotometry having a peak response at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by this sub-item. (For photomultiplier tubes which contain microchannel plates, see Item IL 1549.) (b) Semiconductor photodiodes and phototransistors with a response time constant of 95 ns or less measured at the operating temperature for which the time constant reaches a minimum, except semiconductor photodiodes which are not "space qualified" with a response time constant of 0.5 ns or more and with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength neither

longer than 920 nm nor shorter than 300 nm; Specially designed or rated as electromagnetic (including laser) and ionized-particle radiation resistant; (d) Linear and focal plane arrays (hybrid or monolithic) having the characteristics in (a) or (b) above, and specially designed components therefor;

(c)

TECHNICAL NOTE:

IL 1555 Electron tubes, as follows, and specially designed components therelor: (a)

The term "space qualified" used in this Item refers to products which are stated by the manufacturer as designed and tested to meet the special electrical, mechanical or environmental requirements for use in rockets, satellites or high-altitudes flight systems operating at altitudes of 100 km or more.

NOTES: 1.

2.

The time constant is defined as the time taken from the application of a light stimulus for the current increment to reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value (Le. 63 per cent of the final value). This Item does not embargo the following: (a) Germanium photo devices with a peak sensitivitiy at a wavelength shorter than 1,750 nanometres; (b) Infrared single-element encapsulated photoconductive cells or pyroelectric detectors intended for civil applications and using any of the following: (1) Evaporated lead sulphide; (2) Triglycine sulphate with a surface area of 20 mm 2 or less; (3) Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate ceramic. (c) Single-element encapsulated mercury-cadmium-telluride (HgCdTe) uncooled (295K ambient temperature operation) photo-electromagnetic (pem) or photoconductive (pc) mode photo detectors with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength shorter than 11,000 nanometres.

NOTE: Nothing in this sub-item shall be construed as sanctioning the export of technology for image intensifiers or converters incorporating fibre-optic face-plates or microchannel-plate electron multipliers, or electron tubes for cameras incorporating such intensifiers or converters. (b) Electron tubes for television/video cameras: (1) Incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a); (2) Incorporating microchannel-plate electron multipliers; or

The shipment of semiconductor photodiodes for previously approved and installed Western civil communication equipment with a response time constant of 0.5 ns or more and· with a peak sensitivity at a wavelength neither longer than 1,350 nm nor shorter than 300 nm.

NB: The photodiodes will be supplied on a replacement basis with no enhancement of the system.

(c)

NOTES: 1.

This Item does not cover: (a) Commercial standard television/video camera tubes not incorporating fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a); or (b) Commercial standard X-ray amplifier tubes.

2.

Reasonable quantities of non-ruggedised tubes covered by this itern, provided they are satisfied that the tubes will be used for bona fide Inedical applications. Electron tubes embargoed only by sub-itetTI (a) (1) above which are specially designed for electron streak or fran1ing calneras embargoed by Item IL 1585 (c), provided that the quantities requested, in additjon to those previously approved under this Note, are reasonable for specifically identified civil applications. Television/video camera tubes covered by sub-HelTI (b) or (c) above which incorporate fibre-optic face-plates but not n1icrochannel-plate electron multipliers, provided that the tubes will be used for bona fide civil applications.

3.

4.

IL 1549 Photomultiplier tubes, as follows: (a)

Coupled with electron tubes covered by (a) above; Ruggedised electron tubes for television/video cameras having a maximum length-to-bulb diameter ratio of 5: 1 or less.

(3)

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 3.

Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification, incorporating: (1) Fibre-optic face-plates covered by Item IL 1556 (a); (2) Microchannel-plate el~ctron multipliers; or (3) Gallium arsenide or other epitaxially grown semiconductor photocathodes covered by Item IL 1556 (c);

FOR PEOPLE'SREPtJBlJCOF>CHINJ\. ONl.Y: 5.

For which the maximum sensitivity occurs at wavelengths shorter than 300 nanometres;

The shipment ofelectron,tuoes, • follows: (a) Image. intensifier . . and lm~se:conver8iQI1·tubeswhlch incorporate fibre-optic'ace-plates, or,microcbannel.. plates, except. im,.ge tu~ . ,speticdly:,designed . for

cameras ~tnbarg0e9 .bylt~h) JL . 158S~, "

(b) Teleyisional1d vide<.l·eamera., tUbes,,\Vb!dlJneorP9rat~:' (1) Fibr~ptic face-plates; or

NOTE: Photomultiplier tubes specially designed for use in spectrophotometry having a peak sensitity at a wavelength shorter than 300 nanometres are not covered by this subitem. (For photosensitive components, see Item IL 1548.) (b) Having an anode pulse rise time of less than 1 nanosecond; (c) Those which contain microchannel~late electron multipliers.

.(2) Microchannel~pl't~>~le~~rQtt embargo~d

bylteD) 1l.1S~I~~:

;81q;~tjplj;etl/nQt

NB: This Note.·doea'not-apply> lo·et,eetron tubes':ifla.tJ)Oratllll;' gallilJmars.,niete(or:.imu.rsemi(onauaoll:f1h.toc.tho~,;

•.

NOTES:

NOTE:

1

Any electron tube embargoed by this Item will be considered the principal element of any electronic video camera in which it appears. The phrase 'Electron tubes for image conversion or intensification in sub-item (a)' is understood to include tubes employed in streaking or framing cameras described by Item IL 1585.

Non-ruggedised tubes covered by sub-item (a) above required as replacement parts for specific civil equipment not exceeding the capability of that which could be exported under the present List, provided that these parts do not upgrade the initial performance of such equipment. For microchannel-plate electron olultipliers see Iteln IL 1556.

IL 1553 Flash discharge type X-ray systems, including tubes, having all of the following characteristics: (a) Peak power greater than 500 MW; (b) Output voltage greater than 500 kV; (c) Pulse width less than 0.2 microsecond.

IL 1556 Optical elements and elements for optical tubes, as follows: (a)

Non-flexible fused fibre-optic plates or bundles, having all of the following characteristics: Security expo~ contr~

March,1989

&1

IL 1556 (a) (1) (1) A fibre pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 10 micrometres; (2) A light-absorbing medium surrounding each fibre, or interstitially placed between fibres; (3) A diameter greater than 13mm (Y2 inch); (b) Microchannel-plates for electron image amplification having both of the following characteristics: (1) 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; and (2) Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less than 25 micrometres; (c) Semi-transparent photocathodes incorporating epitaxially grown layers of compound semiconductors, such as gallium arsenide; (For associated starting materials see Item It 1757.) (d) Diffractive type optical elements specially designed for display screens with any of the following characteristics: (1) A transmission of more than 90 per cent outside the reflection band and a reflection of more than 75 per cent inside the reflection band, which has less than 15 nanometres bandwidth and is matched to the frequency of the display light source; (2) A rear projection screen brightness gain of more than 10 times the gain of a Lambertian scatterer with an equivalent area, and less than 10 per cent variation in brightness across the exit aperture; (3) Specially designed for use in helmet-mounted displays.

pulse power of 20 MW or more (see also Item It 1514); (b) Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons and microwave elements and in which the electrons travel in a direction perpendicular to the applied magnetic field, including but not limited to magnetrons, crossed-field amplifier tubes and crossed-field oscillator tubes, except: (i) Fixed frequency and tunable pulsed magnetrons and crossed-field amplifier tubes which are in normal civil use in equipment which may be exported under the terms of these Lists, as follows: (1) Magnetrons designed to operate at frequencies below 3 GHz with a maximum rated peak output power of 5 MW or less, or between 3 to 12 GHz with the product of the maximum rated peak output power (expressed in kilowatts) and the frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) less than 4,200 and a "frequency tuning time" of more than 100 milliseconds;

TECHNICAL NOTE:

IL 1558 Electronic vacuum tubes (valves) and cathodes, as follows, and other components specially designed for those tubes: (a)

Tubes in which space charge control is utilized as the primary functional parameter, including but not limited to triodes and tetrodes, as follows: (1) Tubes rated for continuous wave operation having either of the following characteristics: (i) Above 4 GHz at maximum rated anode dissipation; or (H) Within the frequency range 0.3 to 4 GHz and for which, under any condition of cooling, the product of the maximum rated anode dissipation (expressed in watts) and the square of the maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) at the maximum rated anode dissipation is greater than 10 4, except for tubes specially designed for television transmitters operating in the frequency range of 0.47 to 0.96 GHz and rated for operation without a grid current, for which the product of the rated anode dissipation (expressed in watts) and the square of the maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) nJay reach 2 x 10 4; (2) Tubes rated only for pulse operation having either of the following characteristics: (i) Above 1 GHz, with maximum peak pulse output power greater than 45 kW; or (ii) Between 0.3 and 1 GHz and for which, under any condition of cooling, the product of the peak pulse output power (expressed in watts) and the square of the maximum frequency (expressed in Gigahertz) is greater than 4.5 x 10 4 ; (3) Tubes specially designed for use as pulse modulators for radar or similar applications, having a peak anode voltage rating of 100 kV or more, or rated for a peak

COLOURED TYPE

62

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Security export control

March 1989

(c)

"Frequency tuning time" is the time required to change the operating frequency from a starting frequency, through the maximum frequency, through the minimum frequency, and return to the starting frequency Le. one complete tuning cycle. ("Frequency tuning time": T _1_ 2f D fD: dither rate.) (2) Crossed-field amplifier tubes designed to operate at frequencies below 4 GHz with a maximum rated average output power of 1.2 kW or less, a bandwidth of 200 MHz or less and a gain of less than 15 dB; (ii) Fixed frequency continuous wave magnetrons designed for medical use or for industrial heating or cooking purposes operating at a frequency of 2.375 GHz .±.. 0.05 GHz or 2.45 GHz .±.. 0.05 GHz with a maximum rated output power not exceeding 6 kW or, at a frequency lower than 1 GHz, with a maximum rated output power not exceeding 35 kW; Tubes which utilise interaction between a beam of electrons and microwave elements or cavities and in which the electrons travel in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic field (eg klystrons or travelling wave tubes), except: (i) Continuous wave tubes having all of the following characteristics: (I) Designed for use in civil ground communication; (2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or less, Le. the highest operating frequency is not higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating frequency; (3) The product of the rated output power (expressed in W) and the maximum operating frequency (expres~ed in GHz) of no more than 300; (4) An operating frequency no higher than 20 GHz; (5) No multiple grid electron guns; and (6) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages; (H) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics: (1) For civil applications; (2) An instantaneous bandwidth of half an octave or less, Le. the highest operating frequency is not higher than 1.5 times the lowest operating frequency; (3) Collectors with no more than two depressed stages; and

(4) Either of the following: (a) A peak saturated output power not ex~eeding 1 kW, an average output power not exceeding 40 Wand the operating frequency not exceeding 10 GHz; or (b) A peak saturated output not exceeding 100 W, an average output power not exceeding 20 W and the operating frequency between 10 and 20GHz; (Hi) Pulsed tubes, having all of the following characteristics: (1) For civil applications; (2) Designed for fixed frequency operation; (3) Operating frequencies below 3.5 GHz; (4) A peak output power of 1.6 MW or less; and (5) An operating bandwidth of less than 1 per cent; (iv) Tubes, having all of the following characteristics: (1) Used as fixed-frequency or voltage-tunable

oscillator tubes; (2) Designed to operate at frequencies below 20 GHz; and

(d)

(e)

(f) (g) (h)

(i)

0)

(3) A maximum output power of less than 3 W; Tubes which utilize interaction between an electron beam and microwave elements or cavities but do not require a magnetic field to control or focus the electron beam, except low power reflex oscillator klystrons designed to operate at frequencies below 20 GHz and at a maximum output power of less than 3 W; Tubes which utilize interaction between a beam of electrons and microwave elements or cavities in which the electrons drift in a direction parallel to the applied magnetic field but also require for their operation a large component of velocity transverse to the direction of the applied magnetic field, including but not limited to gyrotrons, ubitrons and peniotrons; Tubes designed to withstand on any axis an acceleration of short duration (shock) greater than 1,000 g; Tubes designed for operation in ambient temperatures exceeding 200°C; Tubes of the types described in (c), (d) or (e) above, which are designed to operate with no filament or cathode heating element (as indicated by the absence of heating supply connections); Tubes which utilize a modulated beam of electrons striking one or more semiconductor diodes to provide power gain. (see also Item IL 1544); Cathodes for electronic vacuum tubes, as follows: (1) Specially designed for tubes embargoed by sub-items (a) to (i) above; or (2) Impregnated cathodes capable of producing a current density exceeding 0.5 AIcm 2 at rated operating conditions.

NOTES: 1.

2.

Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology for electronic vacuum tubes or specially designed components therefor (for manufacturing equipment, see Item IL 1355 (a». This item does not embargo the following electronic vacuum tubes and specially designed components therefor; Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology. Sub-items (b) and (c) above do not embargo magnetrons and klystrons specially designed for particle accellerators for medical radiation therapy, having all of the following characteristics: (1) Capable of operation only at a frequency of 3,000 MHz ± 15 MHz or at a frequency of 2,856 MHz ± 15 MHz; (2) Not capable of being tuned mechanically or electronically outside the above bands; (3) Mechanically tuned within the above bands; and (4) Having a peak output power not exceeding 10 MW and an average output power not exceeding 15 kW

modulator service, the figure for modulator service should· be used. . Ceramic-metal structured hydrogen thyatrons to replace such thyratrons in specific civil radar equipment previously exported by a member country; provided they do not upgrade the initial performance of that equipment.

IL 1560 Capacitors designed for or capable of maintaining their rated electrical and mechanical characteristics during their specified operating lifetime, and technology therefor, as follows: (a)

Monolithic ceramic capacitors (other than boundary layered capacitors) using non-ferro-electric strontium titanate (SrTi03) dielectric rated for operation over the whole range of ambient temperatures from below -55°C to above + 85°C; (b) Technology for the design and production of tantalum capacitors rated for operation at ambient temperatures exceeding 125°C, except sintered electrolytic types having a casing made of epoxy resin or which are sealed or coated with epoxy resin.

NOTE: Capacitors rated for operation during their specified lifetime at ambient temperatures below -55°C or above + 200°C are covered by Munitions List Item ML 11.

IL 1561 Materials specially designed and manufactured for use as absorbers of electromagnetic waves having frequencies greater than 2 x 108 Hz and less than 3 x 10 12 Hz, except materials as follows: (i)

"Hair" type absorbers, whether constructed of natural or synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide absorption; (ii) Absorbers whose incident surface is non-planar in shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces, and which have no magnetic loss; and (iii) Absorbers having all of the following characteristics: (1) Made of: (a) Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading to provide absorption; or (b) Organic binders with magnetic material loading which do not provide "broad-band absorption performance with low reflectivity";

TECHNICAL NOTE:

I'll{' follo\'ving tu~)es: (a) Tubes enlbargoed by sub-itenls (a), (b) or (c) above

(b)

required as replacernent parts for specific civilian not exceeding the capability of that which he L>vr-.,... tc:,rl in the context of this List, provided t ht'se parts not upgrade the initial perfornlance of that equiplnent; Pulsed o.lnplifier klystrons and fixed frequency and rnechanically tunable pulsed magnetrons enlbargoed by sub-HeIns (b) or (c) above intended for civil radar equipInent previously exported, provided they do not up~rade the initial perfornlance of that equiprnent.

IL 1559 Hydrogen/hydrogen isotope thyratrons of ceramic-metal construction and having any of the following characteristics, and accessories therefor: (a) A peak pulse power output exceeding 20 MW; (b) A peak anode voltage greater than 25 kV; (c) A peak current rating greater than 1.5 kA.

NOTE: For thyratrons rated for both single-shot (crowbar) and

(2) (3) (4) (5)

"Broad-band absorption performance with low reflectivity" is defined as less than 5 per cent echo compared with metal over a bandwidth greater than ± 15 per cent of the centre frequency of the incident energy; The incident surface is planar; Their tensile strength is less than 7xl0 6 N/m 2 (1,016 psi)~ Their compressive strength is less than 14 x 106 N/m (2,032 psi); and They cannot withstand more than 450 K (177°C, 350°F).

NOTE: Nothing in the above releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when contained in paint.

IL 1564 "Assemblies" of electronic components, "modules", printed circuit boards with mounted components, "substrates" and integrated circuits, including packages therefor, as follows: NOTE: Integrated circuits are categorized as follows: "monolithic intiegrated circuits" Security export COi1trol

March ,198963

IL 1564 NOTE continued "microcomputer microcircuits" "microprocessor microcircuits" "multichip integrated circuits" "film type integrated circuits" "hybrid integrated circuits" "optical integrated circuits" For a list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see Technical Note below. (a) "Substrates" for printed circuit boards, including ceramic "substrates" and coated metal "substrates" (single-sided, double-sided or multilayer) and thin copper foils therefor, except: (1) Printed circuit boards manufactured from any of the following materials: (A) Paper base phenolics; (B) Glass cloth melamine; (C) Glass epoxy resin uncoated or coated with copper foil of a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 inch) or more; (D) Polyethylene terephthalate; or (E) Any other insulating material having all of the following characteristics: (a) A maximum continuous rated operating temperature not exceeding 423 K (l500C); (b) A dissipation factor equal to or more than 0.009 at 1 MHz; (c) A relative dielectric constant equal to or less than 8 at 1 MHz; and (d) A coefficient of expansion equal to or more than ±. 10-5/K over a temperature range of 273 K to 393 K (OOC to 120°C); (2) Ceramic "substrates" having no more than two layers of interconnections, including the ground plane; or (3) Copper foil having a thickness of 18 micrometre (0.00071 inch) or more; (b) Ceramic packages for integrated circuits which are designed for hermetically sealed pin or pad grid array, leadless carrier or surface-mounted configurations, except when having all of the following characteristics: (1) Single-in-Iine, dual-in-Iine or flat-pack configuration; (2) Pin, pad or lead spacings of 2.50 mm or more, or 100 mil or more; and (3) 40 leads or less; (c) "Assemblies", "modules" and printed circuit boards with mounted components, with any of the following characteristics: (1) They include "substrates" for printed circuit boards embargoed by sub-item (a) or (2) They contain embargoed components, except when: (A) The only embargoed components they contain are capacitors; (B) They are power supply "assemblies"; (C) They are non-eoherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, of which incorporated "monolithic integrated circuits" having both the following characteristics: (a) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the display; and (b) Not integral with the actual display device; or (D) They are simple encapsulated photo-coupler (transC'pter) "assemblies", having both of the following characteristics: (a) Electrical input and output; and (b) Any incorporated light-emitting diode can only emit non-eoherent light;

NOTE: Sub-item (c) (2) does not embargo "assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit board with mounted components, having both of the following characteristics: (a) Designed for equipment not embargoed by any other Item of these Lists; and (b) Substantially restricted to the particular application for which they have been designed by nature of either: (1) Design; (2) Performance; (3) Lack of "user-accessible microprogrammability"; 54

Security export control

March 1989

(4) (5) (6) (7)

Lack of "user-accessible programmability"; "Software"; "Microprogramme" control; or Specialized logic control.

NOTES: 1.

For the embargo status of "assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit boards with mounted components which are designed for, or which have the same functional characteristics as, electronic computers or "related equipment", see Item IL 1565. 2. "Assemblies", "modules" or printed circuit boards with mounted components which are designed for, or which have the same functional characteristics as, embargoed equipment shall be rated against the parameters of the appropriate equipment Item. In such cases, however, the relevant temperature parameters have to be changed into: below 218 K (-55°C) or above 358 K (85°C). (d) "Monolithic integrated circuits", "microcomputer microcircuits", "microprocessor microcircuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits", "hybrid integrated circuits" and "optical integrated circuits", except: (1) Encapsulated passive networks;

NOTE: Technology for the manufacture of thin film passive networks is not released from embargo by this sub-item. (2) Encapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the following characteristics: (A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; (B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C); (C) Packaged in any of the following casings: (a) TO-5 outline cases (diameter 7.7 to 9.4 mm, Le. 0.305 to 0.370 inch); (b) Hermetically sealed dual in-line cases; or (c) Non-hermetically sealed cases; and (D) Being any of the following types: (a) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed to perform a single digital logic function or a combination of digital logic functions; (2) Encapsulated in packages having 24 terminals or less; (3) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of no less than 3 ns; (4) A "basic gate power dissipation" of no less than 2 mW; and (5) A product of the "basic gate propagation delay time" and the "basic gate power dissipation" per gate of no less than 30 pJ for types having a "basic gate propagation delay time" of 3 ns or more and less than 5 ns; (b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for operation in civil applications; (2) Being either: (A) Electronic switches, externally controlled by inductive, magnetic or optical means; or (B) Threshold value switches; and (3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond or more; (c) Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for operation as digital logic circuit elements but limited to gates, inverters, buffers, flip-flops, latches, multivibrators, bilateral switches, display drivers, fixed counters, fixed frequency dividers, storage registers, decoders, voltage translators, encoders, Schmidt triggers, delay timers, carry generators, clock generators, and any combination of the above digital logic functions; (2) Encapsulated in packages having 24 terminals or less; and

, 11

(3) A mInImum value of the "basic gate propagation delay time" under any rated condition of no less than IOns; (d) Positive-ehannel type or negative-ehannel type metal-oxide semiconductor (PMOS or NMOS) "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use as serial digital shift registers; (2) A maximum clock rate of 10 MHz; and (3) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package; (e) Silicon "microcomputer microcircuits" having all of the following characteristics: (1) Mask programmed by the "manufacturer" for a civil application prior to shipment; (2) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or equal to 1.1 bit per microsecond; (3) A "speed-power dissipation product" of more than or equal to 1.2 microjoule; (4) Not containing on-the-chip: (A) A read-only storage (ROM) of more than 8,192 byte;

NOTE: This does not include the storage space needed for the "microprogramme". (B) A random access storage (RAM) of more than 128 byte; (C) A programmable read-only storage (PROM); (D) Multiplication capabilities; (E) General purpose operating systems (e.g. CP/M); or (F) High order languages (e.g. Tiny Basic); (5) An operand (data) word length of less than or equal to 8 bit; (6) Not capable of using storage off-the-chip for "programme" storage; and (7) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C);

NOTE: (f)

Bit-slice "microcomputer microcircuits" are not released by this sub-item. Silicon "monolithic integrated circuits", "microcomputer microcircuits", "microprocessor microcircuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits", "hybrid integrated circuits", or "optical integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) No "user-accessible microprogrammability"; and (2) Designed or programmed by the "manufacturer" for any of the following applications, only: (A) Car electronics (e.g. entertainment, instrumentation, safety, comfort, operations, or pollution); (B) Home electronics, (e.g. audio and video equipment, appliances, safety, education, comfort, remote controlled toys or amusement); (C) Timekeeping applications (e.g. watches or clocks); (D) Personal communications up to 150 MHz, including amateur radio communication and intercom; (E) Unembargoed cameras including cine cameras but excluding imaging microcircuits; or (F) Medical electronic prostheses (e.g. cardiac pacemakers, hearing aids);

NOTE:

(g)

The temperature limits specified in (d) (2) (B) above do not apply to sub-section (A) or (F). "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid

integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Not capable of addressing off-the-chip storage; (2) No "user-accessible microprogrammability"; and (3) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in simple calculators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) Performing a single function in response to a keystroke; and (B) Capable of performing floating point additions of a maximum of 13 decimal digits (mantissa only) in no less than 20 ms; (h) "Monolithic integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) No "user-accessible microprogrammability"; and (2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in simple key programmable calculators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) Capable of executing a sequence of no more than 256 "programme" steps introduced into a "programme" storage on-the-chip by a sequence of keystrokes; and (B) Capable of performing floating point additions of a maximum of 13 decimal digits (mantissa only) in no less than 20 ms; (i) Silicon "microprocessor microcircuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) A word size to "speed" ratio of less than or equal to 1.25 bit per microsecond; (2) A "speed-power dissipation product" of more than or equal to 2 microjoule; (3) Not containing on-the-chip: (A) Read-only storage (ROM); (B) Programmable read-only storage (PROM); (C) Random-access storage (RAM) of more than 1,024 bit; or (D) Multiplication instructions; (4) Capable of addressing storage off-the-chip of no more than 65,536 byte; (5) An operand (data) word length of less than or equal to 8 bit; (6) An arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider than 8 bit; and (7) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°q;

NOTE: 0)

Bit-slice "microprocessor microcircuits" are not released by this sub-item. Storage "monolithic integrated circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", as follows: (1) Read-only (ROMs), having all of the following characteristics: (A) Mask programmed by the "manufacturer" for a civil application prior to shiplnent; (B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package; (C) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and (0) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C); (2) Positive-channel type or negative-channel type metal-oxide senliconductor read-only (PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the following characteristics: (AY; Mask programmed hy the "manufacturer" for a civil application prior to shipment; (B) A maximum of 32,768 bit per package; I,

Security export Conltrol

March 1989

66

IL 1564 (cl) (2) (D) 0) (2) (C)

(k)

(C) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C); (3) Positive-channel type or negative-channel type metal-oxide semiconductor read-only (PMOS- or NMOS-ROMs), having all of the following characteristics: (A) Mask programmed or designed as character generators for a standard character font; (B) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and (C) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75 ° C); (4) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only (PROMs) having all of the following characteristics: (A) Programmed by the "manufacturer" for a civil application prior to shipment; (B) A maximum of 2,048 bit per package; (C) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C); (5) Programmable (non-erasable) read-only (PROMs) having all of the following characteristics: (A) Programmed by the "manufacturer" for a civil application prior to shipment; (B) A maximum of 8,192 bit per package; (C) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; and (D) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C); (6) Bipolar random-access (RAMs), having any of the following pairs of characteristics: (A) A maximum of 64 bit per package and a maximum access time of no less than 30 ns; (B) A maximum of 256 bit per package and a maximum access time of no less than 40 ns; or (C) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package and a maximum access time of no less than 45 ns; (7) Metal-oxide-semiconductor dynamic random access (MOS-DRAMs), having all of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum of 4,096 bit per package; (B) A maximum access time of no less than 250 ns; and (C) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 253 K (-20°C) or above 348 K (75°C); (8) Metal-oxide semiconductor static random access (MOS-SRAMs), having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum of 1,024 bit per package; and (B) A maximum access time of no less than 450 ns; Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", as follows: (1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum rated continuous power output of 50 W or less at an ambient temperature of 298 K (25°C);

NOTE: For audio amplifiers, the 358 K (85°C)

56 Security export control March 1989

upper temperature limit specified in (d) (2) (B) is not applicable. The lower limit of 233 K (-40°C) is applicable. (2) Instrumentation amplifiers, having all of the following characteristics: (A) A best-case rated linearity of no better than.±.. 0.01 per cent at a gain of 100; (B) A maximum gain-bandwidth product of no more than 7.5 expressed in MHz (e.g. a maximum bandwidth of 75 kHz at -3 dB and a gain of 100); and (C) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not exceeding 3 V Imicrosecond; (3) Isolation amplifiers; (4) Operational amplifiers, having all of the following characteristics: (A) A typical unity-gain open-loop bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz; (B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no more than 1()6, Le. 120 dB; (C) Either: (a) A maximum intrinsic rated input offset voltage of no less than 1.0 mY; or (b) A maximum input offset voltage drift of no less than 5 microvolt/K; (D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not exceeding 6 V Inlicrosecond; and (E) A typical power dissipation of more than 10 mW per amplifier, if the typical slew rate at unity-gain exceeds 2.5 VImicrosecond; or (5) Un tuned alternating current (AC) amplifiers, having both of the following characteristics; (A) A bandwidth of less than 3 MHz; and (B) A maximum rater power dissipation of 5 W or less at an ambient temperature of 298 K (25°C); (I) Analogue multiplier or divider "monolithic integrated circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) A best-case rated linearity of no better than.±.. 0.5 per cent of full scale; and (2) A -3 dB small signal bandwidth of no more than 1 MHz; (m) Converter "monolithic integrated circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", as follows: (1) Analogue-ta-digital converters, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum conversion rate to raterl accuracy of no more than 50,000 complete conversions per second, Le a conversion time to maximurr'~ resolution of no less than 20 microsecond; and (B) An accuracy of no better than ±0.025 per cent of full scale over the specified operating temperature range; (2) Analogue-ta-digital convertors, having both of the following characteristics: (A) Designed for digital voltmeter applications; and (B) Permitting characteristics corresponding to those of instruments free from embargo under Item IL 1529 (f); (3) Digital-to-analogue converters, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum settling time to rated linearity of no less than: (a) 5 microsecond for voltage output converters; or (b) 250 n s for cur r e n t 0 u t put converters; and (B) A non-linearity (i.e. deviation from an

(4) (5)

ideal straight line) of equal to or worse than.±.. 0.025 per cent of full scale over the specified operating temperature range; Voltage (rms-to-DC) converters; or Voltage-to-frequency converters having all of the following characteristics: (A) Not employing delta or delta/ sigma modulation techniques; (B) A rated accuracy of no better than .±.. 0.01 per cent of full scale; and (C) A 'gain drift' of no less than .±.. 50 x 10-6 /K at rated frequency;

NOTE: 'Gain drift' specifies the maximum change in gain over a specified temperature range.

NOTE: See Item IL 1527 for coders, decoders or coders/decoders (codec), all when designed for voice. (n) Interface "monolithic integrated circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", as follows: (l) Line drivers and line receivers having a 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to output of no less than 15 ns; (2) Peripheral or display drivers, having all of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum rated output current of 500 mA or less; (B) A 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to output of no less than 20 ns; and (C) A maximum rated output voltage of 80 V or less; (3) Sense amplifiers, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A 'typical propagation delay time' froln data input to output of no less than 15 ns; and (B) A typical input threshold voltage of no less than 10 mV; or (4) Storage or clock drivers, having all of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum rated output current of 500 mA or less; (B) A maximum rated output voltage of 30 V or less; and (C) A 'typical propagation delay time' from data input to output of no less than 20 ns;

NOTE: When the 'typical propagation delay time' is not specified, the typical turn-on or turn-off time, whichever is less, should be used. (0) Peripheral positive-channel type or negativechannel type metal-oxide-semiconductor (PMOS or NMOS) "monolithic integrated circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", designed only for: (1) The support of "microprocessor microcircuits" which are excluded from embargo by (d) (2) (D) (i) above; and (2) Any of the following functions: (A) Parallel input/output controller (PlO); (B) Serial input/output controller (SIO); (C) Dual asynchronous receiver/transmitter (DART); or (D) Counter/timer circuit (CTC); (p) Sample and hold "monolithic integrated circuits", "hybrid integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) An acquisition time of no less than 10 microsecond; and

(2) A non-linearity, (Le. a deviation from an ideal straight line), of equal to or Worse than .±..O.OI per cent of full scale for a hold time of 1 microsecond; (q) Timing "monolithic integrated circuits", "hybrid integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "multichip integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) A typical timing error of no less than .±..0.5 per cent; and (2) A typical rise time of no less than 100 ns; (r) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits", "multichip integrated circuits", "film type integrated circuits" or "hybrid integrated circuits", as follows: (1) Voltage comparators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum input offset voltage of no less than 2 mV; and (B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical response time of no less than 30 ns; (2) Voltage references, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A rated accuracy of no better than .±.. 0.1 per cent; and (B) A temperature coefficient of the voltage of no less than 15 x 10-6 /K; (3) Linear type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 50 V or less; and (B) A maximum output current of 2 A or less; or (4) Switching type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 V or less; and (B) A maximum output current of 150 mA or less;

NOTES: 1.

For voltage regulators, the 358 K (85°C) upper temperature limit specified in (d) (B) (2) above is not applicable. The lower limit of 233 K (-40°C) is applicable. 2. See (d) (2) (D) (m) (4) for rms-to-DC voltage converters and (d) (2) (D) (m) (5) for voltage-to-frequency converters. (s) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, which do not incorporate other "monolithic integrated circuits"; (t) Non-coherent light-emitting alphanumeric displays, which incorporate "monolithic integrated circuits" having both of the following characteristics: (1) Used for decoding, controlling or driving the display; and (2) Not ~ntegral with the actual display device; (u) Simple encapsulated photocoupler (transopter) "optical integrated circuits", having both of the following characteristics: (1) Electrical input and output; and (2) Any incorporated light-emitting diodes can only emit non-coherent light; (3) Unencapsulated integrated circuits, having all of the following characteristics: (A) Based exclusively upon silicon; (B) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; and (C) Being any of the following types: (a) Bipolali "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed to perform a single digital logic function or a combination of digital logic functions; (2) A "basic gate propagation delay time" of no less than 5 ns; (3} A product of the "basic gate propagation delaytime and the "basic gate power dissipation" per gate of not less than 70 pJ; H

and

(4)

No more than 24 input/output pads; Security export control

March 1'989

57

offset voltage of no less than 2.5 mY;

IL 1564 (d) (3) (q (a) NOTE

and

NOTE: Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (a) does not permit shipment of complex custom-built bipolar digital "monolithic integrated circuits". (b) Bipolar "monolithic integrated circuits", having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for operation in civil applications; (2) Being either: (A) Electronic switches, externally controlled by inductive, magnetic or optical means; or (B) Threshold value switches; (3) With switching times of 0.5 microsecond or more; and (4) No more than 24 input/output pads;

NOTE: Sub-item (d) (3) (C) (b) does not permit shipment of complex custom-built bipolar digital "monolithic integrated circuits". (c) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of the following characteristics: (1) No "user-accessible microprogrammability"; (2) Designed for and by virtue of circuit design limited to use in civil radio or television receivers; (3) Rated for operation at 11 MHz or less; (4) Not designed for station scanning applications; (5) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) technology; (6) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and (7) If intended for video or luminance amplifiers, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum rated supply voltage not exceeding 30 V; and (B) A typical bandwidth not exceeding 7.5 MHz; (d) "Monolithic integrated circuits" having all of the following characteristics: (1) No "user-accessible microprogrammability"; (2) Not utilizing charge-coupled device (CCD) technology; (3) Not intended for beam lead bonding; and (4) Designed or programmed by the "manufacturer" for any of the following applications only: (A) Timekeeping applications (e.g. watches or clocks); or (B) Cardiac pacemakers or hearing aids; (e) Amplifier "monolithic integrated circuits" as follows: (1) Audio amplifiers, having a maximum rated power output of 25 W or less at an ambient temperature of 298 K (25°C); or (2) Operational amplifiers, having all of the following characteristics: (A) A typical unity-gain open-loop bandwidth of no more than 5 MHz; (B) A typical open-loop voltage gain of no more than 562,000 Le. 115 dB; (C) A maximum intrinsic rated input

COLOURED TYPE

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

(4)

NOTES: 1.

2.

Nothing in the above shall be construed flS permitting the export of wafer or chip design or processing information inherent in the manufacture of any embargoed class of "assembly", "module", integrated circuit or "circuit element", irrespective of any release of devices in any of these classes. This restriction also applies to technology embodied both in the equipment embargoed by Item It 1355 and in its use. Integrated circuits having no "user-accessible microprogrammability" (e.g. mask programmed) are only eligible for release from embargo if: (a) The design or "programme" are originated either by the "manufacturer" alone or in concert with the user of the integrated circuit; (b) The "programme" is unalterably fixed at the time of manufacture; and (c) The "manufacturer" established that the design, basic functions and performance of the integrated circuit are only for the intended end-use.

NB: Integrated circuits, including gate arrays and programmable logic arrays, based only or primarily on customer-suppliec' circuit design or "programmes" do not meet the criteria 0 this Note and are therefore not released under this Item. 3.

4.

5.

58 Security export control March 1989

(D) A typical slew rate at unity-gain not exceeding 2.5 V/microsecond; (f) Voltage "monolithic integrated circuits" as follows: (1) Voltage comparators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A maximum input offset voltage of no less than 5 mV; and (B) A 'typical switching speed', Le. typical response time of no less than 50 ns. (2) Linear type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 V or less; and (B) A maximum output current of 1 A or less; or (3) Switching type voltage regulators, having both of the following characteristics: (A) A rated nominal output voltage of 40 V or less; and (B) A maximum output current of 150 mA or less; Encapsulated integrated circuits having all of the following characteristics: (A) Not designed or rated as radiation hardened; (B) Not rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 233 K (-40°C) or above 358 K (85°C); (C) Packaged in hermetically sealed ceramic packages excluded from embargo under sub-item (b); and (D) Containing unencapsulated integrated circuits excluded from embargo under sub-item (d) (3).

Devices covered by sub-iteln (c) and not released frol' enlbargo by virtue of sub-itenls (d) (1) or (2) above, providet that: (a) They consist of, or are incorporated in, plug-in circuit boards with mounted cornponents or "modules", for use in identifiable equipnlent nYC~l.TH·\ll,":I' exported by a lnenlber country; (b) They do not upgrade the initial of previously exported equipment; (c) The plug-in printed circuit boards with mounted components or the plug-in "rnodules" are not operable independently froIlI the equiptnent in which they are to be inserted. "Assemblies", "rnodules" or printed circuit boards with Inounted components, embargoed by sub~itenl (c) (2), which by nature of their design or performance: (a) Are substantially restricted to the particular civil appli~ cation for which they have been designed; and (b) Contain only components which are either free fronl embargo or eligible for national discretion treatment. Devices (encapsulated or unencapsulated) not released by sub-items (c) or (d) above, provided that: (a) They have been designed for identifiable civil appli~

(b)

cations; They are, by nature of design or performance, substantially restricted to the particular application for which they have been designed.

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF cHINA ONLY: 6.

Thesbipment of "assembli~su, printed circuit boards and integrated circuits not specially.designed to military standards for radiation hardening or temperature, as folloW's! (a) "Substrates" for printed circuit boards, except those exceeding the limit of sub-item (a) (2); (b) Patterned "substrates" for ,printed circuit boards which exceed the limits of sub..item ({l) (1) (E), when specially designed for use in civil applications listed in .sub-items (d) (2) (D) (f) (2), (d) (2) (D) (g) (3) or (d) (2) (D) (h) (2); (c) Silicon-based devices exceeding the limits of: (1) Sub-items (d) (2)(D) (a), (b) or (c), except tbose with more than 28 terminals; (2) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (g) or (h); (3) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (k), (1), (m) (4) and (5), (n), (r), (s) or (u); or (4) Sub-items (d) (2) (D) (t) or (q); (d) Silicon-based 8-bit or less umicrocomputermicrocircuits" exceeding the limits of sub-items (d) (2) (D) (e) (1) to (4), (6) and (7); (e) Silicon-based "microprocessor microcircuits" with an operand length of 16 bit or less and an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) not wider than 32 bit and exceeding the limits of sub-items (d) (2) (D) (i) (1) to (6), except: (1) Those with a total processing data rate exceeding 28 million bit per second; (2) Bit-slice "microprocessor microcircuits"; (t) Silicon-based memory devices, as follows: (1) MOS DRAMs with no more than 256 kbit; (2) MOS SRAMs with no more than 64 kbit; (3) Mask PROMs with no more than 512kbit; (4) UV-EPROMs except keyed access EPROMs with no more than 256 kbit; (5) EAROMS with no more than 64 kbit; (6) EEROMS with no more than 64 kbit;

NB:

=

1kbit 1,024 bits. (g) Operational amplifiers· exceeding the limits of sub-item (d) (2) (D) (k) (4) which do not have a slew rate exceeding 100 volt per microsecond; (h) Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters exceeding the limits of sub-item (d) (2) (D) (m) (1) to (3), except: (1) Analogue-to-digital converters with less than a 500 . ns conversion time to a maximum resolution of 12 bit;

(2) Digital-to-analogue converters with less than 500 ns settling time for voltage output and a maximum resolution of 12 bit; (3) Digital-to-analogue converters with less than 25 ns settling time for current output and a maximum resolution of 12 bit; (i) Silicon based 8-bif or less user-programmable single chip "microcomputer microcircuits" embargoed by sub-item (d); 0) "Optical integrated circuits": (1) Embargoed by sub-item (d); (2) With no more than 2,048 elements; and (3) Not exceeding the limits of Item IL 1548 (a) and (b); (k) Non..reprogrammable silicon. based integrated circuits specially designed or programmed by the "manu.. fac-turer'· for business or office use. (I) Sample and hold integrated circuits exceeding the limits of sub-item (d) (2) (D) (P) with an -acquisition tim,e olno less than 500 ns. ' 7. Definition of terms: "assembly" A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements", "discrete components", integrated circuits etc.) connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and normally capable of being disassembled. 'basic gate power dissipation" The power dissipation value corresponding to the basic gate utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated circuits". This may be specified, for a given family, either as the power

dissipation per typical gate or as the typical power dissipation per gate. "basic gate propagation delay time" The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic gate utilized within a family of "monolithic integrated circuits". This may be specified, for a given family, either as the propagation delay time per typical gate or as the typical propagation delay time per gate.

NB: "Basic gate propagation delay time" is not be be confused with input/output delay time of a complex "monolithic integrated circuit". "circuit element" A single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc. "discrete component" A separately packaged "circuit element" with its own external connections. "film type integrated circuit" An array of "circuit elements" and metallic interconnections formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating "substrate". "hybrid integrated circuit" Any combination of integrated circuits, "circuit element" or "discrete components" connected together to perform (a) specific function(s). "manufacturer" For the purposes of this Item the individual or organization designing an integrated circuit or a "programme" for an intended application, in contrast to an individual or organization merely programming an integrated circuit at, or in accordance with, a user's request. "microcomputer microcircuit" A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALV) capable of executing general purpose instructions from an internal storage, on data contained in the internal storage.

NB: The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage. "microprocessor microcircuit"A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALV) capable of executing a series of general purpose instructions from an external storage.

NB: The "microprocessor microcircuit" normally does not contain integral user-accessible storage, although storage present onthe-chip may be used in performing its logic function. "microprogramme" A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register. "module" A number of electronic components (Le. "circuit elements", "discrete components", integrated circuits etc) connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and not normally capable of being disassembled. "monolithic integrated circuits" A combination of passive or active "circuit elements" or both which: (a) Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implantation proceSSl~S or deposition processes in or on a single semiconducting piece of material, a so-called 'chip'; (b) Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and (c) Perform the function(s) of a circuit. "multichip integrated circuit" Two or more "monolithic integrated circuits" bonded to a common "substrate". "optical integrated circuit" A "monolithic integrated circuit" or ,a "hybrid integrated circuit", containin~l 9ne or more parts desilned to function as a photosensor or phott1emitter or to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-optical function(s). "programmett A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in. or Security export cc~ntrol March -1989

59

IL 1564 NOTE 7 continued convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer. "software" A collection of one or more "programmes" or "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. "speed" The time to fetch an operand C and another operand D, both from an external storage outside any work register, add these operands and put the result back in storage. The addressing mode which yields the shortest execution time shall be used. The result of the add operation shall' be stored in either the same location as one of the addends or in some other location. This choice shall be made to give the shortest execution time at the highest specified clock frequency. "speed-power dissipation product" The product of the "speed" and the typical power dissipation which shall be taken at the clock frequency used in the "speed" computation. The typical power dissipation may be any of the following, but must be the lowest value specified: (a) The specified typical internal power dissipation; , (b) One half the maximum internal power dissipation; (c) The product of the nominal supply voltage and typical total supply current; or (d) One half of the product of the nominal supply voltage and maximum total supply current. "substrate" A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection pattern and on which or within which "discrete components", integrated circuits or both can be located. "user-accessible microprogrammability" The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "microprogrammes". "user-accessible programmability" The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "programmes" by means other than: (a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or (b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.

IL 1565 Electronic computers, "related equipment", equipment or systems containing electronic computers, and technology therefor, as follows; and specially designed components and accessories for these electronic computers and "related equipment": (For the embargo status of "software", see Item It 1566)

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

Electronic computers and "related equipment" are categorised as follows: "analogue computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous variables: (a) Accept dafa; (b) Process data; and (c) Provide output of data. "digital computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices; (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and (d) Provide output of data.

representations; and (c) Provide output of data. "related equipment" Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with electronic computers, as follows: (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" with "digital computers"; (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers"; (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local area networks" or to "wide area networks"; (d) Communication control units; (e) Other input/output (I/O) control units; (t) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to this item by Item It 1572; (g) Displays; or (h) Other peripheral equipment.

NOTE:

2.

1564; Assemblies of materials or thin film devices or devices containing them referred to this Item by Item It 1588; (c) Central processing unit - "main storage" combinations; (d) Digital differential analyzers (incremental computers); (b)

and

(e) Processors for stored-programme control. (This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see Note 16 below.)

Usted as follows: (a)

"Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor, which are designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles, missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous operation at temperatures from below 228 K (-45°C) to above 328 K (+ 55°C); (b) Equipment or systems containing "analogue computers" embargoed by sub-item (a); (c) "Analogue computers" and "related equipment" therefor, other than those embargoed by sub-item (a), except: (i) Those which neither: (a) Are capable of containing more than 20 summers, integrators, multipliers or function generators; nor (b) Have facilities for readily varying the interconnections of such components; or (H) Those which are limited as follows: (a) They use neither: (1) Optical computation devices; nor (2) Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It 1586 other than those exportable at National Discretion pursuant to Note 1 to Item It 1586; (b) The rated errors for summers, inverters and integrators are not less than: (1) Static : 0.01 %; (2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.15%; (c) The rated errors for multipliers are not less than: (1) Static : 0.025%; (2) Total at 1 kHz : 0.25% ; (d) The rated errors for fixed function generators (log and sine/cosine) are not less than: Static : 0.1 % (e) No more than 350 operational amplifiers; and (f) No more than four integrator time scales switchable during one programme.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

NOTE: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections. "hybrid computer" Equipment which can: (a) Accept data; (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital 60

Security export control

March 1989

"Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "useraccessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the definition of an electronic computer. This Item includes: (a) "Assemblies", "modules", or printed circuit boards with mounted components referred to this Item by Item It

2. 3.

The percent~ge to (b) (1) above applies to the actual output voltage; all the other percentages apply to full scale, that is from maximum negative to maximum positive reference voltages. Total errors at 1 kHz to (b) (2) and (c) (2) above are to be measured with those resistors incorporated in the inverter, summer or integrator which provide the last error. Total error measurements include all errors of the unit resulting from, for example, tolerances of resistors and capacitors, tolerances of input and outplit impedances of

amplifiers, the effects of loading, the effects of phase shift or the generating of functions. (d)

"Hybrid computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with all the following characteristics: (1) The analogue section is embargoed by sub-item (c); (2) The digital section has an internal fixed or alterable storage of more than 2,048 bit; and (3) Facilities are included for processing numerical data from the analogue section in the digital section or vice versa; (e) "Digital computers" or embargoed "analogue computers" containing equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" with "digital computers"; (f) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, with any of the following characteristics: (1) Designed or modified for use in airborne vehicles, missiles or space vehicles and rated for continuous operation at temperatures from below 228 K (-45 QC) to above 328 K (+ 55QC); (2) Designed or modified to limit electromagnetic radiation to levels much less than those required by government civil interference specifications; (3) Designed as ruggedized or radiation-hardened equipment and capable of meeting military specifications for ruggedized or radiation-hardened equipment; (4) Modified for military use; or (5) Designed or modified for certifiable multi-level security or certifiable user isolation applicable to government classified material or to applications requiring an equivalent level of security; (g) Equipment or systems containing "digital computers" embargoed by sub-item (f); (h) "Digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor, other than those embargoed by sub-items (e) or (f), even when "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with equipment or systems:

(f)

1518;

NOTE:

(g)

For microprocessor or microcomputer development systems, see Item IL 1529 (b) (6); (h) "Fault tolerance";

NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital computers" and "related equipment" are not considered to be designed or modified for "fault tolerance", if they utilize: (a)

The embargo status of these "digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor is governed by the appropriate Item provided that: (a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems; (b) The other equipment or systems are described in other Items in these Lists; and (c) The technology for these "digital computers" and "related equipment" is governed by sub-item (j) below. Including "digital computers" and "related equipment", as follows: (i) Designed or modified for:

NOTE: "Digital computers" and "related equipment" containing equipment, devices or logic control for the following functions are also included. (a) "Signal processing"; (b) "Image enhancement"; (c) "Local area networks";

NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-item, data communication systems when located within a single piece of equipment (eg television set, car) are not considered to be designed or modified for "local area networks". (d) "Multi-data-stream processing";

NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital computers" and "related equipment" are not considered to be designed or modified for "multi-data-stream processing", if they: (a) Utilize staged (pipelined) instruction interpretation for conventional single instruction - single data sequence processing; or (b) Have an arithmetic unit implemented with bit-slice microprocessor microcircuits. (e) Combined recognition, understanding and interpretation of image, continuous (connected)

This does not include digital radar signal processing by equipment which is: (a) Embargoed by Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vi) only, for which the conditions of Item IL 1501 apply; or (b) Freed from embargo by the two-year limit in Item IL 1501 (c) (2) (vii). Microprocessor or microcomputer development systems;

NOTE:

NOTE:

(1)

speech or connected word text other. than "signal processing" or Uimage enhancement" described in sub-item (h) (I) (i) (a) or (b); "Real time processing" of sensor data: (1) Concerning events occurring outside the "computer using facility"; and (2) Provided by equipment embargoed by Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL

(i) (j)

Error detection or correction algorithms in "main storage"; (b) The interconnection of two "digital computers" so that, if the active central processing unit fails, an idling but mirroring central processing unit can continue the system's functioning; (c) The interconnection of two central processing units by data channels or by use of shared storage to permit one central processing unit to perform other work until the second central processing unit fails, at which time the first central processing unit takes over in order to continue the system's functioning; or (d) The synchronization of two central processing units by "software" so that one central processing unit recognizes when the other central processing unit fails and recovers tasks from the failing unit. Not used; "User-accessible microprogrammability":

NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-item, "digital computers" and "related equipment" are not considered to be designed or modified for "user-accessible microprogrammability", if this facility is limited to: (a) Loading, reloading or inserting of "microprogrammes", provided by the supplier; or (b) Simple loading of "microprogrammes", which mayor may not be provided by the supplier, but which are neither designed to bt~ accessible to the user nor accompanied by training or "software" for user accessibility. (k) "Data (message) switching"; (I) "Stored programme controlled circuit switching"; or (m) "Wide area networks"; (ii) Having the following characteristics: (a) Size, w~ight, power consumption and reliability or other cllaracteristics (e.g. bubble memory), which allow easy application in mobile tactical military systems; and (b) Ruggedised above the level required for a normal commercial I ~ffice environment, but Security export control

March 1'989

81

IL 1565 (h) (I) (il) (b) continued not necessarily up to levels specified in subitem (l); (2)

Except: (i) "Digital

computers" or "related equipment" therefor, provided: (a) They are "embedded" in other equipment or systems;

NOTE: This does not preclude: Input/output control unit - disk drive combinations having all of the following characteristics: (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5 million bit per second; (2) Total connected "net capacity" not exceeding 320 million bit; (3) No more than two independent drives; and

(4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80 accesses per second with a maximum "access rate" of 40 accesses per second per drive; (b) They are not the "principal element" of the other equipment or systems in which they are "embedded"; (c) The other equipment or systems are not described by other Items in these Lists; (d) They have been designed and used for nonstrategic applications; (e) They are by nature of design or performance restricted to the particular application for which they have been designed; (f) The "total processing data rate" of anyone "embedded" "digital computer" does not exceed 54 million bit per second; (g) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of each "embedded" "digital computer" does not exceed 100 million bit per second; (h) They do not include equipment or systems embargoed by sub-item It 1519 (a) (2) or by Item It 1567; (i) Not used; and (j) They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for: (1) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" when lacking "useraccessible programmability" and when "embedded" in medical imaging equipment; or (2) "Local area networks" which are excluded from embargo; (H) "Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor, provided: (a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or systems; (b} They are not the "principal element" of the other equipment or systems in which they are "incorporated"; (c) The other equipment or systems are not embargoed by other Items in these Lists; (d) The "total processing data rate" of anyone "incorporated" "digital compu~r" does not exceed 15 million bit per second; (e) The "total internal storage available to the user" does not exceed 9.8 million bit; (t) They do not include embargoed "related equipment" other than input/output control unit - disk drive combinations having all of the following characteristics: (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5 million bit per second; (2) Total connected "net capacity" not exceeding 320 million bit; (3) No more than two independent drives; and

(4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 80 accesses per second with a maximum 82

Security export control

March 1989

"access rate" of 40 accesses per second per drive; (g) They do not include equipment or systems embargoed by sub-item It 1519 (a) (2) or by Item It 1567; (h) They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (H); (i) Not used; (j) They do not include equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for: (1) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" when lacking "user-accessible programmability" and when "embedded" in medical imaging equipment; or (2) "Local area networks" which are excluded from embargo;

NOTE: "Digital computers" or "related equipment" "incorporated" in equipment exportable under the provisions of Items It 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518, which are for internal functions which incidentally might be considered to be described by sub-item (h) (1) (i) (f), are exportable as part of that equipment. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" for the "real-time processing" of the outputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL 1501, IL 1502, It 1510 or IL 1518 and for Air Traffic Control systems are covered by this Item. (Hi) "Digital computers" other than those described in sub-item (h) 0) above, and "related equipment", having all the following characteristics: (a) Shipped as complete systems; (b) Designed and announced by the manufacturer for identifiable civil use; (c) Not specially designed for any equipment embargoed by any other Item in these Lists; (d) "Total processing data rate" not exceeding 6.5 million bit per second; (e) "Total internal storage available to the user" not exceeding 6.2 million bit; and (f) They do not include a central processing unit implemented with more than two microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits;

NOTE: This limit does not include any dedicated microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit used solely for display, keyboard or input/ output control, or any bit-slice microprocessor microcircuit. (g) They do not include a microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit with more than 16-bit word length or a bus architecture with more than 16 bit; (h) They do not include analogue-to-digital or digital-to-analogue converter microcircuits exceeding the limits of Item IL 1568;

NOTE: This does not apply in the case of direct driven video monitors for normal commercial television; (i) Not used; (j) They do not include embargoed "related equipment" other than input/output control unit disk drive combinations having all of the following characteristics: (1) "Total transfer rate" not exceeding 5.5 million bit per second; (2) Total connected "net capacity" not exceeding 200 million bit; (3) No more than one independent drive; and (4) "Total access rate" not exceeding 40 accesses per second; and (k) They do not include equipment embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by Item IL 1567; (iv) Peripheral equipment, as follows, provided it lacks

"user-accessible programmability": (a) Card punches and readers; (b) Paper tape punches and readers; (c) Manually operated keyboards and teletype devices; (d) Manually operated graphic tablets not having more than 1,024 resolvable points along any axis; (e) Impact printers; (f) Non-impact printers, not embargoed by Item IL 1572 (b) or (c), which do not exceed: (1) 2,000 lines (30 pages) per minute; or (2) 600 characters per second; (g) Plotting equipment, not embargoed by Item IL 1572 (b) or (c), producing a physical record by ink, photographic, thermal, or electrostatic techniques, which has: (1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to .±..0.004%; and (2) An active plotting area less than or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch); (h) Digitising equipment, generating rectilinear coordinate data by manual or semi-automatic tracing of physical records, which has: (1) A linear accuracy worse than or equal to .±.. 0.004 per cent; and (2) An active digitising area less than or equal to 1,700 mm (66.9 inch) by 1,300 mm (51.2 inch); (i) Not used; 0) Optical mark recognition (OMR) equipment; (k) Optical character recognition (OCR) equipment Which: (1) Does not contain "signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment; and (2) Is only for: (i) Stylised OCR characters; (ii) Other internationally standardised stylized character fonts; or (iii) Other characters limited to nonstylised or hand printed numerics and up to 10 hand printed alphabetic or other characters; (1) Displays or monitors having all of the following characteristics: Not including equipment described in subitem (h) (1) (ii) above; (2) Not containing cathode ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 1541; (3) If capable of other than alpha-numeric characters, graphs and symbols, in fixed formats: (i) Not more than 1,024 resolvable elements along any axis; (ii) Not more than 16 shades of grey or colour; and (Hi) The maximum bit transfer rate from the electronic computer to the display does not exceed 19,200 bit per second;

(1)

NOTE: (ii) and (iii) above do not apply in the

case of direct driven video monitors. (m) Displays or monitors having all of the following characteristics: (1) They do not contain cathode ray tubes; (2) They are not capable of displaying more than 3 levels (Le. off, intermediate and full on); and (3) They do not have as an integral part of the display device: (a) circuitry; or (b) non-mechanical character generation devices; (n) Displays having all of the following characteristics: (1) Not containing cathode ray tubes embargoed by Item IL 1541; (2) Being part of industrial or medical

equipment; and Not specially designed for use' with electronic computers; (0) Graphic displays specially designed for signature or security checking having an active display area not exceeding 150 sq. cm (23.25 sq. inch); (p) Not used; (q) Light gun devices or other manual graphic input devices which are: (1) Part of unembargoed displays; and (2) Limited to 1,024 resolvable elements along any axis; (r) Disk drives for non-rigid magnetic media (floppy disks) which do not exceed: (1) A "gross capacity" of 17 million bit; (2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 0.52 million bit per second; or (3) An uaccess rate" of 12 accesses per second; or (s) CassetteI cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape drives which do not exceed: (1) A "maximum bit packing density" of 131 bit per mm (3,300 bit per inch) per track; or (2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 2.66 million bit per second; (v) Inputloutput interface or control units, as follows, provided they lack "user-accessible programmability": (a) Designed for use with peripheral equipment free from embargo under sub-item (h) (2) (iv) above; (b) Designed for use with digital recording or reproducing equipment specially designed to use magnetic card, tag, label or bank cheque recording media, free from embargo according to Item IL 1572 (a) (ii); or (c) Designed to meet ANSIIIEEE Standard 488-1978 or IEC Publication 625-1; (vi) "Equipment for ulocal area networks" which do not exceed any of the following characteristics: (a) Interfaces and protocols up to or including Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) reference model, that is ISO logical link control Draft International Standard (DIS) 8802/2, IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5, or equivalents; (b) Implementations that contain functions of, or equivalent to those provided by, CCIIT X.25, Level 3, protocols - none; (c) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the common transmission medium - 2 million bit per second; or (d) "Internetwork gateways" - none; Not used; Technology, as follows: (1) Technology applicable to the: (i) Development, production or use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of electronic computers or "related equipment", even if these electronic computers or "related equipment" are not embargoed by this Item; except (a) Technology which is unique to "related equipment" free from embargo under sub-item (h) (2) (iv) (a) to (c), (e), (f), (m), (n) or (q) and which is not otherwise embargoed by any other Item in these Lists; or (b) The minimum technical information necessary for the use of electronic computers or urelated equipment" free from embargo; or (ii) Development, production or use of equipment or systems embargoed by sub-item (b) or (g); or (2) Technology for the integration of: (i) Embargoed electronic computers or embargoed "related equipmem" into other equipment or systems ~h~~ther or not the other equipment or systems are embargoed; or (3)

(i)

0)

NOTE: Nothing in the above should be construed to S.ecurity export control

Marth'1989 83'

IL 1565

(6)

Do not include communication control unit "communication channel" conlbinations; (b) Equipment for "signal processing", "image enhancement", or "multi-data-stream processing": (1) Is "embedded"; (2) Is designed or modified specially for the identifiable and dedicated medical applications; (3) Does not have "user-accessible microprogramrnability"; and (4) Does not have "user-accessible programmability" other than allowing for insertion of the original or nlodified "programmes" supplied by the original manufacturer; (c) The "total processing data rate" of anyone "incorporated" "digital computer" does not exceed 43 million bit per second; (d) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor do not include: (1) Equipment or systems embargoed by sub-henl IL 1519 (a) (2) or Itenl IL 1567; or (2) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (c) or (e) to

(j) (1) (I) NOTE continued

embargo technology for the integration which is unique to the other equipment or systems if they are free from embargo. (ii) Un embargoed electronic computers or unembargoed "related equipment" into embargoed equipment or systems.

NOTE: This does not, however, release from embargo technology for the integration of electronic computers or "related equipment" which are freed from embargo only by sub-item (h) (2) (i) or only by subitem (h) (2) (ii).

NOTES: 1.

"Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor embargoed by sub-item (h), provided: (a) They are "incorporated" in other equipment or systems; (b) They are not the "principal element" of the equipment or systems in which they are "incorporated"; (c) The other equipment or systems are embargoed by other Items in these Lists, and they are permitted for export according to the provisions of 'the appropriate Item; (d) The "total processing data rate" of any "incorporated" "digital computer" does not exceed 28 million bit per second; (e) All other parameters do not exceed the relevant limits of Note 9 (b) (1) (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Item; and (f) The "incorporated" "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor do not include: (1) Equipment embargoed by sub-item IL 1519 (a) (2) or by Item IL 1567; (2) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (ii); or (3) Equipment described in sub-item (h) (1) (i) (a) to (m), other than for: (i) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" when lacking "user-accessible programmability" and being "embedded" in medical imaging equipment; or (ii) "Local area networks" which are excluded from embargo;

(m).

6.

NB: "Digital computers" or "related equipment" "incorporated" in equipment exportable under the provisions of Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518, which are for internal functions which incidentally might be considered to be described by sub-item (h) (1) (i) (f), are exportable as part of that equipment. "Digital computers" or "related equipment" for the "real-time processing" of the outputs of the equipment embargoed by Items IL 1501, IL 1502, IL 1510 or IL 1518 and for Air Traffic Control systems are covered by this Item. 2.

The minimum technical information for the use (Le.installation, operation and maintenance) of electronic computers or "related equipment" authorized for export, when shipped together with or solely for use with these electronic computers or "related equipment".

3.

Not used.

4.

Not used.

5.

"Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor, embargoed by sub-item (h), provided: (a) The "digital computers" or the "related equipment": (1) Have been designed and announced by a manufacturer for identifiable and dedicated medical applications; (2) Are substantially restricted to the area of medical applications by nature of design and performance; (3) Are the equipment necessary for the medical application; (4) Are exported as complete systems; (5) Will be located within one "computer using facility"; and

M

Security export control

March 1989

"Digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor, embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: (a) They have been approved by the Department of Trade and Industry as eligible for export under the conditions of this Note; (b) They are described in sub-itern (h) (1) only by an accident of definition; and (c) They fulfil anyone of the following conditions: (1) They are shipped as complete systems and do not exceed: (i) A "total processing data rate" of 43 million bit per second; and (ii) Any of the limits for parameters in Note 9 (b) (1) (ii) to (iv) and (b) (2) to (9) to this Itern; (2) They fail to nleet the conditions of sub-iteITIS (h) (2) (iii), (iv) or (v) only by an accident of definition; or (3) They: (i) Are designed for identifiable commercial! office or personal use and substantially restricted to the particular application for which they have been designed by nature of design and performance; (ii) Are of a type 'generally available to the public' in non-proscribed areas; and

NB: For the purpose of this Note 'generally available to the public' means: (a) Also available at retail selling points, other than those specialized in selling electronic computers to the genera.! public in model series exceeding the lirriits in (1) above; and

Selling from stock by means of; (1) Over-the-counter transactions; (2) Mail order transactions; (3) Telephone call transactions; (iii) Fulfil the conditions of (c) (1) above. (b)

7.

Spare parts for exported electronic computers or "related equipment", provided: (a) The parts are: (1) "Related equipment" or specially designed components embargoed by this Item; or (2) Equiprrlent or components embargoed by other Items in this List; (b) The parts: (1) Are destined for embargoed equipment previously authorized for export under a National Discretion note or under Note 12 to this Item or for equipment free from embargo; (2) Are shipped in the minimum quantities necessary for the types and quantities of exported equipment being serviced; and (3) Do not upgrade the performance of the exported equipment beyond the level: (i) Specified in the relevant National Discretion note or Note 12 to this Item or

(c)

(ii) Specified as free from embargo; If the parts are 'advanced technology parts', and not eligible for export at National Discretion under another Item in this List, the Western supplier's organisation must: (1) Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-forone basis; (2) Take measures to obtain custody of the defective parts; and (3) If custody is not obtained, certify that the defective parts are destroyed;

per second; (Hi) They have a central processing unit with a word length exceeding 16 bit; and

NB:

TECHNICAL NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, 'advanced technology parts' are either: (a) Parts embargoed by Item It 1564 (c) (2); (b) Microprocessor, microcomputer, storage, programmed logic array or arithmetic logic unit microcircuits embargoed by Item It 1564 (d);

(c)

Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk heads, magnetic drum heads, or non-exchangeable magnetic disk or drum recording media, embargoed by Item It 1572; or Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It 1586, other than those exportable at National Discretion pursuant to the Note 1 to Item It

(d)

(b)

Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit word-length and not more than a 32..bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the purpose of his sub-paragraph. (iv) They exceed either of the following limits: (a) "Block move data rate" - 800,000 pixels/sec; or (b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel for direct access to the "main storage" (Direct Memory Access or DMA channel) - 11 million bit per second; The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor do not exceed any of the following limits: (1) Central processing unit "main storage" combinations: (i) "Total processing data rate" - 43 million bit per second; (ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" - 39 million bit; (iii) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible programmability" including bubble memory none;

1586. 8.

Not used.

9.

"Digital computers" or "related equipInent" therefor embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: (a) The "digital com,puters" or "related equipment" therefor: (1) Are not described in sub-items (h) (1) (i) (d) to (m); (2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in proscribed areas;

NB: Magnetic core "main storage" may however be included. (iv) Number of microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuits implementing the central processing unit - three;

NB:

NB: (3)

(4)

(5) (6)

This does not preclude the exchange of data media. Are exported as: (i) Complete systems; or (ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system provided that the enhanced system does not exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note; Have not been designed for any equipment: (i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and (H) Not eligible for consideration for export at National Discretion to such an Item; Have been primarily designed and used for nonstrategic applications; Do not have any of the following characteristics: (i) They fall within the scope of both sub-iteITIS (h) (1) (H) (a) and (b); or (ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (1) (ii) (a) and are microprocessor-based systen1s having a word length of more than 8 bit; or (Hi) They are ruggedized above the level required for a normal commercial/civil environment, but not necessarily up to the levels specified in sub-item (f), and are microprocessor-based systems having a word length of more than 8 bit; and

NB:

(7)

Microprocessor based systems with 8-bit word length and not more than a 16-bit architecture are regarded as 8-bit systems for the purpose of this sub-paragraph. Do not have all of the following characteristics:

NB: This sub-paragraph does not apply to workstations designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g. printing, publishing). (i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations designed or modified for the generation, transformation, and display of 2 or 3 dimensional vectors; (ii) They have a "total processing data rate" of the central proceSsing unit exceeding 28 million bit

(v)

This limit does not include any dedicated microprocessor or microcomputer microcircuit used solely for display, keyboard or input/output control, or any bit-slice microprocessor microcircuit. "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte;

NB: 1.

Supermini "digital computers" with a "virtual storage" capability exceeding the level in this sub-paragraph will not be eligible for consideration under this Note. It is recognized, however, that other "digital computers" (e.g. main frames) may have a "virtual storage" capability exceeding this limit and in such cases they may be considered under this Note. 2. If the "total processing data rate" does not exceed 28 million bit per second this subparagraph will not apply. (2) Input/output control unit - drum or disk drive combinations: (i) "Total transfer rate" - 16 million bit per second; (ii) "Total access rate" - 200 accesses per second; (iii) Total connected "net capacity" - 5,120 million bit; (iv) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or disk drive -- 16 million bit per second; (v) Number of independent drum or disk drives six, of which five must not exceed a "maximum bit transfer rate" of 10.3 million bit per second; (vi) Exchangeable disk packs which contain magnetic heads: '(a) "Access rate" of an independent seek mechanism .- 20 accesses per second; (b) "Net capacity" - 240 million bit; (3) Input/output control unit - bubble memory combinations: (i) Tota\ connectea "net capadty" for point of sale dev\'JesJsed by cashiers - 9.8 million bit; (ii) Total connected "net capacity" for "digital computers" or "related equipment",~otherthan 'those in (i) above ~ 2.1 million bit; (4) Inpu.t/output control '1Pit - magnetic tape or Seourity eJtport control

March;19,89"

e."

NB:

IL 1565 NotE 9 (b) (4) continued cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations: (i) Magnetic tape drives: ~ (a) "Maximum bit packing density" - 246 bit per mm (6,250 bpi); (b) Maximum readlwrite speed - 508 cm per second (200 ips); (c) "Maximum bit transfer rate" - 10 million bit per second; (d) Number exceeding 131 bitlmm (3,300 bpi) - four; (ii) Cartridge-type streamer tape drives; (a) Maxirnum "total transfer rate" - 16 million bitls; (b) Number - two; (5) Communication control unit "communication channel" combinations: (i) "Total data signalling rate" of all "communication channels" terminating remote from the. "computer using facility" - 19,200 bit Is; (H) Maximum Udata signalling rate" of any "communication channel" - 9,600 bit/s; (Hi) Number of "communication channels" not dedicated full time to the given application three, provided: (a) They are connected to the public switched network; (b) They have a "data signalling rate" not exceeding 1,200 bitls at the interface between the "digital computer" and the public switched network; and (c) Number of "communication channels" not limited to Telex interfaces for services conforming to CCITT recommendations F60 to F79 - one. (6) Inputloutput or communication control unit directly connected data channel combinations: (i) "Total transfer rate" - 1.6 million bit/s; (H) "Transfer rate of any data channel" - 1.6 million bitls; (Hi) Terminations of such combinations or any extensions thereto outside the ';computer using facility" - none; (7) Communication control unit - "local area network" combinations:

If the maximum "data signalling rate" on the common transmission medium does not exceed 2 million bit per second, this sub-paragraph will not apply. (8) "Other peripheral devices"; (i) Maximum bit transfer rate of any "terminal device" located remote from the "computer using facility" - 19,200 bit/s; (ii) Displays or graphic input devices: (a) Resolvable elements along any axis 1,024, and shades of grey or colour - 64; or

(b)

(c)

Resolvable elements along any axis 320, and shades of grey or colour - 256; (9) "Equivalent multiply rate" for "signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment - 800,000 operations per second; Exports covered by this Note are subject to the following conditions: (1) The number, type and characteristics of the equipment are reasonable for the application; (2) When the parameters of the equipment do not exceed: (i) "Total processing data rate" - 20 million bit/s; and (ii) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any independent drum or disk drive - 10.3 million bit per second; Then, subject to the equipment not being destined for military end-use, there are no limitations on number of systems which may be licensed per transaction; (3) When the parameters of any equipment involved in one transaction exceed any limit of (2) above: (i) The "cumulative total processing data rate" must not exceed 285 million bitls: and

NB: When calculating the "cumulative total processing data rate", the "total processing data rates" of any stand-alone microcomputers are not to be included. (ii) The Department of Trade and Industry shall: (a) Be reasonably satisfied that: (l) The equipment will be used primarily for the specific non-strategic application for which the export would be approved; and (2) The equipment will not be used for the design, development or production of embargoed items, especially not in microelectronics; and (b) Be supplied with the full name and address of the end-user and details of the end-use of the equipment.

NB: For the purpose this sub-paragraph all "local area networks" interconnected within a "computer using facility" are considered as a single "local area network". (i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the common transmission medium - 10 million bit/s; (H) Interfaces and protocols up to and including Layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) ref~rence model, ie logical link control Draft International Standard (015) 8802/2, IEEE 802.2, 802.3, 802.4, 802.5 or equivalents; (Hi) Implementations that contain functions of, or equivalent to those provided by, CCITT X.25, Level 3, protocols - none; (iv) "Internetwork gateways" - none; (v) "Communications channels" from such combinations to one "digital computer" located outside the "computer using facility" - one, provided that: (a) the "communication channel" is dedicated full time to the given application; (b) the maximum "data signalling rate" does not exceed 9,600 bit Is; and (c) the "digital computer" is not designed or modified for "local area networks"; (vi) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of all embargoed "digital computers" directly connected to a "local area network" - 285 million bit/s.

NB: Special consideration will be given to the activities of proposed end users of "digital computers" which have a "total processing data rate" exceeding 28 million bit per second. 10. Not used. 11. Not used. 12. Favourable consideration will be given to the export of "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor embargoed by sub-item (h), provided that: (a) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor: (1) Are not described in sub-items (h) (1) (i) (d) to (m); (2) Are not used with "digital computers" produced in proscribed areas;

NB: This does not preclude the exchange of data media. (3) Are exported as: (1) Complete systems; or (ii) Enhancements to a previously exported system

provided that the enhanced system does not exceed the limits of paragraph (b) of this Note; (4) Have not been designed for any equipment: (i) Embargoed by any other Item in this List; and (ii) Not eligible for export at National Discretion to such an Item; (5) Have been primarily designed and used for nonstrategic applications; (6) Do not have any of the following characteristics: (i) They fall within the scope of both sub-items (h) (1) (ii) (a) and (b); or (ii) They fall within the scope of sub-item (h) (I) (ii) (a) and are microprocessor-based systems having a word length of more than 16 bit; or (iii) They are ruggedized above the level required for a normal commercial I civil environment, but not necessarily up to the levels specified in sub-item (t) and are microprocessor-based systems having a word length of more than 16 bit; and

NB: Microprocessor-based systems with 16-bit word-length and not more than 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the purpose of this sub-paragraph. (7) Do not have all the following characteristics:

(3)

(4)

NB: This paragraph does not apply to workstations designed for and limited to graphic arts (e.g. printing, publishing). (i) They are stand-alone graphics work stations designed or modified for the generation, transformation and display of 2 or 3 dimensional vectors; (ii). They have a "total processing data rate" of the central processing unit exceeding 48 million bit per second; (iii) They have a central processing unit, with a word-length exceeding 16-bit; and;

(5)

NB: Microprocessor based systems with 16-bit word-length and not more than a 32-bit architecture are regarded as 16-bit systems for the purpose of this sub-paragraph. (iv) They exceed either of the follow limits: (a) "Block move data rate" - 1,500,000 pixelslsec; or (b) Maximum bit transfer rate of the channel for direct access to the "main storage" (Direct Memory Access or DMA channel) - 15 million bitls; (b) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" therefor do not exceed any of the following limits: (I) Central processing unit "main storage" combinations: (i) "Total processing data rate" - 78 million bit/s; (ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" - 76.7 million bit; (iii) "Non-volatile storage" with "user-accessible programmability" including bubble memory none;

NB: Magnetic core "main storage" may however be included. (iv) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte

NB: Supermini "digital computers" with a "virtual storage" capability exceeding the level in this sub-pjlragraph will not be eligible for consideration under this Note. It is recognized, however, that other "digital computers" (e.g. mainframes) may have a "virtual storage" capability exceeding this limit and in such cases they may be considered under this Note. (2) Inputloutput control unit - drum or disk drive combinations:

(6)

(7)

(i) "Total transfer rate" - 22 miW
NB: For the pllrpose of this sub-paragraph all "local area networks" interconnected within a "computer using facility" are considered as a single "local area network". (i) Maximum "data signalling rate" on the common transmission medium - 10 million bitl$; (ii) Irllerf.ces and p~otocols '. up to and including Layetl 2 ')f ~the Open System Interconnection (OSI) teference m9del, that' is ISO logical link control Draft IntetnatioQaI Standartt(DlS) $802/2, IEEE 802.~ ~2~3, 802.4, 802.5 equivalent; t,

·

or t . . security 1!lport COntrol.: MIrt)t(1.tt>; .

I

"J . ~~

IL 1565 NOTE 12 (b) (7) (ill)

equipment, wherever located, during normal working hours and at any other time the equipment is operating; and (2) Be furnished information demonstrating continued authorized application of the equipment; and (c) These Western representatives will be notified of any significant change of application or of other facts, on which the licence was based; (ii) A full description of: (a) The equipment; and (b) Intended application and workload; and (iii) A complete identification of all end-users and their activities: (2) Not used. (3) When the parameters of the equipment do not exceed: (i) "Total processing data rate" - 54 million bit per second; and (ii) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" - 39 million bit; Then there is no visitation requirement; (4) When the parameters of the equipment exceed either limit in (3) above, the supplier will: (i) Have a responsible Western representative visit and inspect the "computer using facility" and all equipment, wherever located, at least quarterly for three years; and (ii) Report periodically to the licensing authorities whether the "digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor are still being used for the approved purposes at the authorized location;

(ill) Implementations that contain functions of, or equivalent to those provided by, CCIIT X.25, Level 3, protocols - none; (iv) Internetwork gateways - none; (v) "Communications channels" from such combinations to one "digital computer" located outside the "computer using facility" - one, provided that: (a) the "communication channel" is dedicated full time to the given application; (b) the maximum "data signalling rate" is 19,200 b/s; and (c) the "digital computer" is not designed or modified for "local area networks"; (vi) The sum of the "total processing data rate" of all embargoed "digital computers" directly connected to a "local area network" - 285 million bit per second.

NB: 1.

Only one "digital computer" may exceed 54 million bit per second. 2. If the maximum "data signalling rate" on the common transmission medium does not exceed 2 million bitls, this subparagraph does not apply. (8) "Other peripheral devices": (i) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any "terminal device" located remote from the "computer using facility" - 19,200 bit/s: (ii) Displays or graphic input devices: (a) Resolvable elements - 512 x 640, and shades of grey or colour - 256; or

NB: The visitation requirements of this subparagraph will be waived for remote "terminal devices" if they consist only of peripheral equipment freed from embargo by sub-item (h) (2) (iv) above.

NB: Paragraph (a) does not prohibit the export under this Note of displays for systems specially designed for and limited to graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which have displays not exceeding 576 x 900 resolvable elements and 256 shades of grey or colour. (b) Resolvable elements - 1024 x 1280, and shades of grey or colour - 64;

NB:

(c)

Paragraph (b) does not prohibit the export under this Note of displays for systems specially designed for and limited to graphic arts (eg printing, publishing) which have displays not exceeding 1560 x 1024 resolvable elements and 64 shades of grey or colour. (9) "Signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment: (i). "Equivalent multiply rate" 1,500,000 operations per second; (ii) Output - 10 million image elements per second; Applications under this Note must comply with the following: (1) Provide information which includes: (i) A signed statement by a responsible representative of the end-user(s) or the importing agency describing the end-use and certifying that: (a) The "digital computers" or "related equipment" will: (1) Be used only for civil applications; and

Not be reexported or otherwise disposed of without permission from the Department of Trade and Industry; (b) Responsible Western representatives of the supplier will: (1) Have the right of access to the t4computer using facility" and all (2)

13. Not used. 14. A limited range of equipment covered by Item IL 1565 for use with "digital computers" or "related equipment" produced in proscribed areas, or the export of minimum technology, including the transfer of skills and data necessary for fabrication, assembly and checkout of equipment, but excluding design technology, which is necessary to manufacture such equipment in those areas. 15. Not used. 16. Definitions of terms used in this Item "access rate" (a) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk drive combination (Road) Either the "access rate" of an inputloutput control unit (Rac) or the sum of the individual "access rates" of all independent seek mechanisms (Ras )' whichever is smaller. Thus: Rad = min (Rac; SUM Ras); (b) Of an input/output control unit (Rac) (1) With rotational position sensing (rps), the sum of the individual "access rate~" of all independent seek mechanisms (Ras) connected to the control unit. Thus: Rac = SUM Ras (with rps); or (2) Without rotational position sensing (rps), the number (C) of independent read/write channels connected to the control unit divided by the least 'latency time' (~min) of any connected independent seek mechanism. Thus: Rac =~ (without rps) ~min

(c)

Of il seek mechanism (Ras)The reciprocal of the 'average access time' (t88) of the seek mechanism. Thus: Ra =_1t88 'average access time' of a seek mechanism (t88 ) The sum of the 'average seek time' (tu) and the 'latency time' (~).

Thus: taa = tsa + ~ 'average seek time' (lsa) The sum of the 'maximum seek time' (lsmax) and twice the 'minimum seek time' (lsmln), divided by three. Thus: !sa = lsmax + 2lsmin 3 'maximum seek time' (lsmax) (1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move between the two most widely separated tracks. 'minimum seek time' (tsmln)(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move from one track to an adjacent track. 'latency time' (tt) "\ The rotational period divided by twice the number of independent read/write heads per track.

"analogue computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Process data; and (c) Provide output of data. "associated" with equipment or systems (a) Can feasibly be either: (i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or (ii) Used for other purposes; and (b) Is not essential to the operation of such equipment or systems. "block move data rate" The maximum number of pixels which can be moved per second from one location to another in the storage which functions as the frame buffer. "communication channel" The transmission path or circuit including the terminating transmission and receiving equipment (modems) for transferring digital information between distant locations. "computer operating area" The immediate contiguous and accessible area around the electronic computer, where the normal operating, support and service functions take place. "computer using facility" The end-users contiguous and accessible facilities: (a) Housing the "computer operating area" and those enduser functions which are being supported by the stated application of the electronic computer and its "related equipment"; and (b) Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in any direction from the centre of the "computer operating area". "cumulative total processing data rate" The sum of all "total processing data rates" in a given transaction. "data device" Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information. "data (message) switching" The technique, including but not limited to store-and-forward or packet switching, for: (a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital or telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a composite whole); (b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; (c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the purpose of: (1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error control, retransmission or journaling); (2) Transmission; or (3) Multiplexing; and (d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or receiving facilities are available. "data signalling rate"The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into account that, for non-binary modulation, baud and bit per second are not equal. Binary digits for coding, checking, and synchronization functions are included.

NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e" the maximum rate iD either transmission or reception. "digital computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices; . (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and (d) Provide output of data.

NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections. "embedded" in equipment or systems Can feasibly be neither: (a) Removed from such equipment or systems; nor (b) Used for other purposes. "equivalent multiply rate" The maximally achievable number of multiplication operations which can be performed per second considering that, in the case of simultaneous multiplication operations, all multiplication rates have to be summed in order to arrive at the "equivalent multiply rate": (a) Assuming (I) Optimal operand locations in the "most immediate storage"; and (2) Operand lengths at least 16 bit, or more if this allows for faster operation; and (b) Neglecting (I) Set-up operations; (2) Pipeline filling operations; (3) Initialization; (4) Interrupts; and (5) Data reordering times.

NB: Simultaneous multiplication operations can occur because of: (a) Multiple arithmetic units for operations such as complex multiplication, convolution or recursive filtering; (b) Parallel pipelining; (c) More than one arithmetic unit in one data processing unit; or (d) More than one data processing unit in one system. "fault tolerance" The capability to perform correctly without human intervention after failure of any 'assembly', so that there is no single point in the system the failure of which could cause catastrophic failure of the system's functioning. 'assembly' A number of components (Le. circuit elements, discrete components, microcircuits) connected together to perform a specific function or functions, replaceable as an entity and normally capable of being disassembled. "firmware" See "microprogramme". "gateway" The function, realised by any combination of equipment and "software", to carry out the conversion of conventions for representing, processing or communicating information used in one system into the corresponding but different conventions used in another system. "gro~ capacity" The product of; (a) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per unformatted track; and (b) The total number of tracks including spare tracks and tracks not accessible to the user. "hybrid computer" - . Equipment which can: (a) Accept data; (b) Process datf' in b()th analogue and digital representati0O!; and (c) Provide outpuf';of data. "image digitiser" . ., ' A device for directly converting ah analogue representation of an imag'e into a digital represelftatiori. "image enhancement"~· I.'·

IL 1565

NOTE 16 continued

The processing of externally derived information-bearing images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or Walsh Transform). This does not inclUde algorithms using only linear or rotational transformation of a single image, such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false colouration. "incorporated" in equipment or systems-' (a) Can feasibly be either: (i) Removed from such equipment or systems; or (H) Used for other purposes; and (b) Is essential to the operation of such equipment or systems. "internetwork gateway" A "gateway" for two systems which are themselves "local area networks", "wide area networks" or both. "local area network" A data communication system which: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data devices" to communicate directly with each other; and (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (eg office building, plant, campus, warehouse). "main storage" The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central processing unit. It consists of the interned storage of a "digital computer" and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed extended storage. umaximum bit pack;n~ density" The density of recording specified in accordance with the appropriate A~SI or ISO Standard (eg ANSI X3.14-1979, ISO 1863-1975; A!':S! X3.22-1973; ISO 1873-1976; ANSI X3.39-1973; I. -0 3788-1976; ANSI X3.48-1977; ISO 3407-1976; Al\~l X3.56-1977; ISO 4057-1979; ANSI X3.54-1976). umaximum bit transfer rate" (a) Of a drum or disk drive (~dmax) is the product of: (1) The maximum number of binary digit (bit) positions per unformatted track; and (2) The number of tracks which simultaneously can be read or written, divided by the rotational period; (b) Of a magnetic tape drive ~tmax), is the product of: (1) The Umaximum bit packing density"; (2) The number of data bits per character (ANSI) or per row (ISO); and (3) The maximum tape read/write speed. "microprogramme" A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register. "most immediate storage" The portion of the "main storage" most directly accessible by the central processing unit: (a) For single level "main storage", this is the internal storage; or (b) For hierarchial "main storage", this is: (1) The cache storage; (2) The instruction stack; or (3) The data stack. "multi-data-stream processing" The "microprogramme" or equipment architecture technique which permits processing two or more data sequences under the control of one or more instruction sequences by means such as: (a) Parallel processing; (b) Stru~tured arrays of processing elements; (c) Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) operations; or (d) Multiple Instruction Multiple Data (MIMD) operations; "net capacity" Of a drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive, or a bubble memory: The total capacity designed to be accessible to the "digital computer" excluding error control bits. "non-volatile storage" A storage device the contents of. which are not lost when power is removed. "other peripheral device" ~O

Secur~ty

export control

March 1989

A "data device" which is: (a) Peripheral to a central processing unit - "main storage" combination; and (b) Not an inputloutput control unit - drum, disk or magnetic tape drive or bubble memory combination. "principal element" A "digital computer" or "related equipment" which is: (a) Either "embedded" or "incorporated" in another equipment or system; and (b) In replacement value more than 35% of the replacement value of the total equipment or system, ie including the "digital computer" or "related equipment". "programme" A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer. "real time processing" Processing of data by an electronic computer in response to an external event according to time requirements imposed by the external event. "related equipment" Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with electronic computers, as follows: (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" with "digital computers"; (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers"; (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local area networks" or to "wide area networks"; (d) Communication control units; (e) Other input/output (1/0) control units; (f) ,Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL 1572; (g) Displays; or (h) Other peripheral equipment.

NB: "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or "incorporated" electronic computer, but which lacks "useraccessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the definition of an electronic computer. "signal processing" The ·processing of externally derived information-bearing signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (eg Fast Fourier Transform or Walsh Transform). "software" A collection of one or more "programmes" or "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. "stored-programme-controlled circuit switching" The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, a direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division switching) connection between circuits based on switching control information derived from any source or circuit and processed according to the stored "programme" by one or more electronic computers. "terminal device" A "data device" which: (a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating devices; and (b) Is capable of: (1) Accepting or producing a physical record; (2) Accepting a manual input; or (3) Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of paper tape punch/reader and printer), connected to a single data channel or "communication channel", shall be considered as a single "terminal device". "total access rate" (Ratot) The sum of the individual "access rates" of all input/output control unit-drum or disk drive combinations (RaJ provided with the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of equipment which would maximize this "total access rate". Thus: Ratot = SUM Rad "total connected capacity" The storage capacity excluding error control bits, word marker bits, and flag bits.

"total data signalling rate" The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all "communication channels" which: (a) Have been provided with the system; and (b) Can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of the equipment which would maximize this sum of rates. "total internal storage available to the user" The sum of the individual capacities of all internal useralterable or user-replaceable storage devices. which may be: (a) Included in the equipment at the same time; and (b) Used to store "software" instructions or data. "total processing data rate" (a) Of a single central processing unit. is its 'processing data rate'; (b) Of multiple central processing units which do not share direct access to a common "main'storage", is: The individual 'processing data rate' of each central processing unit, Le., each unit is separately treated as a single central processing unit as in (a) above; or (c) Of multiple central processing units, which partially or fully share direct access to a common "main storage" at any level, is the sum of: (1) The highest of the individual 'processing data rates' of all central processing units; and (2) 0.75 times the 'processing data rate' of each remaining central processing unit, sharing the same "main storage"; assuming the configuration of equipment, which would maximize this sum of rates. 'processing data rate' The maximum of either: (a) the 'floating point processing data rate' (Rf); or (b) The 'fixed point processing data rate' (R,J.

NB: The 'processing data rate' of a central processing unit implemented with two or more microprocessor microcircuits, not including any dedicated microprocessor microcircuit used solely for display, keyboard or input/output control, is the sum of the individual 'processing data rates' of all these microprocessor microcircuits. 'floating point processing data rate' (Rf) The sum of: (1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point instruction' (nixl or 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a floating point instruction' (nif), if no fixed point instructions are implemented; (2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point instruction' (nif); (3) 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (noX> or 0.40 times the 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof), if no fixed point instructions are implemented; and (4) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nof); Divided by the sum of: (1) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point addition (tax) or for a floating point addition (taf), if no fixed point instructions are implemented; (2) 0.09 times the 'execution time' for a floating point addition (taf); and (3) 0.06 times the 'execution time' for a floating point multiplication (tmf) or for the fastest available subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a floating point multiplication instruction, if no floating point multiplication instructions are implemented. Thus: Rf= (0.85)nix + (0.15)nif + (0.40)n ox + (0.15)n of (0.85)t ax + (0.09)taf + (0.06)t mf or if no fixed point instructions are implemented. then:

Rf =

(1.00)nif + (0.55)n of (0.94)t.f + (0.06)tmf or if 00 floating point multiplication instructions are implemented (tmf = tmsub) then:

Rf =

(0.85)Oix + (0.15)nirnf + (0.40)nox + (0.15)00f (0.85)tax + (0.09) taf + (0.06)tmsub

NB:

t '

;

,

_"'.

_ _

_,"

_ . : ':,

,'c>{:'

:~~

}f1¥

If a "digital ~putertt has neitherfloatiil«'poinf8dclitloft nor floating' point multiplication instruction~, then its' 'floating point protes8ing data -rate' is equal to zero. 'fixed point processing data rate' (R,J . .

~

The sum of: (1) 0.85 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point addition instruction' (nwJ; (2) 0.15 times the 'number of bits in . a fixed point multiplication instruction' (DmuJ; and (3) 0.55 times the 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (noJ; divided by the sum of: (I) 0.85 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point addition (tax>; and (2) 0.15 times the 'execution time' for a fixed point multiplication (tmJ or for the fastest available subroutine (tmsub) to simulate a fixed point multiplication instruction if no fixed point multiplication instructions are implemented. Thus:

Rx =

(0.85)niax + (0.15)nirnx + (0.55)00x

(0.85)t o + (0.15)tmx or if no fixed point multiplication instructions are implemented (t mx

= tmsub). then: Rx =

(0.85)niax + (0.15)nimX + (0.55)nox (0.85)t ax + (0.15)tmsub

NB: If a "digital computer" has neither fixed point addition nor fixed point multiplication instructions, then its 'fixed point processing data rate' is equal. to zero. 'number of bits in a: Fixed point addition instruction' (nial Fixed point multiplication instruction' (nirn,J Floating point addition instruction' (nial) Floating point multiplication instruction' (nimf) The appropriate shortest single fixed or floating point instruction length which permits full direct addressing of the "main storage".

NB: I.

When multiple instructions are required to simulate an appropriate single instruction, the number of bits in the above instructions is defined as 16 bits plus the number of bits (blax, bimx, biaf, b im,) which permits full direct addressing of the "main storage".

niax nimx niaf nimf-

= 16 + = 16 + = 16 + = 16 +

Thus:

biax; bimx; bia,; bim,; 2. If the addressing capability of an instruction is expanded by using a base register, then the 'number of bits in an instruction, fixed or floating point, addition or multiplication' is the number of bits in the instruction with the standard addr~ length including the number of bits necessary to use the base register. 'number of bits in a fixed point operand' (no,J (a) The shortest fixed point operand length; or (b) 16 bit; whichever is greater. 'number of bits in a floating point operand' (nod (a) The shortest floating point operand length; or (b) 30 bit; whichever is greater. 'execution time' (a) The time certified or openly published by the manufacturer for the execution of the fastest appropriate instruction, under the' following conditions: (1) No indexing or indirect operations are included; (2) The instruction is in the "most immediate -, storage"; (3) One operand is the .accumulator or in a l~atidn of, the "most ':irmnediate storage", Yihichtis acting as :the accumulator;

in

SeCUrityexpo-:t contro',Maretfl989 '<,~l d

'

~"

tJ

.rate (Rtsmaxmaxl of all independent seek mechanisms; or (H) Without rotational position sensing (rps), is twothirds of this product. Thus: Rtc = C. Rtsmaxmax (with rps); or Rtc = 2 C. Rtsmaxmax (without rps); 3

IL 1565 NOTE 16 continued (4) The second operand is in" the "most immediate storage and (5) The result is left in the accumulator or the same location in the "mqst immediate storage", which is acting as the accumulator; tJ

;

(b) If only the maximum and minimum execution times of the instructions are published, the sum of: (1) The maximum execution time of an instruction (tmaJ; and (2) Twice the minimum execution time of this instruction (tmin); Divided by three Thus: t = t max + 2tmin 3 (t stands for any of the values tax, tat, t mx , or tmt); (c) For central processing units which simultaneously fetch more than one instruction from one storage location: The average of the 'execution times' when executing instructions fetched from all possible locations within the stored word. (d) If the longest fixed point operand length is smaller than 16-bit, then use the time required for the fastest available subroutine to simulate a 16 bit fixed point operation.

NB: If the addressing capability of an instruction is expanded by using a base register, then the 'execution time' shall include the time for adding the content of the base register to the address part of the instruction. 2. When calculating 'processing data rate' for computers with cache sizes smaller then 64 K Bytes, the 'execution time' of the appropriate instructions will be calculated as follows: (cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when both instruction and operand are in cache storage) + (1 - cache hit rate) x ('execution time' when neither instruction nor operand are in cache torage), The cache hit rate being: 1.00 for cache size of 64 K Byte 0.95 for cache size of 32 K Byte 0.90 for cache size of 16 K Byte 0.85 for cache size of 8 K Byte 0.75 for cache size of 4 K Byte "total transfer rate" (a) Of the input/output control unit - drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations (Rtdtot): The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control unit - drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations (Rtd) provided with the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates. Thus: Rtdtot = SUM Rtd ; 'transfer rate' (1) Of an input/output control unit - drum or disk drive combination (Rtd), the smaller of either: 1.

NB: For the 'transfer rate' of an input/output control unit cartridge-type streamer tape drive combination, see (b) below. (i) The input/output control unit 'transfer rate' (RtJ; or (ii) The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all independent seek mechanisms (Rts). Thus: Rtd = min (Rtc ; SUM Rts); (2) Of an input/output control unit (Rtc): (i) With rotational position sensing (rps), is the product of: (a) The number of independent read/ write channels (C); and (b) The greatest "maximum bit transfer 72

Seourity export control

March 1989

(3)

Of an independent seek mechanism (Rts): The product of: (i) The "maximum bit transfer rate" (Rtsmaxl; and (H) The rotational period (tr); Divided by the sum of: (i) The rotational period (tr); (H) The 'minimum seek time' (tsmin); and (Hi) The 'latency time' (t1); Thus: Rts = Rtsmax x t r t r + tsmin + tl 'minimum seek time' (tsminl(1) For fixed head devices, it is zero; or (2) For moving head or moving media devices, the rated time to move from one track to an adjacent track. 'latency time' (tl) The rotational period divided by twice the number of independent read/write heads per track. (b) Of the input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive combinations (RutoJ: The sum of the individual 'transfer rates' of all input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive combinations (Rtt) provided with the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates. Thus: Rtttot = SUM Rtt ; 'transfer rate' Of an input/output control unit - cartridge-type streamer or magnetic tape drive combination (RtJ: The product of: (1) The number of independent read/write channels (C); and (2) The greatest "maximum bit transfer rate" (RttmaxmaJ of all tape drives. Thus: Rtt = C.Rttmaxmax. (c) Of the input/output or communication control unit directly connected data channel combinations: The sum of the individual "transfer rates of all data channels" provided with the system which can be sustained simultaneously assuming the configuration of equipment which would maximize this sum of rates. "transfer rate of any data channel" The sum of the individual bit transfer rates of all the "other peripheral devices", excluding "terminal devices", which can be sustained simultaneously on the data channel. "user-accessible microprogrammability" The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "microprogrammes". "user-accessible programmability" The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "programmes" by means other than: (a) A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or (b) The setting of function controls including entry of parameters. "virtual storage" The storage space that may be regarded as addressable "main storage" by the user of a computer system in which virtual addresses are mapped into real addresses.

NB: The size of "virtual storage" is limited by the addressing scheme of the computer system and not by the actual number of "main storage" locations. "wide area network" . A data communication system which: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data devices" to communicate with each other; (b) May include "local area networks; and (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities.

EXPLANATORY NOTES A.

B.

.

".,·:pr~Vi""i''''''· SU• •"'Qtf~(bJOI

:

(3) )Jtta~~>:z~~:
tlnlt'lle;a.·WI.J."c.atl.'o.n..·•·,..~ ·.\.•.m .•· .···,.{;I . '· . ·.\ <.• L},' ;;J')i~;(.·>\.;i'·' . (4) l.lO·"Bot.·'f"I;:\!itbinStlJl:.~'-8ft

'.'

,"(li) (al~d(l)f·i:'; >;i;::.':.(.~;<: ;:k!W/f':)~'i:/ .; .,¥ (Ill Tb .:A;; . .•.·c.·.e.• ··.~d . . i.__ . . t!·II.· . '. ··~.oo.···.·.•. ·m. :.. '-~. :put .•::..• ·..e.'.j.• f'.·.··.:·.or.;.•. !Ar._.•·.:.. . . _~,A J.:~; ~ .~: .• ' c• • • •

c.'

·wn6leac~'~'tft'~le:~()

.

Conversion of Byte to bit in computing storage limits: (a) 1 MByte = (1024)2 Byte = 1.048,576 Byte (b) 1 KByte = 1,024 Byte . . (c) 1 Byte: usually equals 8 bit or 9 bit. Limits on "total connected capacity" of "main storage": The limits in the various Notes to Item 1565 assume a 9-bit Byte and an appropriate amount of cache storage (16, 32, 48 or 64 kByte), as follows (although other combinations within these limits would be permissible):

.,·:ttil;8i

ent'·"dier.f. :~:.:~.",;:,~ ~.;.:.;•~.l':;~?'~~·e~.:.,

•..,. ." . :. . . . '., ,; . (Il' tellt,.)··· .c;ptoc.in_·dRitn •. ~... ;,·~.ain··. ·~totale'f .

comb~tiolt8" Witfi.a:~t~II'prt>eessi~ •. .~~.t~~!·,,~' 550 mGli()~;.blt/~~·: . . . " ,: ' :.. ,

(2) J\rra'tran$f~~ proc~~~r\ . ?::C'::',' (i)··~Equivalent. m~ltjp~y

tate';~

~: .;8~9!{)(}O

operations.·.per··.8e(on
. ;..

>... : .••. ,......

:,::<".,

(c) The' u~italcomputersn;or A·rel~ted,~Qtti.,tIlent"ther~~()r, dtrnot b&Ve,'t~efoltowinlJ . characteri~cs:;" ."'. ... '.' '.~ ,(1) Those identified in 'sub4tettlS(til tit '(i) (d)toJltJand (m); . '. ..... . '. . '. ~. .' '

.

'. .'. ..•. . '.' '. '. .' •. .

<

. '

an

(2) ThoseldeJ:ltified insul>4tem .~)~)(i>'(bl,having nequivale~t·, mUltiply .rate ·.ofmore thaJl2miUioo tf

C.

..

•

.

Equipment .which exceeds this •. 1~ll1it .IJl~Y .qualify ,Ior export under the conditi()n~.of .tb~s t:l~~~.·.i,f apprQy~d. by the Department of. Trad~ aildlndustt"f"

19. IndividqaJ or bulk .shipments 'of periphe~al·.eq\.lipm~~t•.,as fonows. and input/output interfaces or control u~.t$ther~for: (a) ·Cathode ray tube graphi~ dispJaY$rwhicp~;notexceed (1) 1,024'resolvable elelllents a!ong..pl'1e 8:X~.~ and ·1,280

resolvable. elements alon8;·tb~~rpendi~~ar . aXis;.o, (2) 256 shades of 8(eyot colo~. (8bjtperpi.~).':j . (b) Plottin8equiJ.lmentatlddilitlz.n8·~ipm~~t,whie~ has an accuracy of O~OO2%.or wQr8e, Md(M active area·of 254 cm x 254 cm or' smaller. (c) Disk ,drives.' whk;hdo not. exce~d: . ' •.. . . Ol '·Maximumbittr~sf~rrate'f~'J9.~,~lIiol1 bitla; or (2) ."Net~pacityff .-<;}.•2210'lil1{()~bit.~,· . . "

20.

·•.t~t co~put~ sYst~msern~argoe(lbrs~i~~~,~>wbith excee~ 811Y ~ft!J,e ~o}Joi1ng.~~(4er~:\ '~i

dp not

2.5 4.9 7.4 9.8 14.6 19.4 24.2 39.0 76.7

Operation

Instruction(s)

Add

LHD HE. MEM DAD

exc~nflthe :litnits"'()f.l\lo,e'9'~al,'~;J;·,:':' ::':' (' ' (a) . ~7GtalprGCes&inl" dat~;·r~e'~:.:-'::'l~~Illi~I~,I>~·~t second" '. ..' .'. ...' .. ..'~ . . ..' '; .•. '.... ' . (b) "Virtuai storage" ·~a~'''~t~, . ·~·.~t.~<,M~Yt~i

.,' .<~::' ::::,';;'i\; .,.,{:,: . "···~~~llt .•. ··~<1.Iit~.···.,:~q~~~~~!~;~tlt,·.··.~· . ·~~ NB: '.

capablitr·~~~e~.I:~EJetll:bl;

,not•.·.·,,~ .• ·.. ~i~~l~ r~OS~~~t~~~~,·,

m_l1fratit.·· and;~' Ita

.~

(~)Tbe

'\: ljmi~ ·,·,·"",\.·.:;a@:'. 2'1::',""

&'

Cycles

3 1 4

16 11 27 747

(Emulation routine)

2.

(iv) Floating Point PDR (FP PDR) FP PDR = 0 million bits per second (no floating point addition nor multiplication instruction). (v) "Total PDR" "Total PDR" (Z80 at 8 MHz) = 2.42 million bits per second. 8088/8087 at 4.77 MHz clock frequency (i) Instruction lengths and cyclEis

•

NB:.... ";:>d .d,..,,::,>.",;.' TbisNot~'may .. ~()~' ·.~~ed:·fo~·'~~~i~' ~()r1(,~t.U()~S

Instr. Length (Bytes)

NOTE:

4ey1C:$.

bu$,,~

16 16 32 32 48 48 64 64 128

Direct addressing capability of the Z80 is 16 bit, which means 65,536 addresses of storage.

Non~impa4 type .printers,"""., luez: ~:printerlbavi~ga reSQlutiOD.. not e;xceedina· 300 .~t$.pe"ifl~h;;

ces Bulk .• shiP~ent$;ofper~~C()f9Ptltf,7~'>:~

0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 4.0 8.0

(H) Execution Times Add 27 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 3.37 microseconds Multiply 747 cycles divided by 8 MHz = 93.37 microseconds (Hi) Fixed Point PDR (XPDR) XPDR = .85(32) + .15(16+ 16) + .55(l6} .85(3.37) + .15(93.37) =2.42 million bits per second

accordance with Note 5 above. QD th~,~standillJ. that: (a) 'sub-para (b) (1)01 NoteS d~s ~ot apply; '.. .• . :.: (b) the "totalprocessingdata'ratet'underN~ote 5{c)doe~not exceed 155 million bit/s.' '

(e) Optic~Lc~~a<:~er recognit1on(0GR}~~4\lipmerit; (f) Light gttn;Cievi Of otbclr JJ,llUl~sr~mput

"Total Connected Capacity" (million bit)

Totals Multiply

18. "Digital computers" or urelated <:equipmenf' .' tbereft?r' 'lo

(d)

Cache Storage (KByte)

Total Processing Data Rate: Two examples of applying the Note 16 definition of "fixed point processing data rate" and "floating point processing date rate" 1. Z80 at 8 MHz clock frequency: (i) Instruction lengths and cycles

operatio,fts per·;setond; ,

NB:

Internal Storage (MByte)

Instructions(s)

Operation Fixed point: Add Multiply Floating point: Add Multiply

Instr. Length (bytes)

Cycles (OPN + EA + BUS)

ADD MUL

4 4

9 + 5 + 4 = 18 129 + 5 + 4 = 138

FADD FMUL

4 4

100 + 5 + 16 = 121 115 + 5 + 16 = 136

(H) Execution times Fixed point: ADD 18 cycles divided by 4.77 microseconds MUL 138 cycles divided by 4.77 microseconds Floating point: FADD 1~!1 cycles divided by 4.77 microseconds FMUL 136 cycles divided by 4.77 microseconds (iii) 'Fixed~po~nt PDR (XPDR) Security expor~ control

MHz

=

MHz

= 28.93

3.77

= 25.37 MHz = 28.51 MHz

Marc",989

73

IL 1565 EXPLANATORY NOTE C 2 continued XPDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .55(16) .85(3.77) + .15(28.93) = 5.41 million bits per second (iv) Floating point PDR (FP PDR) FP PDR = .85(32) + .15(32) + .4(16) + .15(32)

= 6.01

.85(3.77) + .09(25.37) + .06(28.51)

million bits per second. (v) "Total PDR" "Total PDR" (8088/8087 at 4.77 MHx) = 6.01 million bits per second.

IL 1566 "Software" and technology therefor, as follows: NOTE: The embargo status of "specially designed software" for the use of equipment described in other Items in these Lists (except Item IL 1565) is dealt with in the appropriate Item, and the embargo status of "software" for equipment described in Item IL 1565 is dealt with in the present Item.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. "Software" is defined as follows: "software" A collection of one or more "programmes" or "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. "programme" A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer. "microprogramme" A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in a special storage, the execution of. which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register. 2. "Software" is categorized as follows (there is a close relationship and possible overlap among these categories): "development system" "Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes "software" to manage those activities. Examples of a "development system" are programming support environments, software development environments, and programmer-productivity aids. "programming system" "Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object language'). "diagnostic system" "Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment malfunctions. "maintenance system" "Software" to: (a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or (b) Maintain equipment. "operating system" "Software" to control: (a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related equipment"; or (b) The loading or execution of "programmes". "application software""Software" not' falling within any of the other defined categories of "software". 3. "Specially designed software" is defined as: The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", :'maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the function for which it was designed. To make other, incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: (a) Modification of this "software"; or (b) Addition of "programmes". (This ends the Technical Notes. For a complete list of definitions of terms used in the Item, see Note 12 below; see also Item IL 1565 for additional definitions relating to electronic computers.) 74

Security export control

March 1989

LISTED AS FOLLOWS: (a) "Software" of whatever category, as follows: (1) "Software" designed or modified for any computer that is part of a computer series designed and produced within a proscribed area; except "application software" designed for and limited to: (i) Accounting, general ledger, inventory control, payroll, accounts receivable, personnel records, wages calculation or invoice control; (H) Data and text manipulation such as sort/merge, text editing, data entry or word processing; (Hi) Data retrieval from established data files for purposes of report generation or inquiry for the functions described in (i) or (H) above; or (iv) The non "real time processing" of pollution sensor data at fixed sites or in civil vehicles for civil environmental monitoring purposes; (2) "Software" designed or modified for the design, development or production of items embargoed in these Lists; (3) "Software" designed or modified for: (i) Embargoed "hybrid computers"; (H) One or more of the functions described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a) to u) or (m) or (h) (2) (vi) or for "digital computers" or "related equipment" designed or modified for such functions, except the minimum "specially designed software" in machineexecutable form for "digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor which are freed from embargo only by Item IL 1565 (h) (2) (i) or (H), and only when supplied with the equipment or systems;

NOTE: "Software" for equipment which is freed from embargo only by Item 1565 (h) (2) (vi) may contain file server or printer server functions above layer 2 of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) reference model provided the protocols do not contain level 3 of CCITT X.25 or equivalent functions. (4) "Software" for computer-aided design, manufacture, inspection or test of items embargoed in these Lists; (5) "Software" designed or modified to provide certifiable multi-level security or certifiable user-isolation applicable to government-classified material or to applications requiring an equivalent level of security, or "software" to certify such "software"; (b) Categorized "software'" as follows: (1) "Development systems" as follows: (i) "Development systems" employing "high-level language" and designed for or containing "programmes" or "databases" special to the development or production of: (a) "Specially designed software" embargoed by any other Item in these Lists; (b) "Software" embargoed by sub-items (a) (2) or (a) (3) of this Item; including any subset designed or modified for use as part of such a "development system"; (H) "Development systems" employing "high-level language" and designed for or containing the "software" tools and "databases" for the development or production of "software" or any subset designed or modified for use as part of a "development system" such as, or equivalent to: (a) Ada Programming Support Environment (APSE); (b) Any subset of APSE, as follows: (1) Kernel APSE; (2) Minimal APSE; (3) Ada compilers specially designed as an integrated subset of APSE; or (4) Any other subset of APSE; (c) Any superset of APSE; or (d) Any derivative of APSE; (2) "Programming systems" as follows: (i) "Cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted" assemblers;

NOTE: For "cross-hosted" compilers and "cross-hosted" assemblers which have to be used in conjunction

with microprocessor or microcomputer development instruments or systems described in Item IL 1529, see that item. (H) Compilers or interpreters designed or modified for use as part of a "development system" embargoed by (1) above; (Hi) Disassemblers, decompilers or other "software" which convert "programmes" in object or assembly language into a higher level language, except simple debugging "application software", such as mapping, tracing, check-point/restart, breakpoint, dumping and the display of the storage contents or their assembly language equivalent; (3) "Diagnostic systems'-' or "maintenance systems" designed or modified for use as part of a "development system" embargoed by (1) above; (4) "Operating systems" as follows: (i) "Operating systems" designed or modified for "digital computers" or "related equipment" exceeding any of the following limits: (a) Central processing unit - "main storage" combinations: (1) "Total processing data rate" - 48 million bit per second; (2) "Total connected capacity" of "main storage" - 25.2 million bit; (3) "Virtual storage" capability - 512 MByte (for MByte, Note 17 of Item IL 1565); (b) Input/output control unit - drum, disk or cartridge-type streamer tape drive combinations: (1) "Total transfer rate" - 15 million bit per second; (2) "Total access rate" - 320 accesses per second; (3) Total connected "net capacity" - 7,000 million bit; (4) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any drum or disk drive - 10.3 million bit per second; (c) Input/output control unit - bubble memory combinations: Total connected "net capacity" - 2.1 million bit; (d) Input/output control unit - magnetic tape drive combinations: (1) "Total transfer rate" - 5.2 million bit per second; (2) Number of magnetic tape drives - twelve; (3) "Maximum bit transfer rate" of any magnetic tape drive - 2.6 million bit per second; (4) "Maximum bit packing density" - 63 bit per mm (1,600 bit per inch) per track; (5) Maximum tape read/write speed - 508 cm (200 inch) per second;

u

(c)

NOTE: For the purposes of this sub-item, technology does not include "software".

NOTES: 1.

2.

3.

4. 5.

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo "operating systems" designed or modified for "digital computers" or "related equipment": (a) Not exceeding the above limits even when the "operating systems" can also be used on "digital computers" or "related equipment" exceeding the above limits; or (b) Belonging to a series containing models exceeding the above limits, if the "operating systems" are used on "digital computers" or "related equipment" of the series which do not exceed the above limits. (ii) "Operating systems" providing on-line transaction data processing which permit integrated teleprocessing and "on-line updating" of "databases". (5) "Application software" as follows: (i) "Software" for cryptologic or cryptanalytic applications; (ii) Artificial intelligence "software", including "software" normally classified as expert systems, which enables a "digital computer" to perform functions that are normally associated with human perception and reasoning or learning; (Hi) "Database management systems" which are

designed to handle "distributed databases Jor: (a) Fault toleranc~byusingtechnique8 sueh'. maintenance of duplicated "databases"; (b) Integrating data at a single site from independent remote "databases"; . (iv) "Software" designed to adapt "software" resident on one "digital computer" for use on another "digital computer", except "software" to adapt between two legally exported Hdigital computers";, Technology applicable to the development, production or use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of "software", even if the "software" is unembargoed, except: (1) Technical data in the public domain; or (2) The minimum technical information necessary for the use of "software" free from embargo.

6.

This Item does not embargo "software" not exceeding 5,000 statements in "source language", excluding data, provided: (a) The "software" is neither designed nor modified for use as a module of a larger "software" module or system which in total exceeds this limit; and (b) The "software" is not embargoed by sub-item (b) (5) above. This Item does not embargo "software" initially exported to a proscribed destination prior to 1st January, 1984, provided: (a) The "software" is identical to and in the same language form (source or object) as initially exported, allowing minor updates for the correction of errors which do not modify the initially exported functions; (b) The accompanying documentation does not 'exceed the level of the initial export; and (c) The "software" is exported to the same proscribed destination as the initial export. Minimum technical information for the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of "software" authorised for export, when shipped together with or solely for use with this "software". Not used. "Application software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above, but not otherwise embargoed by this Item or any other Item in these Lists, provided that: (a) The "application software" is designed for and limited to the following: (1) The approved end-use of legally exported equipment or systems in conjunction with any computer that is part of a computer series produced within a proscribed area and based on a design originating in a member country; or (2) The monitoring and control of industrial processes limited to the production of items not described in these Lists; and (b) No embargoed technology is provided. The provisions of this Item may allow the export of "software" which is either: (a) "Standard commercially available" "software": (1) Designed for installation by the user without further support by the supplier; (2) Designed for use on "digital computers" and "related equipment" therefor which do not exceed the performance limits in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b) with the substitution in Item IL 1565 Note 9 (b) (I) (i) of a "total processing data rate" of 15 million bit per second; and (3) 'Generally available to the public'; or

NB:

7.

For the purpose of this Note 'generally available to the public' means: (a) Also available at retail selling points, other than those specialised in selling electronic computers to the general public in model series exceeding the limits in (2) above; and (b) Selling by means ot over-the-counter transactions frOITi stock. (b) "Software'· in t~epublic domain. ~ Not used.

Security expor~ control

March 1989

16

n..1566NOTE8 8.

Normal commercial "software" for civil Air Traffic Control (ATC) systems approved for export, provided that: (a) The "software" is commonly used by civil Air Traffic Control authorities outside proscribed areas, but not precluding the personalization of certain parameters for civil Air Traffic Control authorities wherever located; (b) The "software" is not designed or modified for any "digital computer" which is part of a "digital computer" series designed and produced within a proscribed area; (c) The "software" is the minimum necessary to accomplish the normal civil Air Traffic Control functions outside proscribed areas; (d) The "software" will not contain or be capable of accomplishing any of the following functions: (1) Electronic Counter Counter Measures (ECCM); (2) Weapon display, allocation or operation; (3) Intercept guiding capability; or (4) Interfacing with altitude determining radars, except secondary search radars; (e) The "software" is further limited by the amount of "source code", which is to be the minimum necessary for the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of the "software"; (f) In addition to the above limitations, the only other system "software" allowed is the minimum "programming system" for the maintenance of the "software"; (g) The information to accompany each case will include a signed statement of the end-user or importing agency, a full description of the "software" and its characteristics vis-a-vis the sub-paragraphs above, its intended application and workload and a complete indentification of all end-users and their activities; and (h) It is considered that: (1) The "software" will not be used to provide or process data associated with military control centres or military radars, or otherwise be associated with such radars or centres; and (2) The type and characteristics of the "software" are reasonable for the specific civil Air Traffic Control applications. 9. "Operating systems" embargoed only by sub-item (b) (4) (ii) above when supplied with "digital computers" and "related equipment" exported under the provisions of Item IL 1565, Notes 9 and 12, provided that these "operating systems" are: (a) For use with a "digital computer" exported under the provisions of Item IL 1565; (b) In machine-executable version; (c) Limited to the minimum "standard commercially available" "software"; and (d) Not designed or modified for "database management systems" embargoed by sub-item (b) (5) (Hi) above. 1O. "Software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above for "digital computers" and "related equipment" exported under the provisions of Item IL 1533, Note 6 or Item IL 1565, Notes 5 or 9 provided that: (a) The "software" is limited to: (1) The minimum necessary for the approved application; (2) Machine-executable form; and (3) "Specially designed software" for: (i) Equipment approved for export as solely under Item IL 1533, Note 6; (H) Equipment approved for export under Item IL 1565, Note 5, for one or more of the functions described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (d); or

(Hi) Equipment approved for export under Item IL 1565, Note 9, for one or more of the functions described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c); (b) The "specially designed software" for "signal processing" and "image enhancement" does not provide for more than one of the following: (I) Time compression; or (2) Transformations between domains (e.g. Fast Fourier Transform or Walsh Transform). 11. Favourable consideration will be given to applications for the export of "software" embargoed by sub-item (a) (3) (ii) above for "digital computers" and "related equipment" exported

78

Security export control

March 1989

under the provisions of Item IL 1565, Note 12, provided that the "software" is limited to: (a) "Software" for one or more of the functions described in Item IL 1565 (h) (I) (i) (a), (b) or (c); (b) The minimum necessary for the approved application; and (c) Machine-executable form. 12. Definitions of terms used in this Item: "analogue computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more continuous variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Process data; and (c) Provide output of data. "application software" "Software" not falling within any of the other defined categories of "software" "cross-hosted" For "programming systems", those which produce "programmes" for a model of electronic computer different from that used to run the "programming system", Le. they have code generators for equipment different from the host computer. "database" A collection of data, defined for one or more particular applications, which is physically located and maintained in one or more electronic computers or "related equipments". "database management system" "Application software" to manage and maintain a "database" in one or more prescribed logical structures for use by other "application software" independent of the specific methods used to store or retrieve the "database". "development system""Software" to develop or produce "software". This includes "software" to manage those activities. Examples of a "development system" are programming support environments, software development environments, and programmer-productivity aids. "diagnostic system""Software" to isolate or detect "software" or equipment malfunctions. "digital computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices; (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and (d) Provide output data.

NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections. "distributed database"A "database" which is physically located and maintained in part or as a whole in two or more interconnected electronic computers or "related equipment", such that inquiries from one location can involve "database" access in other interconnected electronic computers or "related equipment". "firmware" See "microprogramme". "high-level language" A programming language that does not reflect the structure of anyone given electronic computer or that of anyone given class of electronic computers. "hybrid computer" Equipment which can: (a) Accept data; (b) Process data, in both analogue and digital representations; and (c) Provide output of data. "maintenance system""Software" to: (a) Modify "software" or its associated documentation in order to correct faults, or for other updating purposes; or (b) Maintain equipment. "microprogramme" A sequence of elementary instructions, maintained in j special storage, the execution of which is initiated by th-

introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register. "object code" or "object language"See "programming system". 'on-line updating" Processing in which the contents of a "database" can be amended within a period of time useful to interact with an external request. 'operating system" "Software" to control: (a) The operation of a "digital computer" or of "related equipment"; or (b) The loading or execution of "programmes". "programme" A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer. "programming system" "Software" to convert a convenient expression of one or more processes ('source code' or 'source language') into equipment executable form ('object code' or 'object language'). "related equipment" Equipment "embedded" in, "incorporated" in, or "associated" with electronic computers, as follows: (a) Equipment for interconnecting "analogue computers" with "digital computers"; (b) Equipment for interconnecting "digital computers"; (c) Equipment for interfacing electronic computers to "local area networks" or to "wide area networks"; (d) Communication control units; (e) Other input/output (I/O) control units; (f) Recording or reproducing equipment referred to Item IL 1565 by Item IL 1572; (g) Displays; or (h) Other peripheral equipment.

NB: "Related equipment" which contains an "embedded" or "incorporated electronic computer", but which lacks "useraccessible programmability", does not thereby fall within the definition of an electronic computer. "self-hosted For "programming systenls", those which produce "programmes" for the same model of electronic computer as that used to run the "programming system", Le. they only have code generators for the host computer. "software" A collection of one or more "programmes" or "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. 'source code" or "source language" - See "programming system". 'specially designed software" The minimum "operating systems", "diagnostic systems", "maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the function for which it was designed. To make other incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: (a) Modification of this "software"; or (b) Addition of "programmes". standard commercially available" For "software", that which is: (a) Commonly supplied to general purchasers or users of equipment outside proscribed areas, but not precluding the personalization of certain parameters for individual customers wherever located; (b) Designed and produced for civil applications; (c) Not designed or modified for any "digital computer" which is part of a "digital computer" series designed and produced within a proscribed area; and (d) Supplied in a commonly distributed form.

'70"·"9PYt'$:~llI.l~.,~f~"'~"N~Y:

; 3.... ~t,.;$hiprn~nt .:.·Of/;$QftW~e·',~b~~~~,bY .this .Item .fl$ ,191JQ~&: .. ·':'}',~i:\~'~>~.:,;';'~:'<,; "., .' "';'. ....» ,..,.. . .•. . . :', , ~ "~) ;:~·S0ftware~~·.. eJ'Q~()e1i,:i9111~ ;.<'b)l:sul:l4~.'" (~),(I) .. ':~ '\.:,'compllters ~$i811~' .•B••,ip[edH~d·.• witbill;th«:cP~ple~s

,"\,,;, ,~eJtti'i~ Of~QIt;:A'.,,':' .,':;':.'

.' . . •. '.' .

". . . ", i~" ..;,"c~'\;;"?~."'" .'

(b~;·\·!~'¥~e'·~·,;:."~~~';,!,I~ •. :i$U~~~/.:'I:~}q:."'(~),··~·;~~f)~· •. :f~r '. ,.·,·",··;;·.lItillltlQti.·~_:<2il .. it~II'subj~,J.}~'.·.;"tiQJtfd

NOTE: The embargo status of "software" specially designed for "data (message) switching" or "stored programme controlled circuit switching" described in Item IL 1567 is dealt with exclusively in Item IL 1567. In the case of "software" for mainframe "digital computers" which may have a "virtual storage" capability exceeding the limit of sub-item (b) (4) (i) (a) (3) and which may be considered for export under the conditions of Item IL 1565 (Notes 9 and 12), the limitation of the "virtual storage" capability of 512 MByte does not apply.

IL 1567 Stored-programme-controlled communication switching equipment or systems and technology therefor, as follows; and specially designed components therefor and "specially designed software" for the use of these equipment or systems: TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

Stored-programme-controlled communication switching equipment or systems are categorised as follows: (a) Communication equipment or systems for "data (message) switching": "data (message) switching" The technique, including but not limited to storeand-forward or packet switching, for: (a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital or telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a composite whole); (b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; (c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the purpose of: (1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error control, retransmission or journaling); (2) Transmission; or (3) Multiplexing; and (d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or receiving facilities are available. "local area network" A data communication system which: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data devices" to communicate directly with each other; and (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (eg office building, plant, campus, warehouse). "wide area network" A data communication system which: (a) AllGws an arbitrary number of independent "dat.a devices" to communicate with each other; (b) May include "local area networks"; and (c) Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities. (b) Communication equipment or systems for "storedprogramme-controlled circuit switching": "stored-programme-contr,olled circuit switching" The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, ~ a direct (space-division switching) or Security export control

March 1989

77

IL 1567 2.

3.

"software" or its associated documentation;

logical (time-division switching) connection between circuits based on switching control information derived from any source or circuit and processed according to the stored programme by one or more electronic computers. "Digital computers" or "affiliated equipment" when: (a) "Embedded" in stored-programme-controlled communication switching equipment or systems are to be regarded as specially designed components therefor; (b) "Incorporated" in stored programme controlled communication switching equipment or systems are covered by this Item provided they are the standard models customarily supplied by Western manufacturers of the stored programme contro~led communication switching equipment or systems; or (c) "Associated" with stored programme controlled communication switching equipment or systems are covered by Item IL 1565 or Item IL 1567. This Item includes statistical multiplexers, with digital input and digital output, referred to this Item by Item IL 1519 (a), if they satisfy the definitions of either "data (message) switching" or "stored-program me-controlled circuit switching".

NB: See Item IL 1519 (a) for statistical multiplexers which provide only fixed routing, Le. routing which is neither: (a) Determined when the circuit is established; nor (b) Dynamically alterable. (This ends the Technical notes. For a complete list of definitions of terms used in this Item, see Note 8 below; see also Item IL 1565 for additional definitions relating to electronic computers and Item IL 1566 for additional definitions relating to '~software".)

LISTED AS FOLLOWS: (a)

and

TECHNICAL NOTE 1 (b) continued

Communication equipment or systems for "data (message) switching", including those for "local area networks'" or for "wide area networks", except:

NOTE: For "data (message) switching" equipment or systems for "local area networks" that can be used in conjunction with electronic computers, see Item IL 1565. "Data (message) switching" equipment or systems, provided: (I) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use according to the requirements of either: (i) CCITT Recommendations F.1 to F.79 for store-andforward systems (Volume 11 - Fascicle 11.4, Vllth plenary assembly, 10th-21st November, 1980); or (H) ICAO Recommendations for store-and-forward civil aviation communication networks (Annex 10 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, including all amendments agreed up to and including 14th December, 1981); (2) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the application; (3) Such equipment or systems will be limited as follows: (i) The maximum "data signalling rate" of any circuit does not exceed 4,800 bitl s; and (H) The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all circuits does not exceed 27,500 bitl s; . (4) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (i) Item IL 1565 (t); (H) Item IL 1565 (h){I)(i) (a) to (j), (1) or (m) (Hi) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii); (5) The "software" supplied: (i) Is limited to: (a) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (Le., installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (b) Machine-executable form; and (H) Does not include "software": (a) Embargoed by Items IL 1527 or IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (b) To permit user-modification of generic

78 Security export control March 1989

(6) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (i) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (H) Kept under the control of the supplier; (b)

Communication equipment or systems for "storedprogramme-controlled circuit switching"; except: (1) Key telephone systems, provided that: (i) Access to an external connection is obtained by pressing a special button (key) on a telephone, rather than by dial or key-pad as on a "PABX"; (H) They are not designed to be upgraded to "private automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); (Hi) The "software" supplied: (a) Is limited to: (1) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (2) Machine-executable form; and (b) Does not include "software": (1) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (2) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; and (iv) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (b) Kept under the control of the supplier; (2) "Stored programme controlled circuit switching" equipment or systems, provided: (i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use in "stored programme controlled telegraph circuit switching" for data; (H) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the application; (Hi) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (a) Item IL 1565 (t); (b) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k), or (m); or (c) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (H); (iv) The equipment or systems do not have either of the following features: (a) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or switches; or

NOTE: This does not preclude single level call preemption (e.g. executive override). (b) "Common channel signalling",; (v) The maximum internal bit rate per channel does not exceed 9,600 bit/s; (vi) The telegraph circuits, which may be telephone circuits, may carry any type of telegraph or telex signal compatible with a voice .channel bandwidth of 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151; (vii) The "software" supplied: (a) Is limited to: (1) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (2) Machine-executable form; and (b) Does not include "software": (1) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (2) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; and (viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for

commissioning is: (a) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (b) Kept under the control of the supplier; or (3) "Stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" equipment or systems, provided: (i) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as "space-division analogue exchanges" or "time-division analogue exchanges" which fulfil the definition of "private automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); (H) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (a) Item IL 1565 (f); (b) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k) or (m); or (c) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii); (Hi) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used for administrative and control purposes: (a) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and (b) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of 9,600 bit per second; (iv) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151; (v) Not used. (vi) The "PABXs" do not have either of the following features: (a) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or switches; or

(c)

TECHNICAL NOTE: For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, 'advanced technology parts' are either: (a) Parts embargoed by Item IL 1564 (c) (2); (b) Microprocessor, microcomputer, memory, programmed logic array or arithmetic logic unit microcircuits embargoed by Item It 1564 (d); (c) Magnetic tape heads, magnetic disk heads, magnetic drum heads, or non-exchangeable magnetic disk or drum recording media, embargoed by Item It

1572; or

NOTE: This does not preclude single-level call preemption (eg. executive override). (b) "Common channel signalling"; (vH) The "software" supplied: (a) Is limited to: (1) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (2) Machine-executable form; and (b) Does not include "software": (1) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (2) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; and (viii) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (a) Exported on a temporary basis only: and (b) Kept under the control of the supplier; le)

Technology applicable to the development, production or use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of storedprogramme-controlled communication switching equipment or systems, even if these equipment or systems are not embargoed by this Item, except: The minimum technical information necessary for the use of stored-programme-co"ntroIIed communication switching equipment or systems which are free from embargo.

~OTES:

The mininlum technical information for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance>, of stored programme controlled communication switching equipment or systenls authorised for export, when shipped together with or solely for use with these stored programme controlled communication switching equipment or systems. Spare parts for exported stored programme controlled communication switching equipment or systems, provided that: (a) The parts are: (1) Specially designed cornponents embargoed by this Item; or (2) Equipment or components embargoed by other Items in this List; (b) The parts: (1) Are destined for embargoed equipment authorised for export at national discretion or for equipment free from embargo;

Are shipped in the minimum quantities· necessa~ for the types and quantities of exported· equipment being serviced; and (3) Do not upgrade the performance of the exported equipment beyond the level: (i) Specified in the relevant national discretion Note; or (ii) Specified as free from embargo; If the parts are 'advanced technology parts' and not eligible for export at national discretion under another Item, the Western supplier's service organisation must: (1) Guarantee that parts will be replaced on a one-forone exchange basis; (2) Take measures to obtain custody of the defective parts; and (3) If custody is not obtained, certify that the defective parts are destroyed.

(2)

(d)

Acoustic wave devices embargoed by Item It 1586, other than those exportable at national discretion pursuant to Note 1. to Item IL 1586.

3.

Not used.

4.

"Stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" equipment or systems embargoed by sub-item (b), provided that: (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as "space-division digital exchanges" or "timedivision digital exchanges" which fulfil the definition of "private automatic branch exchanges" ("PABXs"); (b) It is considered that the equipment or systems: (I) Are designed and used for fixed civil "storedprogramme-controlled telephone circuit switching" applications; and (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed statement, certifying that the equipment or systems will be used for the specified end-use at a specified location only; (3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); (c) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the approved application; (d) The equipment or systenls do not contain "digital computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (1) Item It 1565 (f); (2) Item It 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (k), or (m); or (3) Item It 1565 (h) (1) (ii); (e) The "PABX's" do not have any of the following features: (1) Multi-level call pre-emption, including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or switches;

NOTE: This does not preclude single level call pre-emption (e.g., executive override). (2) "Common channel signalling"; (3) Dynamic adaptive routing; (4) Interconnections which 'are specially designed for multi-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by Item It 1531 (d) or (e) or specially designed for multi-RF channel cellular radio equipment; (5) Digital subscriber line interfaces; (6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses equipm/~nt embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); (7) Not used; or (8) Centralized network control having all of the follo~'ing, characteri,stics: (i) is barec on a network management protocol; and .,

Security export c1ontroJ

March 1 989. 79

(2)

IL 1567 NOTE 4 (e)(8)(ll) Does all the following: (a) Receives data from the nodes; and (b) Processes these data in order to; (1) Control traffic; and (2) Directionalise paths; (f) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used for administrative and control purposes: (1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and (2) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of 9,600 bit per second; (g) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151; (h) Not used. (i) Not used. u) The "software" supplied: (1) Is limited to: (i) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (ii) Machine-executable form; and (2) Does not include "software": (i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (ii) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; (k) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (1) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; (I) Not used. (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (1) The equipment or system to be provided; (2) The intended application, including the number of lines, number of trunks and traffic load; and (3) The operating authority; and (4) The location of the equipment or system. (ii)

(g)

NOTE: (2) (3) (4)

(5) (6) (7)

and

Does all the following: (a) Receives data from the nodes; and (b) Processes these data in order to; (1) Control traffic; and (2) Directionalise paths; (h) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used for administrative and control purposes: (1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and (2) Do not exceed a "total data signalling rate" of 9,600 bit per second; (i) Not used. u) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recomnlendation G.151; (k) The "software" supplied: (1) Is limited to: (i) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems;

NB:

Not used.

6.

"Stored programme controlled circuit switching" equipment or systems, embargoed by sub-item (b), provided that: (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as "stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitions of either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange"; (b) The equipment or systems: (1) Were in service in public networks before January, 1984; and (2) Were approved as such by the Department of Trade and Industry before 15 April 1986; (c) The equipment or systems: (1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" applications; (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed statement, certifying that the equipment or systems will be used for the specified end-use at a specified location only; and (3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN); (d) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the approved application; (e) The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mobile use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565 (f) (I) to (4), (g), or (h) (1) (ii) (a) and (b); (f) The equipment or systems do not exceed any of the following limits: (1) A termination capacity of either: (i) 50,000 subscriber lines; or (ii) 13,000 "trunk circuits";

80 Security export control March 1989

This does not preclude single level call pre-emption (eg, executive override); "Common channel signalling"; Dynamic adaptive routing; Interconnections which are specially designed for multi-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by Item IL 1531 (d) or (e) or specially designed for multi-RF channel cellular radio equipment; Digital subscriber line interfaces; Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses equipment embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); Centralised network control having all of the following characteristics: (i) Is based on a network management protocol; (ii)

The above "National discretion" note applies solely to equipment which has been submitted by DTI to COCOM for a one-time review by that Committee.

5.

Designed or modified for a maximurp capacity of 225,000 busy hour call attempts; or (3) Designed or modified for switched traffic limited to 5,000 erlang; The equipment or systems do not have any of the following features: (1) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or switches;

and (ii) Machine-executable form; and (2) Does not include "software": (i) Embargoed by Item IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (ii) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; (I) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (1) Exported on a temporary basis only; and (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; and (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (1) The equipment or system to be provided; (2) The intended application, including the number of lines, and number of trunks and traffic load; (3) The operating authority; and (4) The location of the equipment or system.

(7)

"Stored programme controlled circuit switching" equipment or systems, embargoed by sub-item (b), provided: (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as "stored-programme-controlled telephone circuit switching" exchanges which fulfil the definitions of either "terminal exchange" or "transit exchange"; , (b) The equipment or systems: (1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" applications; (2) Will be operated in the importing country by a civil operating authority who has furnished to the supplier a signed statement, certifying that the equipment or systems will be used for the specified end-use at a specified location only; and (3) Do not support any form of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN);

(c) (d)

(e)

The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the approved application; The equipment or systems cannot be adapted to mobile use or security use, as described in Item IL 1565 (f) (1) to (4), (g) or (h) (1) (ii) (a) and (b); The equipment or systems do not have any of the following features: (1) Multi-level call pre-emption including overriding or seizing of busy subscriber lines, "trunk circuits" or switches;

NB: This does not preclude single level call pre-emption (e.g., executive override). (2) "Common channel signalling"; (3) Dynamic adaptive routing; (4) Interconnections which are specially designed for multi-RF channel radio equipment embargoed by Item IL 1531 (d) or (e) or specially designed for multi-RF channel cellular radio equipment; (5) Digital subscriber line interfaces; (6) Digital synchronisation circuitry which uses equipment embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); (7) Not used; or (8) Centralised network control having all of the following characteristics: (i) Is based on a network managerYlcnt protocol; and (ii) Does all the following: (a) Receives data from the nodes; and (b) Processes these data in order to; (1) Control traffic; and (2) Directionalise paths; (f) "Communication channels" or "terminal devices" used for administrative and control purposes: (1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and (2) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of 9,600 bit per second; (g) Voice channels are limited to 3,100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recomrnendation G.151; (h) The "software" supplied: (1) Is limited to: (i) The minirrlunl "specially designed software" necessary for the use (ie installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (ii) Machine-executable form; and (2) Does not include "software": (i) Errlbargoed by Items IL 1527, It 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (ii) To permit user-modification of generic "software" or its associated documentation; (i) Not used. U) If the equipment or systems are not designed for installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for commissioning is: (1) Exporied on a temporary basis only; and (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; (k) Not used, and (I) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (1) The equipment or system to be provided; (2) The intended application including the number of lines, number of trunks and traffic load; (3) The operating authority; and (4) The location of the equipment or system.

NB: The above "National Discretion" note applies solely to equipment which has been submitted by DTI to COCOM for a one-time review by that Committee.

8 Definitions of terms used in this Item: ,Jffiliated equipment" _ Equipment, as follows: (a) Input/output (I/O) control units; (b) Recording or reproducing equipment; (c) Displays; or (d) Other peripheral equipment. u( ammon channel signalling" A signalling method in which a single channel between exchanges conveys, by means of labelled messages, Cl

or

signalling information relating to a mulipJicity of cirCUits, calls and other information such as that used for network management. "communication channel" The transmission path or circuit including the terminating transmission and receiving equipment (modems) for transferring digital information between distant locations. "data device" Equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information. "datagram" Is a self-contained, independent entity of data carrying sufficient information to be routed from the source to the destination data terminal equipment without reliance on earlier exchanges between these source and destination data terminal equipments and the transporting network. "data (message) switching The technique, including but not limited to store-and·forward or packet switching, for: (a) Accepting data groups (including messages, packets, or other digital or telegraphic information groups which are transmitted as a composite whole); (b) Storing (buffering) data groups as necessary; (c) Processing part or all of the data groups, as necessary, for the purpose of: (1) Control (routing, priority, formatting, code conversion, error control, retransmission or journaling); (2) Transmission; or (3) Multiplexing; and (d) Retransmitting (processed) data groups when transmission or receiving facilities are available. "data signalling rate"The rate as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36, taking into account that, for non-binary modulation, baud and bit per second are not equal. Binary digits for coding, checking, and synchronization functions are included. U

-

NB: It is the maximum one-way rate, Le., the maximum rate in either transmission or reception. "digital computer" Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables: (a) Accept data; (b) Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices; (c) Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and (d) Provide output of data.

NB: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections. "embedded" in equipment or systems Can feasibly be neither: (a) Removed from such ~quipment or systems; nor (b) Used for other purposes. "fast select" A facility applicable to virtual calls which allows a data terminal equipment to expand the possibility to transmit data in call set-up and clearing "packets beyond the basic capabilities of a virtual call. "local area network A data communication system which: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data devices" to communicate directly with each other; and (b) Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g. office building, plant, campus, warehouse). "PABX"See "private automatic branch exchange". "packet" A group of binary digits including data and call control signals which is switched as a composite whole. The data, call control signals and possibly error control information are arranged in a specified format. "Packet-mode operation" The transmission of data by means of addressed "packets" whereby a transmission chaooel is occupied for the duration of the "packet" only. The charmel is then available for use by "packets" being trinsterred between different data terminal U

U

-

Security export control

March 1989 81

IL· 1567 NOTE 8 continued equipments. In certain data communication networks the data may be formatted into a "packet" or divided and then formatted into a number of "packets" (either by the data terminal equipment or by equipment within the network) for transmission and multiplexing purposes. .. . "private automatic branch exchange" An automatic telephone exchange, typically Incorporating a position for an attendant, designed to provide access to the public network and serving extensions in an institution such as a business, government, public-service or similar organization. "software" A collection of one or more "programmes" or "microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium of expression. .. "space-division analogue exchange" A "space-division exchange", using an analogue (Including sampled analogue) signal within the switching matrix. Such exchanges can route digital signals, subject to the bandwidth limitations of the equipment. Thus, such exchanges in public networks commonly pass digital data at rates of several kilobit per second per voice channel of 3100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151.

NB: A "space-division analogue exchange" with a wideband switching matrix can be converted to a "space-division digital exchange" by modifying some or all of the input interface circuitry. "space-division digital exchange"A "space-division exchange" which accommodates the transmission through the switching matrix of digital signals requiring a bandwidth wider than a voice channel of 3100 Hz as defined in CCITT Recommendation G.151.

NB: A "space-division digital exchange" can be converted to a "space division analogue exchange" by modifying some or all of the input interface circuitry. "space-division exchange" . An exchange in which different streams of data or vOice signals are routed through the switching matrix along physically different paths. The signal being routed through the matrix can be analogue (e.g. conventional amplitude modulation, pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (e.g. pulse code modulation, delta modulation or data). "specially designed software" The minimum "operating systems", diagnostic systems", "maintenance systems" and "application software" necessary to be executed on a particular equipment to perform the function for which it was designed. To make other, incompatible equipment perform the same function requires: (a) Modification of this "software"; or (b) Addition of "programmes". "stored programme controlled circuit switching" The technique for establishing, on demand and until released, a direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division switching) connection between circuits based on switching control information derived from any source or circuit and processed according to the stored "programme" by one or more electronic computers. "stored programme controlled telegraph circuit switching" Techniques essentially identical to those for "storedprogramme-controlled telephone circuit switching", for establishing connections between telegraph (e.g. telex)

COLOURED TYPE

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

82 Security export control March 1989

circuits based solely on a subscriber-type of signalling information. "stored programme controlled telephone circuit switching" The technique for establishing within an exchange, on demand and until released, an exclusive direct (space-division switching) or logical (time-division switching) connection between calling and called telephone circuits: (a) Based solely on a subscriber-type of telephone signalling information, derived from the calling circuit; and (b) Processed according to the stored "programmes" by one or more electronic computers. The telephone circuits may carry any type of signal, e.g. telephone or telex, compatible with a voice channel bandwidth of 3,100 Hz or less. "terminal device" A "data device" which: (a) Does not include process control sensing and actuating devices; and (b) Is capable of: (1) Accepting or producing a physical record; (2) Accepting a manual input; or (3) Producing a visual output.

NB: Normal groupings of such equipment (e.g. a combination of paper tape punch/reader and printer), connected to a single data channel or "communication channel", shall be considered as a single "terminal device". "terminal exchange" (a) A local exchange used for terminating subscribers' li~es; (b) A remote switching unit which performs some functions of a local exchange and operates under a measure of control from the parent exchange; (c) A local exchange, typically 2-wire, used as a switching point for traffic between subordinate local exchanges, which may also provide 4-wire connections to and from the national long-distance network; or (d) An exchange which performs any combination of functions in (a), (b) or (c) above. "time-division analogue exchange" A "time-division exchange" in which the parameter, associated with an individual segment of a stream of data or voice signals, varies continuously. "time-division digital exchange"A "time-division exchange" in which the parameter, associated with an individual segment of a stream of data or voice signals, is one of a finite number of digitally coded values. "time-division exchange" An exchange in which segments of different streams of data or voice signals are interleaved in time and routed through the switching matrix along a common physical path. The matrix may also include one or more stages of space-division switching. The signal being routed through the matrix can be analogue (e.g. pulse amplitude modulation) or digital (e.g. pulse code modulation, delta modulation or data). "total data signalling rate" . The sum of the individual "data signalling rates" of all "communication channels" which: (a) Have been provided with the system; and (b) Can be sustained simult~neously assuming the configuration of the equipment which would maximize this sum of rates. "transit exchange" (a) An exchange, typically 4-wire, used as a switching point for traffic between other exchanges in the national network (historically known as a 'trunk exchange'); (b) A 4-wire exchange serving outgoing, incoming or transit international calls; or (c) An exchange which performs any combination of functions in (a) or (b) above or those of a "terminal exchange". "trunk circuit" A circuit with associated equipments terminating in two exchanges. "trunk exchange" See "transit exchange". "wide area network" A data communication system which: (a) Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data

(b) (c)

devices" to communicate with each other; May include "local area networks"; and Is designed to interconnect geographically dispersed facilities.

FOR ·PE()Pl.E~SREPUBUC OF~~~Q~Y: 9.

Theshiplll~nti.of JJdat•• (t;n~le).~itc~.k\s;:';equipnle~tor syst(!lTls embargoed by .stl~item~a)fproyide~;

(a) The equipment or systems are c:t~silned to meet the requirements 01 either: ."':' . •. . . .'., '. ...•.

..'. '.. •. <

(1) CCIIT . Reco~llnendat1on~ F.I·.·. to . 19·for··.stor~d-

forw~rd systetns(Volume.lI-- FUcjcle 1I.4,VUtb

plenary assembly, UJth..21st·November, .1980); or (2) ICAD Recommendations for,store-and..forward tivU 8viationcomrnunicatioti networks (Anne" 16 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, including aUaraendnieUls. agreed up to .and including 14thpetember, 1981); (b) The equipment or systems: (1) Are designed and used for fixed civil "data (message) switching" applications; (2) Will be used primarily for the specified . civil application; and (3) Will be operated in the importing country by: (i) The Post, Telegraph' and Telephone Authority in· order to provide public JJdata (message) switching" services for: (a) Domestic civil use; or (b) International civil use with Western countries; (U), A civil authority, which is a member of an intergovernmental organisation including Western countries (e.g. ITU or ·ICAD), in order to provide an extension of international "data (message) switching" services in the importing country to fulfil a commitment to the intergovernmental organization; or (iii) An approved civil public' service organization, in order to provide J'data (message)' switching" services in a densely populated, commercial area for: (a) Private domestic civil use; or (b) Private international civil use with Western countries; (c) The number, type and characteristics of such equipment or systems are normal for the approved application; (d) Not used; (e) The equipment or systems do not contain "digital computers" or "related equipment" embargoed by: (1) Item IL 1565 (I): (2) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (i) (a) to (i), (I) or (m); or (3) Item IL 1565 (h) (1) (ii); (t) The "software" supplied: (1)' Is limited to: (i) The minimum uspecially' designed software" necessary for the use (i.e. . installation, operation and' maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (U) Machine-executable' form; and (2) Does not include usoftwareu : (i) Embargoed by ItemlL J:S~7,IL 1$68 (a) (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (ii)Topermit :user-modiflcation of generic', nsoftware" or its associated documentation; (g) If the ~uipmentorsystems ~re not~i8nedfor installation by the user without support from the supplier, then the Usoftware"necessary for commissioning is: (I) Exportedonatemporatybasis only; and (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; (h) (Not used); (i) (Not.used); and

"

NB;

,

'-'<:,

,

iq,

This does DotprecltJ~sil\lJel~e1.'~lpr~.Pttotl

(e~g.executive

override).

tt

.(2) "Commoncnannelsign• • (3) DYnamic.adaptive r~tinl;' (4) (Not used}; " (5) (Notused);.

(6)

.: ..' . .

;

.•.... ' . . . •

.

'.'.

t<>.r Whicb uses equipment elllbargoes by ItemJL· __• (a)f2); Digi~al 8ynchroni~tio~.cir~ib1

(7) (Not~;.:,. . ,.;.i; . : (8) Centralised· network oontrol.~vingaU ofth(! following charapteriStiCf:' ....... '" . . . . . ., ; . ' , ' (i),. .•.)& bued on.a. network. management •protoeol;

and

{ii} Does·'411. tbefollowillR: (a) (b)

~eceives g~fromttleQOdeS;CUld . Pro~s tbesedata in.order, to;

(1) .C()ntrol traffic; and

(I)

(2) l)irectional~zeP'th&; . ." ...•.•. . . . . . ....'. .. '.. '. .' ' uCommunicatioD ehannels" or ~JterminaJ.Qeviees't,.:uaed for administrative and~Q:~"oI2P1Jr~:",:<.,'; (1) Arefully dedicatedto,these,plltpOHS;.ond (2) Donol exc~a maximum, "datasig~aIlin8 rate" of 19,200 bit per secon
,.(g) (Not used) (h) (Not· used) (i) (Not used)

0) The "so~ware'Jsupplied: (I) Is Iimitedt~:' (I)

....•.,'

........ '.' . ' .

h

......;~:

. · ' h ,., " ,

The' ·minimum···.pecially.. 'delig~:'fkJft~at~tf necessary... for

the ·use·Jte.. ··!BltaDptit?A.

oper.tionan~lllaf~~en~_CE!J~;of.;~, ' ,ipl!t~t ()r·"Y.l~8; aft(j : . . .•. . . ", :'.\ .';~h'~;; ;'.:;. ~ii) ·.·:.Ma~ft~.ee~~~~le~fOijp.:'~~·;·.·',i:"

(2) Doe! not inel~ u.ttWare
;'v, :':.

EntbarS
(Ur T()~i~:~~~o~i~f

"

i;

:;(_fCSJor

""".

.'\'

.waref~orJt',~ia~erl'~e (I) '(Not used)( ' . , ~< I (I) (Not~Jed); ,;. '. . "n;

.

(11)·.Tht:~tter·:m~" '.' ,'.:,'. ·;·(l)';,;,;·''fhe equipn1et1f.

'(2»Tlie .' . ....

.'

"

. . , ' , .... ,...

':':,--

l;I:~tlr"'::~~:.· .

u1 The exporter mU$t supply:

,"(1) A ·statemettt· identi4dlig: (i) The· equipment~or syst~m to"e,~ovided;(I'!tI ;·(it) 1lteJntendet1'applie.ti~R·altdtta~c)~:'f!ntl'

1(i.

(2) ,. A'~e9mpleteideDtiftcaUwlj()f '~'en~userSAmd>t,heir a~YitieS~ . . . ' : . ..:. .; . <;"> Theslripmt!ntiof···,UstQred:. :pro8faRlme~:{~~~.d{:I~~e.ne Cirttdt·.swltdhb:lI'·eqttipmenJ·Qt:S)f••";"'o8d::b'.~.· h',

item :(b);:proVided:..

i.·· •. ,.•···;'

'. '.. .•..

~i···\·r;:'·~·h:if.·; ~,./::!i,:';

'>, "

')0:)

Security export control March 1989" 83

NB:,

IL 1567 NOTE 11 (b) (2) continued

Ttlis~o~s notpr~cJudesinlle

level" call'pre-eDl,ption ' (2)UContD'loJlchannel signalDllg"; (3) !>ynaulic:adaptive routing; (4) (No~~); (5) (Not used); .'. .'. . '. ' (6) Digital .sync;hronis8tion. circu~try whi.ch uses eqUiP.ment embargoed by Item IL 1529 (a) (2); (7) (Not used); (8) Centrali$ed ..network . control baving all of the following characteristics: (i) Is, based on a network management protocol; (e:I~: execUtive ovemde).. ,

,,' :,8Jtd~~~Wb~~h&$Jurlusb~:tO"tbe'UPPJier ··a. signed

, ~atett\e.tf ~.rtif)tinltbat~~equipment·orSM_ems wiD,i>eused .for .tbesReCifi~,~us,.ta· specified lotalion .only;" .' .::<,,,' ':., (c) The number? type~a~ charaeted$ti~ QfsUchequipment of systems are normal for the 4lpprovedapplication; (d} The> equipment or. systellls! do not .• contain . '-digital computers"or '~relatedequipmentUembargoed .by: (1) Item IL 1565 (I); (2) Item It ISIS (b) (1) (i) Ca) t()(k) or (m); or (3) Item IL IBa (h) (1) (ii); (e) The equipment or systems do not have thefoUowing features: (1) Multi-level call pre-emption inclUding overriding or seizing of busy subscriber ·lines.Utrunkcircuits" or switches;

NB: This does not preclude single level call pre..emption (e.g. executive override). (2) "Common channel signalling"; (I) The maximum internal bit rate per channel does not exceed 19.200 bit per second; (g) Not used; (h) The "software" supplied: (1) Is limited to: (i) The minimum··specially designed software" necessary" for the use (Le. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and; (ii) Machine-executable form; and (2) Does not include ··software": (i) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1568 (a) (5) or Item ML lIon the Munitions List; or (H) To permit user-modification of generic Hsoftware" or its associated documentation; (i) Not used (j) If the equipment or systems are not designed for instal· lation by the user without support from the supplier, then the "software"necessary for commissioning is: (1) Exported on a temporary basis only; (2) Kept under the control of the supplier; (k) Not used; and (I) The exporter must supply: (1) A statement identifying: (i) The equipment or system to be provided; and (il) The intended application and traffic load; and (2) A complete identification of all end-users and their activities. 12. The shipment of Ustored programme controlled circuit switching:' equipment or systems. embargoed by $ub·item·(b), provided: (a) The equipment or systems are designed for fixed civil use as "stored programme controlled. telephone circuit switching" eX<:hange~ whicbfulfil the definitions of either "terminal e,xchansenor ·'transit exchange"; (b) (Not used). . ' (c) The' Departmel1t of Trade and Industry is reasonably satisfiedthllt·the.equipment or systems: (l)A~e designed and used for fixed civil "stored programme controlled telephoneclrcuit SWitching" applications; and (2) ,Will bepperatedintb~importin8 ~ountry tlY a civil eqd-user wbQbasflJrnished IQ ~be supplier a signed statement, cerUfying that ~b~iequipm;ent Qt systems will be ·used for the specified end·useat a.specified :.. locationpnly;;; (0) ,(N'~tuled); ." .'. ' > ••.. .' ....', (e) ,The eqUipment orsystemscannf>t be ~apt~Jo Jll~bile "'fe;()r~urit)'I1~,.~,~ib~d ~nlt,.,~,1L 1511 {f):tl) to l{ll(U) (aland!(ll); ., .~(~:·~s •...• ;.. . ;;./ . . . .• :.....•.••,.. ••..•. ,.. ,.' .·(: . :.·1 •.•. ;,'; .·.·;::·;·L/·:,

':« \::"<.>" ":'., •.. ·{;;i·./:: ' . ( / .r,:'

<;~··~,~.r~· " '~f1C~l ~t: ·.,:i,

• 0

"H"~,;!,"'"''

'

.;.

.. f " >

. '.

;.<~I':~~ltPt.~IJMJi"dUt3~I;overridinsor

:;:'.':I.~~''''''1U$1'sUb~~t
;:.J

84 Security export control March 1989

<.../.;{;..;

and

(ii) Does all the following:

(a) Receives data from the nodes; and (b) . Processes these data in order to; (I) Control traffic; and (2) Directionalise paths; (h) nCommunication channels" or "terminal devices" used for administrative and control purposes: (1) Are fully dedicated to these purposes; and (2) Do not exceed a maximum "data signalling rate" of 19.200 bit per second; (0 (Not .used); . 0) The Usoftware" supplied: (1) Is Iimitedlo: (i) The minimum "specially designed software" nec~ssary for the use (i.e. installation, operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and (ii) Machine-executable form; aRd (2) Does not include usoftware": (l) Embargoed by Items IL 1527, IL 1566 (a) (5) or Item ML lion the Munitions List; or (U) To permit user·modification of generic ··software" or its associated documentation; and

(k) (Notused); (I) (not used); (m) The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (1) The equipment or system to be provided; (2) The intenqed application. (3) The operating authority; and (4) The location of the equipment or system. 13. Not used; 14. Equipment or "software" for ucommon channel signalling". contrary to the provisions in Notes 10 or 12. provided that: (a) The ucommon channel signalling' is restricted to "quasi.. associated" or uassociated mode of operation" according toCCITT Red Book, Volume X. fascicle X.l; (b) No functions. other than those described in the following recommendations in·the Red Book of CCITT: Q701·to Q709, Q721 to Q725. Q791 and Q795, are included;

NB: Only functions described in paragraph 21 of Q795 are to be inclUded. These Q795 functions may not provide centralized.·network control· functions as defined in Note 10 (e) (8) or Note 12 (g) (8). (c) No forl11 of Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) is provided; , (d) Equipment or "software" is restricted to those necessary for the operation within a city or, for ·'PABXs·" within a radius of 100 km; /; (e) No means are provided which will, 'allow "common channel signalling" via.analogue transmission links; (f) All' the· applicable' conditions enumerated in' (a) to (e) above are accomplished by: (1) Omission or· physical'" removal of·· equipment of coding; (2) . . .'. Over-writing with non-fun et ionill IJ statements; or ,..(3) ;,a.80nablynon-reversibJemodificati()l1s. 15. TecllnoJoIY'
or systems, provide~tbat~

'. '~.l, . . ·.~ I~~ttnolo~t,obf! tran~rredis'strictly llmitedtothat

.'",> .•... ,.'.~; . ·~iNd:ktrr.~r;~ork:

e>r·

'rlkftetlllirfacBtties:'

.

(1) Are.e~allY~lned.ip~~~fqtfe. ....(,X"L: Ar!!:.·.to :;,'be ,uteQ',to';:repab' .ernblr'8Id':';.qQIP~_~f 'autnorlseH .·:f~J ·,e.lt,i.:':Natt~aI>"Ili~Il} 01 i} ... ':

fI~

equipm~ntfreefrom'

embar90: ''',;.•.

.,:,,::::,~ ,,<':i~

(3) Are sbipped in reasonabl~quantitiesn~~'\fOf; the •. types.. and .·quantities".,of·,:exp;orted,,:eq\lipmeDl beio8 ser:viced;

> .'

:'~: :}:,~/:

(4) Do·not provi<;le loeal prt)QuetiQnfaqlitieJjlJlltL (5) DC) not :provide .f()rtestin8.oflndjvidqalel~h'onic

CO.-nPOIlen ts

. . .'

. c . : , ';

(c) The. repair does Dot .upgrade tbeequipmentQr~ystefl)s beyond the performance tbreshold$()fNotes 10; Of, 12; (d) All the records of repair activity ·are. kept ,by a representative of tbe Western supplier; (el The exporter must supply a statement identifying: (1) The equipment to be provided; and (2) The users and their activities; and (t) Technology for general purpose. computersi, noteJi8ibl~ for treatment under this Note, Le. it remains to be treated under sub-item IL 1565 O}. '

NB: Nothing in this Note shall be construed as overriding controls elsewhere' in these Lists. 16 Applications for the following equipment for the People's Republic of China only will receive favourable consideration, subjectto the conditions.specified: "Data (message)sWitchingft .equipment·or systems embargoed by sutJ.;.item (a), provided that: (a) The equipment or. systems are designed. for fixed . civil use and stored programme controlled "packet-mode operation ft; (b) The equipment or systems do not have any. of the following features: (1) "Datagram service; '(2) "Fast select"; (3) Dynamic adaptive routing; (4) Precedence, priority override or multilevel call preemption; (5) Centralised. network control having all of the fonowing characteristics: (i) Is based on a network management'protocol; (ii) Does all the following: (a) Receives data from the nodes: and (b) Processes these data in order to; (1) Control traffic; and (2) Directionalise paths; (c) The ·'software" supplied: (1) Is limited to: (i) The minimum "specially designed software" necessary for .the use (i.e. installation. operation and maintenance) of the equipment or systems; and . (U) Machine-executable form; and (2) Does not include~Usoftware": (I) Embargoedby Items IL 1527.IL 1566(a)(5) or Item ML lIon the MunitiQns List; or (ii),To permit user·modificatIon'of· g.eneric "software" or its associated documentation; (d) If the equipment or sY$tems are qot'. :ctesianed. for installation by the user' without .support from the supplier, then the "software" necessary for cominissioningis: (1) Exported on a temporary basis only;a"d (2) Kept under the control of the,supplier; (e) Systems for Upacket·mode. operation,t are limited to five nodes; (f) No ·'internetworlCgateways"are provided other tltanfor messqesoriginatingfrom or terminating, 'in Western countries; tt

NB: Connection$ of.·.. ,private .'.. n~works '. to.internatioIud

de~natJon$·~u.tb~ vi~publi~nint,rrU!l\Vork·lat.ways"~ i.lirnit~dt9,6.:~ttl;· ' '.• ; Node,tbr:oughputdoeJnotexceed l~:~~()ctets',per se~ond;; , " . ., '"

(8) Each nodein:a~ystem

(hl

~:;

•. ,.' .•

·•.·.,· /.··,..\>.1·"

, O~e' ~etet :in;~ ~~:.t,l,yJ¥1ttl·I}'\lS'~I}~~~loutlaiso,at ant port, 'equala Oae:QCtet ;is

17;~~~f::~~~il forttie' ex().l~' ; . . '. . ,' t~c~Il()~~sem,JM'~.d:<.bf:,. . .~:, ;'iJ~Jlt' . • '(~)';~ t

·Iriltr~.e.~,,/;':~t;

.'. ' . H

IQ.'

• •

•• ; .

~~Ol

and' of

'.,~t~v;~(Jm· ";~~*j,Qr,"{_iaUy

designed' usoftwar . 0: .......Dre;i~9~t:t!9dl rt~ 'p~uetion:or us~ofeq~ipQ1~~~(l, ... ~$teIt1$t pf()Vi9eatba~ , (a) T~~ ·~~~a~teri~~~s.'?f .·.~e~ufP~ent·or\ sx#ems are IbniteUto'tbOlt whlcb make,UU.=!Dl eligible' for treatment

11l1derN()t~)Oor}2t,,: ' (b) T~hno~o~fotg~.t.u;:purpOse :ciJrnputersJ$nOt eligib)~ I<>r ,treall11ent,under thlsNote, I.e. ·itremairi$ to be treated tlndersuD:-tt~m.IL 156S(j)t: .. '. '.. '. ' .'.... ' (c) TechflolQgyforte$tini o~ .I.fle .SCIlle. lnteS!"aU!d(LSJ)' circuit.s .• ()r., tbose~ith: bllb~r .comPQnent.. densiti~s is

IimitedtQ so{no-Iatest';', Gen~rlc"~software"l$

(d)

. . '. '

'

exported ip machine execlJtable

formol1ly; ' .....•... , ".: . '. ".•.. ,.. ' .' ': Ce) No technology for the design or development ofptitlted citcuit b()8rds ~r integrated.eircuits is 5upplted; (f) Tecll..nology a~dtrainin8for ·'s()ftware.·~· ar~ Ihldte(j to 'the creation of. maintenance of customer'specific data bases and site parameters; . .' . . ' (g) Modification of .the" .equipment or systems is not ~rrnitted .if any aspecloftbe. design. would result in exceeding the performance. thresholds or features of Notes 10 or 12; (h) The contract includes explicit conditions to ensure that: (1) The tecbnologyor eq~ipm~nt or. systems. are not reexported or exported, either directly or indirectly, to another '. proscribed destination without the, agreement of the Department of Trade and Industry; (2) The' suppUet may appoint a representative in China who could verify tbat the manufactured equipment was serving its intended use; , (3) Any modification. of the capabilities or functions of the equipment has been agreed by both parties; (i) The Western' personnel have right of access to' all· the fa~ilities directly. invQlved in "the .mQdification ,AQd production of the equipment or syStems; {J) Not used; (k) Favourable consideration win also be.given to the export of the minimally required associated materials and componen~·,elllbargQedby this.Item or .other Items in tbis List and specially designed "software", for modification, production '. or .testing,· of equipment or systems.

,NB: No eJeport under the favourablecansideration provisions of this'. sub-paragraph shall establish a precedent for export approval under otberentries in tbisLIst.

NB:

.,....

<',

.,.'i'

Sub-paragraphs (cl. or (e)' 'above .d() .~otpreclUde,exPorts ..hi technology which would be p<>ssi~le accordin'.,to' thepr():vi$lol1s~f other Itemsj ~.,.. . . ....

IL 1568 Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters, position encoders and transducers, as follows, and specially designed components and test equipment therefor: NOTE: For digital voltmeters or counters, see Item IL 1529. (a) Electrical input type analogu6-to..digital converters having any of the folloWing tooracteristics: (1) A conversion rate of more than 200,000 complete conversions per second at rated ac:curacy; Security export co,ntrof

March 1 989

86

TECHNICAL NOTE:

IL 1568 (a) (2) (2) An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more then 10,000 of full scale over the specified operating temperature range; or (3) A figure of merit of 1 x 1()8 or more (derived from the number of complete conversions per second divided by the accuracy); (b) Electrical input type digital-to-analogue converters having any of the following characteristics: (1) A maximum "settling time" of less than 3 microseconds for voltage output devices and less than 250 ns for current output devices; (2) An accuracy in excess of 1 part in more than 10,000 of full scale over the specified operating temperature range; (3) A figure of merit (defined as the reciprocal of the product of the maximum "settling time" in seconds and the accuracy) of more than' 2 x 109 for voltage output convertors or 1 x 1010 for current output converters; (c) Solid-state synchro-to-digital or digital-to-synchro converters and resolver-to-digital or digital-to-resolver converters (including multipole resolvers) having a resolution of better than.±.. 1 part in 5,000 per full synchro revolution for single speed synchro systems or .±.. 1 part in 40,000 for dual speed systems; (d) Mechanical input type position encoders and transducers, as follows, excluding complex servo-follower systems: (1) Rotary types having: (i) A resolution of better than 1 part in 265,000 of full scale; or (ii) An accuracy better than.±.. 2.5 arc-seconds; (2) Linear displacement types having a resolution of better than 5 micrometres;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Sub-item (d) includes absolute and incremental shaft position encoders, linear displacement encoders and inductosyns. Any equipment described above which is designed to operate below 218 K (-55°C) or above 398 K (+ 125°C); •

(e)

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Settling time" is defined as the time required for the output to come within one-half bit of the final value when switching between any two levels of the converters.

FOR PltQPWS.uPUlJUqOFOIINA,Of4IrV:

The. shipment of ..·analo8Ue-to«Ji~italor .•. di.itaJ..t~nal()gtJe

.converters._ folJow.t.

•... . .

.'

. (a} ',Analogue-ttMI.ital'COll.v~~r$',~lth··rtI()!~;tb~fl . 200q~s ,'(ooversioa'tilfteto8tr.t.~~trKlm~"'°ltittoh:.of'I~~~it; (b) ,DigJtai-to--analogu"cot:lvettets" ~itb ,~.>~~,all.2()(), .~~

~·$~t~tlg,:.·ti~~·f .'.:fQr·.· ,vo~t,ce "'~~~~""/~~?
r~$Qluti0t1(J.f.12,lJit;

".••.. •••.. . . . . . '. . ~. •.•. . • , '.,." • . •.' :.•'.: ::"., " . .•. . .•. . , ': (c} ,'DiflltaJ-ttHWalogtte' oonvetter•. witb .·lesl~~~11 . ·¥5 .•~.~ ., .··~_~,n8.:'i~e"fo' .. eqt~en~ "pute~t.~nll.·.~;·,m~im~ "·re$Olut,iOtl~I(1:2itiit:i::r

'"

Thermoelectric materials and devices, as follows: (a)

Thermoelectric materials with a maximum product of the figure of merit (Z) and the temperature (T in degrees K) in excess of 0.75; (b) Junctions and combinations of junctions using any of the materials in (a) above; (c) Heat absorbing or electrical power generating devices containing any of the junctions in (b) above, and specially designed components therefor; (d) Other power generating devices, and specially designed components therefor, which generate in excess of 22 W per kg (IOW per pound) or of 17. 70kW per cubic metre (500 W per cubic foot) of the device's basic thermoelectric components;

Security export control

NOTES: 1. 2.

See also Item IL 1205 (c). The weight and cubic measurements in sub-item (d) above are not intended to encompass the complete device but to include only the thermoelectric elements and assembly and the components for pumping calories. Other components, such as heating and cooling sources or containers, device frames or stands and control equipment are not to be included in the calculations.

IL 1571 Magnetometers, magnetometer systems and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: (a)

Magnetometers and magnetometer systems having or capable of having a sensitivity better than.±.. 1.0 gamma (.±.. 10-50ersteds), except magnetometers having sensitivities not better than .±.. 0.1 gamma(.±.. 10-6 ' oersteds) where the reading rate capability is no faster than once per half-second; (b) Magnetometer test facilities able to control magnetic field values to an accuracy of 1.0 gamma (10- 5 oersteds) or less; (c) Magnetic compensation systems utilizing "digital computers", non-magnetic platforms and calibration systems; (For optical fibres, see Item IL 1526 (c) and (d».

TECHNICAL NOTES: (1)

Sensitivity is defined as the visually recognized minimum sinusoidal signal in the frequency range of 0.025 Hz to 1.5 Hz when signal-to-noise ratio is higher than 1. (2) The. term 'specially designed components therefor' is intended to include non-magnetic pumping lamps and heating coils, cryogenic magnetic componentry, enhanced resonance gases, and any form of dynamic signal-processing gradient compensation provided as part of, or designed for use with, magnetometers embargoed by this Item. Enhanced resonance gases are gases of isotopes of cesium, rubidium and other metals which exhibit very sharp bands of response to pumping frequencies in optically pumped magnetometers. (3) Magnetometer systems use magnetic sensors, including those designed to operate at cryogenic temperatures, compensation systems, displays, recorders and associated electronics for signal processing, target parameter detection, gradient compensation and dynamic range control.

IL 1572 Recording or reproducing equipment, "recording media" and technology, as follows, and specially designed components, accessories and "software" theJ!efor: NOTE:

IL 1570

86

The figure of merit (Z) equals Seebeck coefficient square divided by the product of electrical resistivity and thermal conductivity.

March 1989

For equipment which may be used in conjunction with electronic computers, see Item IL 1565. ~a) Recording or reproducing equipment using magnetic techniques, except: (i) When specially designed for: (1) Audio programmes on tape or disk; (2) Analogue recording or reproducing of video programmes on tape or disk; or

NOTE: This does not apply to magnetic heads mounted on servo-mechanisms which include piezoelectric transducers and have a gap width less than 0.75 micrometre (29.5 microinches);

NB: (3)

Gap width is the dimension of the gap parallel to the relative movement between tape and head. Digital reproducing (ie play-back only) of video programmes from tape or disk;

(ii) When specially designed to use magnetic card, tag, labei or bank cheque "recording media" with a magnetic surface area not exceeding 85 cm 2 (13 sq.in.); (iii) Analogue magnetic tape recorders having all of the following characteristics: (a) Bandwidth at maximum speed not exceeding 300 kHz per track; (b) "Recording density" not exceeding 2,000 magnetic flux sine waves per linear cm (5,080 magnetic flux sine waves per linear inch) per track; (c) Not including recording or reproducing heads designed for use in equipment with characteristics superior to those defined in (a) or (b) above; (d) Tape speed not exceeding 155 cm/s (61 inches per second); (e) Number or recording tracks (excluding audio voice track) not exceeding 28; (f) Start-stop time not less than 25 ms; (g) Equipped with tape-derived (off-tape) servo speed control and with a time displacement (base) error, measured in accordance with applicable IRIG or EIA documents, of no less than .±.. 5 microsecond; (h) Using only direct or FM recording; (i) Not ruggedized for military use; Not rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures from below 233 K to above 328 K (from below -40°C to above + 55°C); and (k) Not specially designed for underwater use;

u)

NB: Analogue instrumentation recording equipment permitting the recording of digital signals (eg using a high density digital recording (HDDR) module) and having all the characteristics in sub-item (a) (Hi) above are not embargoed by this Item. (iv) Digital recording or reproducing equipment having all of the following characteristics: (a) Cassette/cartridge tape drives or magnetic tape drives which do not exceed: (1) A "maximum bit packing density" of 131 bit per mm (3,300 bit per inch) per track; or (2) A "maximum bit transfer rate" of 2.66 million bit per second (b) Not ruggedized for military use; (c) Not specially designed for underwater use; and (d) Not rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures from below 233 K to above 328 K (from below -40°C to above +55°C); (b) Recording or reproducing equipment using laser beams, which produce patterns or images directly on the recording surface or reproduce from such surfaces, except (i) When specially designed for the production of audio and video disk masters for the replication of entertainmentor education-type disks; (H) Facsimile equipment such as used for commercial weather imagery and commercial wire photos and text; (iii) Consumer-type reproducers for audio or video disks employing non-erasable media; or (iv) When specially designed for gravure (printing plate) manufacturing; (c) Graphics instruments capable of continuous direct recording of sine waves at frequencies exceeding 20 kHz; (d) 'Recording media' used in equipment embargoed by (a) or (b) above, except: (i) Magnetic tape having all of the following characteristics: (a) Specially designed for television recording and reproduction or for instrumentation; (b) Being a standard commercial product; (c) Not designed for use in satellite applications; (d) Been in use in quantity for at least two years; (e) A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch); (f) A magnetic coating thickness not less than: (1) 2.0 micrometres (0.079 mill if the tape length does not exceed 1,450 m (4,760 feet); or (2) 5.0 micrometres (0.1975 mill if the tapa length does not exceed 6,000 m (19,710 feet); (g) A magnetic coating material consisting of doped or undoped gamma-ferric oxide or chromium dioxide; (h) A base material consisting only of polyester; (i) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 64 kA/ m (804 oersted); and u) A retentivity not exceeding 0.16 T (1,600 gauss);

(ii)

Magnetic tape having all of the following characteristics: (a) Specially designed for television recording. and reproduction or for instrumentation; (b) Being a standard commercial product; and (c) Having either of the following sets of characteristics: (1 )(i) A tape width not exceeding 50.8 mm (2 inches); (H) Not designed for use in satellite applications; (Hi) Been in use in quantity for at ·.Ieast two years; (iv) A magnetic coating material consisting of doped or undoped gamma-ferric oxide or chromium dioxide; (v) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 64 kA/ m (804 oersted); and (vi) A tape length not exceeding 1,096 m (3,600 feet); or (2Xi) A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch); (H) A magnetic coating material consisting of chromium dioxide; (Hi) A base material consisting only of polyester; and

(iv) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 60 kA/ m (750 oersted); (Hi), Video or audio magnetic tape in cassette having all of the following characteristics: (a) Specially designed for television or audio recording and reproduction; (b) Being a standard commercial product; (c) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 120 kA/m (1,500 oersted); (d) A retentivity not exceeding 0.30 T (3,000 gauss); (e) A tape length not exceeding 550 m (1,805 feet); and (f) A magnetic coating thickness not less than 2.0 micrometres (0.079 mill; (iv) Computer magnetic tape having all of the following characteristics: (a) Designed for digital recording and reproduction; (b) A magnetic coating certified for a maximum "packing density" of 2,460 bit per cm (6,250 bit per inch) or 3,560 flux changes per cm (9,042 flux changes per inch) along the length of the tape; (c) A magnetic coating thickness not less than 3.6 micrometres (0.142 mill; (d) A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch); (e) A tape length not exceeding 1,100 m (3,609 feet); (f) Been in civil use for at least two years; and (g) The base material consists only of polyester; . (v) Computer flexible disk cartridges havingi}oth of the following characteristics: (a) Designed for digital recording and reproduction; and

(b) Not exceeding a "gross capacity" of 17 million bit; (vi) Rigid magnetic disk "recording media" having all of the following characteristics: (a) Being a standard commercial product; (b) Non servo-written; (c) A "packing density" not exceeding 866 bit per cm (2,200 bit per inch); (d) Not exceeding 80 tracks per cm (200 tracks per inch); and (e) Conforming to any of the following specifications: (1) Unrecorded single disk cartridges (front loading (2315-type» designed to meet ANSI X3.52-1976; (2) Unrecorded single disk cartridges (top loading (5440-type» designed to meet International Standard ISO 3562-1976; (3) Unrecorded six-disk packs (2311 type) designed to meet ANSI X3.46-1974 or International Standard ISO 2864-1974(E); or (4) Unrecorded eleven-disk packs (2316 type) designed to meet ANSI X3.58-1977 or International Standard ISO 3564-1976; (e) Technology for the development, production or use of recording or reproducing equipment described in this Item, except: (i) Technology which is unique to equipment released under sub-items (a) (i) (1), (a) (i) (2) or (a) (ii), (b) or (c) above;

NOTE: This does not apply to technology for the design or production of:

Security export control

March 1989

87

IL 1572

Cylindrical structures used to record or reproduce video signals in a helical scan system recorder or reproducer, and (b) Recorded alignment tapes used in the production of recording or reproducing equipment (ii) The minimum technology necessary for the use of equipment which may be exported under the provisions of this Item. (f) Technology for continuous coating of magnetic tape described in this Item as follows: (1) Technology for the formulation of coating material; (2) Technology for the application of coating material to the backing; (g) Technology for the manufacture of flexible disk recording media described in this Item as follows: (1) Technology for the formulation of coating material; (2) Technology for the application of coating material to the flexible backing; (h) Technology for the development or production of rigid disk "recording media" described in this Item.

(a)

4.

NOTES: 1.

2.

3.

The shipment of reasonable quantities of equipment embargoed by sub-item (a) above, as follows, or "recording media" in reasonable quantities for use with this equipment, embargoed by sub-item (d) above; (a) Analogue magnetic tape recorders: (1) Errlbargoed by sub-item (a) (iii) (h); or (2) Equipped with tape-derived (off-tape) servo speed control and with a time displacement (base) error, measured in accordance with applicable IRIG or EIA documents, of no less than ±..1.0 microsecond; (b) Systems having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for use in civil aircraft or helicopters to record flight data for safety or maintenance purposes; (2) Been in normal civil use for more than one year; (3) No more than 100 input channels; and (4) A sum of the individual, channel recording bandwidth not exceeding 500 Hz; (c) Incremental recorders or reproducers having all of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for discontinuous sampling or collection of data in an incremental manner; (2) The maximum tape speed, at the maximum stepping rate, does not exceed 50.8 mm (2 inches) per second; (3) Not ruggedized for military use; (4) Not rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures from below 233 K to above 328 K (from below -40°C to above +55°C); (5) Not specially designed for underwater use; and (6) Not including recording or reproducing heads designed for use in equipment with characteristics superior to those defined in (a) (1) or (a) (2) above; (d) Digital magnetic recorders having both of the following characteristics: (1) Specially designed for seismic or geophysical applications; and (2) Operating in the frequency range from 5 Hz to 800 Hz. The shipment of computer tape in cassettes or cartridges having all of the following characteristics: (a) Designed for digital recording and reproduction; (b) A magnetic coating certified for a "packing density" of 3,940 bits per cm (10,008 bits per inch) along the length of the tape; (c) A tape width not exceeding 2.54 cm (1 inch); (d) A tape length not exceeding 1,100 n1 (3,608 feet); and (e) In civil use for at least two years. The shipment of magnetic tape embargoed by sub-item (d) above having all of the following characteristics: (a) Intended for being put into cassettes or cartridges under a commercial agreement;

NB: Tape exported under this Note is to be used only for insertion into cassettes or cartridges specially designed

88

Security export control

March 1989

for television or audio recording or reproduction. Being a standard commercial product; Not designed for use in satellite applications; Been in use in quantity for at least two years; A tape width not exceeding 25.4 mm (1 inch); A magnetic coating thickness not less than 2 micrometres (0.079 mill; (g) A magnetic coating material consisting of doped or undoped gamrna-ferric oxide; (h) A base material consisting only of polyester; (i) A rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 64 kA/m (804 oersted); 0) A retentivity not exceeding 0.16 T (1,600 gauss); and (k) A tape length not exceeding 6,500 m (21,320 feet). The shipment of reasonable quantities of magnetic tape embargoed by sub-item (d) above, having all of the following characteristics: (a) It is for use in civil television recording and reproducing applications; (b) The magnetic coating Iuaterial consists of undoped gamma-ferric oxide; (c) The rated intrinsic coercivity not exceeding 28 kA/m (350 oersted); (d) The tape width not exceeding 50.8 mm (2 inches); and (e) A base material consisting only of polyester. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

(e) (I) (a)

5.

Not used.

'FOR PEOPLE·S· REPUBLIC' OF CHINA ONLY: 6~The shipment of recording and reproducing equipment, as .follows: (a) Graphic instruments capable' of. continuous direct recording of sine waves at frequencies exceeding 20 kHz, ,not containing a cathode-ray tube with, a fibre-optic face plate; (b) ,Analogue magnetic tape recorders with all the following .characteristics: (1) Bandwidth of up to: (i) 4 MHzper track and having up to 28 tracks; or (ii)2 MHzper track and haVing up to 42 tracks; (2) Tape speed of 610 cm per second or less; (3) Not designed for underwater use; (4) Notru8gediz~for military u,e; and (5) Recording .' d~$itynotexceeding 6,532. 'magnetic flux sinewav~ per cm; , (c) Instrumentati()n digital. recorders . haVing allot the ~o11()~i~g charact~risti~: "packi~,(densityU of 13, (2) . 'Maxi~Jlmof28 tracks;

(1)

125 bit per cm or less;

(3J..·r.pe,peed of '305,cm per second or less; (4) Notc:lesigned f()r underwater use; and (5) Not ruggedizedfor mUitary use; (d)r.t~g",~tic, t~peappropdate",oruse

witbmagnetic . tape

from eplbarSo 'or ~xJ?Ort~ble under this ;Note \oluqder .~qy . otber . Item, pr()vl{;l\l1g. !18tional rec()rders,~ree

discreti()n trea~~nt~9r

e~P9rts,JotbePe~,Je;$ ~epublic

ofCb~n.j,pr~}iidedthetape If!n~f;' upack'tt~

··recor(lin_.detlSity" '. do ·note~eed<

density" or

t~e.p~r,f()rmance

lI~it,.~fJfr~xnaaneti~t_perecorde,s;. .

'(e) DiskS appr()J)~Ui~e'for use~ttbdiskAlrives free from em~...ao.orexp().rt.bl~un~er,~i~,,~ote or under any ottterl!ernpro!idingnationaldiscreti9ntreatm.ent for

~:l:goTtst()tbe;,p(!opl~ts.~ep\lb1icQ,fChin.,providedthe '&Il~Cldn,q~fl;Wff~ndinn~r~Jld~ute~diam~t~rsdo' not excee
I

NB: For the definition of the terms related to "digital computers" or "software", see Items It 1565 or 1566.

NOTE: Forms of removable media other than tape (e.g., removable disk packs) not released by sub-item (d) (vi) are nevertheless considered to be free from embargo when shipped in reasonable quantities in conjunction with electronic computers under the provisions of Item It 1565.

IL 1584 Cathode-ray oscilloscopes and specially designed components therefor, including associated plug-in units, external amplifiers, preamplifiers and sampling devices, having any of the following characteristics: (a)

IL 1573 Superconductive electromagnets and solenoids, as follows:

(b) (c)

(a)

Those which have a non-uniform distribution of currentcarrying windings, measured along the axis of symmetry when specially designed for gyrotron application, except those rated for both: (1) Magnetic induction of less than 1 tesla; and (2) "Overall current density" in the windings of less than 10,000 A/cm2 ; (b) Those which are specially designed to be fully charged or discharged in less than one minute, provided that: (1) The maximum energy delivered during discharge divided by the duration of the discharge is more than 500 kJ per minute; (2) The inner diameter of the current-carrying windings is more than 6 cm; and (3) They are rated for magnetic induction of more than 8 tesla or "overall current density" in the windings of more than 10,000 A/cm2 •

(d) (e) (f)

(g)

EXPLANATORY NOTES: 1.

IL1574 Electronic devices, circuits and systems specially designed for or capable of operation at temperatures below 103 K (-170°C, -274°F) and containing components manufactured from superconducting materials which perform functions such as electromagnetic sensing and amplification, current switching, frequency selection or electromagnetic energy storage at resonant frequencies above 1 MHz. These include the following:

Nothing in the above shall be construed as sanctioning the export of technology, except technology for maintenance, repair and operation of oscilloscopes excluded from embargo under sub-item (a) above, which: (a) Use cathode-ray tubes embargoed by Item It 1541 (b); or

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Overall current density" is defined as the total number of ampereturns in the coil (Le. the sum of the number of turns multiplied by the maximum current carried by each turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the superconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in which the superconducting filaments are embedded, the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.).

An amplifier or system bandwidth greater than 250 MHz (defined as the band of frequencies over which the deflection on the cathode-ray tube does not fall below 70.7 per cent of that at maximum point measured with a constant input voltage to the amplifier); A horizontal sweep speed faster than 1 nanosecond per cm with an accuracy (linearity) better than 2 per cent; Containing or designed for use with cathode-ray tubes covered by Item It 1541 (c); Ruggedized to meet a military specification; Rated for operation over an ambient temperature range of from below -25°C to above +55°C; Using sampling techniques for the analysis of recurring phenomena which increase the effective bandwidth of an oscilloscope or time-domain reflectometer to a frequency greater than 4 GHz; Digital oscilloscopes with sequential sampling of the input signal at an interval of less than 50 nanoseconds.

2.

(b) Exceed an amplifier bandwidth of 200 MHz. In the case of systems, the characteristics of individual plugins, probes or mainframes must not be in excess of what is required for overall system bandwidth.

FOR PEOftL£'SREPUBLJCQ~,CHINA,()~~ V: , The shipment ofcathod&rayoscill()8Copesnolba~itllany:qftbe following characteristics: (a) An amplifier bandwidth exceedillg35~MHZ; (b) A borizontalsweepspeed .faste~.tbanl.llspetcm' artd .~lfl' accurac~ (linearity)better than 2percehti <.' . .... . . (c) Usin~. sampling .techniques:,:for~' ~tte .al1~ysis .of .:r~curring phenom~nawbic~ in~reaSe>theef~tive) ~al1dWjdtb) Of an ~scill(Jscope time..domainrefleetometer: ·to afrequepcy

.or .

greater than 5 GHJ;

....

. ' . . . . . )". "

(d) DigitalosciUoscopes''" with, seq~en~i,l. sllmpling . ~fthe)inptlt signalatinterval~ ofl~sstb(lfl ~() DS;:,,' ' ....•.. ><".". (e) Ruggedited to meet D1i1itarys~~jeati()nS;()r;~.'· '.. .•. :.",' .:", . ' :: :' (l) Rated for operation:over a)t~mper~t~reran~;~f~I()W ..~5GC: to above+55°C..' . .

IL 1585 Photographic equipment as follows:

(a) Josephson-effect devices; :b) "Dayem bridges"; C) Weak-link devices; !d) "Proximity-effect devices"; i,e) Phase slip devices; .t) SNS (super-normal-super) bridges; \g) SIS (superconductor-insulator-superconductor) devices; rh) Quasiparticle devices or detectors. I

'fECHNICAL NOTES:

2

By "Dayem bridges" are meant superconducting thin film devices with a reduced section area which acts as a conductive weak link. This weak link has a much lower critical current than the areas it joins. Dayem bridges can act as superconducting switches and may be employed in superconducting quantum interference devices (squids). By "proximity-effect devices" are meant superconducting weak link devices whose low critical current is due to an overlay of normal metal rather than a small area. These devices can be used for the same purpose as Dayem bridges.

(a)

High speed cinema recording cameras and equipment as follows: (1) Cameras in which the film is continuously advanced throughout the recording period, and which are capable of recording at framing rates exceeding 13,150 frames per second, using any camera and film combination from the standard 8mm to the 90mm size inclusive; (2) Special optical or electronic devices which supplement, replace or are interchangeable with standard camera components for the purpose of increasing the number of frames per second; . (b) High speed cameras in which the film does not move, and which are capable of recording at rates exceeding 1,000,000 frames per second fpr the fuU framing height of standard 35mm wide phatogr"plrP'C film, or at proportionately higher rates for lesser frcune heights, or at proportionately lower rates for greater frame h e i g h t s ; . (c) Cameras incorporating electron tubes covered by Item IL

1555 (a); Security export control

March 1989

89

IL 1585(d) (d) Streak cameras having writing speeds of 10mm/microsecond and above; (e) Camera shutters with speeds of 50 nanoseconds or less per operation, and specialized parts and accessories therefor; (f) Film, as follows: (1) Having an intensity dynamic range of 1,000,000:1 or more; (2) Having a speed of ASA 10,000 (or its equivalent) or better; or (3) Colour film having a spectral sensitivity extending beyond 7,200 Angstroms or below 2,000 Angstroms; (g) High speed plates having an intensity dynamic range of 1,000,000: 1 or more.

f'()I,{P~0I'L~~~REPIjQU~()J1~lIlNA.O~LY: . ·The sI1ipm~nt'of: . .

(a)NQn~rugledize(tcin~ma ;r~cording. ~amerQ, ··~mbar.oed~ by

$\JlHtem,:(a)@Pve,f9" n()rmaJ civil Ptlfposes; (b) Mecbani<:al. frarilill• ,,·cameras·.embargoed:bY .su~item (b) ,Itove. wbieh ar~, ,ge$ignedfQr· dvUpurp05eS (ie.non..nuclear use) with .•. n-CJJl1ing speed of, n()t more than 2 x ·1 ()6.. frames,per ·-'COrtd;,

.',

:

materials, including but not limited to lithium niobate, bismuth germanium oxide, bismuth silicon oxide, gallium arsenide, gallium phosphide, tellurium oxide and lead molybdenate.

NOTE: The shipment of the following devices embargoed by sub-item (a) (1) above which are specially designed for use in civil applications and which operate at frequencies below 1 GHz: (a) Devices for civil television equipment; (b) Devices for video or AM and FM broadcasting equipment; (c) Non-reprogrammable devices for pager, cellular radio communication equipment, automobile radio communication equipment of cordless telephone sets;

IL 1587 Quartz cystals and assemblies thereof in any stage of fabrication (i.e. worked, semi-finished or mounted), as follows: (a)

(c) Electtonicstreak andlor framing cameras having alLofthe fol1o\Vi l)g charllcteristics: (1) Not ·ltiggedized;, (2) Capable' in the framing mode of speeds of no more' than

1()6, frames per second; , (3) Capable in the streal( mode of w,riUng speeds of no more

(~)

than.! 0 mm:per ,rnicrpsecond;

(b)

Design~dfor civU u~;

(5) The performance of· the' camera'is notfield..upgradable egthrough. the SUll$titutionofelectronic plug~ins; (6) . Exported for non~nuclear use; (7) Not using an electron tube having agalliulll arseQide

NOTE:

(GaA-s) photo-cathode.

IL 1586

(c)

Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor: Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave devices (Le. signal-processing devices employing elastic waves in materials, including but not limited to lithium niobate, lithium tantalate, bismuth germanium oxide, silicon, quartz, zinc oxide, aluminium oxide (sapphire), gallium arsenide and alpha-aluminium phosphate (berlinite», which permit direct processing of signals, including but not limited to, convolvers, correlators (fixed, programmable and memory), oscillators, bandpass filters, delay lines (fixed and tapped) and non-linear devices having any of the following characteristics: (1) A carrier frequency of greater than 400 MHz; (2) A carrier frequency of 400 MHz or less, except those specially designed for home electronics and entertainment type applications, having any of the following characteristics: (i) A side-lobe rejection of greater than 45 dB; (H) A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in microseconds and bandwidth in MHz) greater than 100; (Hi) A dispersive delay of greater than 10 microseconds; (iv) An insertion loss of less than 10 dB; (b) Bulk (volum·e) acoustic wave devices (Le. signal processing devices employing elastic waves in the various materials described in (a) above) which permit direct processing of signals at frequencies over 1 GHz, including but not limited to, fixed delay lines, non-linear and pulse compression devices; (c) Acousto-optic signal-processing devices employing an interaction between acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface wave) and light waves which permit the direct processing of signals or images, including but not limited to spectral analysis, correlation and convolution.

(a)

TECHNICAL NOTE: This sub-item embargoes devices made from acousto-optic

90 Security export control March 1989

For use as filter elements, and having either of the following characteristics: (1) Designed for operation over a temperature range wider than 125°C; (2) Crystals or assemblies of crystals which use the trapped energy phenomenon and which have more than three series or parallel resonances on a single quartz element; For use as oscillator elements specially designed for temperature-controlled crystal ovens or for TCXO's covered by (c) below, and having an average ageing rate of ±. 1 x 10-9 per day or better (less);

Ageing rate shall be measured over a longer period at a constant temperature of + 60°C or higher + 2°C. Temperature-compensated crystal oscillators (TCXO) having any of the following characteristics: (1) A stability with respect to temperature of better than ±. 0.00015 per cent over their operating temperature range; (2) An operating temperature range wider than 120°C; (3) Capable of reaching to within 1 x 10-7of normal operating frequency or better in 3 minutes or less from switch-on at an ambient temperature of 25°C; (4) Rated to have an acceleration sensitivity of less than 1 x 10-9 of the operating frequency per g (where g = 981 cm/sec2) over a vibration test frequency range from 10 to 2,000 Hz sine wave and with a maximum level of acceleration not exceeding 20 g; (5) Designed to withstand a shock greater than 10,000 g (where g = 981 cm/sec2) over a period of l.millisecond; (6) Radiation hardened to better than 10- 10 of the operating frequency per gray (1 rad = 10-2 gray).

NOTES: 1.

2. 3.

This item does not embargo quartz crystals for use as filter elements which have either of the following characteristics: (a) Designed for operation as intermediate frequency filters operating from 10.5 to 11 MHz or from 21 to 22 MHz with 3 dB bandwidths not exceeding 40 kHz; or (b) Designed for operation as single side-band filters operating at from 1 to 10 MHz with 3 dB bandwidths not exceeding 4 kHz. This item only covers quartz crystals having piezoelectric qualities. It is understood that this definition does not cover optical grade quartz crystals. Nothing in the Notes above shall be construed as sanctioning the export of technology for quartz crystal elements or assemblies thereof.

:>.·.~:,:I~"'{t.~ . •·~:~.1.1 •. ,';><·.·.·.:\1,~l~ .• ·.per:,dlljf;:,oli.•.·. .~r··.\ue~)~ ." ;;j,·i;~,·~~Ceplstress<:ompen$8ted(SCl cut ~ryst"$~ ,

IL 1588 Materials composed of crystals having spinel, hexagonal, orthorhombic, or garnet crystal structures, thin film devices, assemblies of the foregoing, and devices containing them, as follows (for equipment which may be exported in conjunction with computer shipments, see Item IL 1565): (a) Monocrystals of ferrites and garnets, synthetic only; (b) Single aperture forms possessing either of the following characteristics: (1) Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the minimum field strength required for switching at 40°C (l04°F); or (2) A maximum dimension less than 18 mils (0.45 mm);

NOTE: For machinery and equipment associated with forms having a maximum dimension less than 30 mils (0.76 mm), see Item IL 1358.

NOTE:

(c)

(d) (e)

(t)

(g)

This sub-item does not embargo single aperture forms provided they have: (a) A switching time equal to or more than 0.24 microsecond; and (b) A maximum dimension of 0.30 mm (12 mils) or more. Multi-aperture forms with fewer than 10 apertures having either of the following characteristics: (1) Switching rate of 1 microsecond or faster at the minimum field strength required for switching at 40°C (104°F); or (2) A maximum dimension less than 100 mils (2.54 mm); Multi-aperture forms having 10 or more apertures; Memory storage or switching devices, as follows: (l) Thin film (including plated wire and plated rods); (2) Single crystal or amorphous film magnetic bubble; (3) Moving domain; or (4) Crosstie; Magnetic ferrite materials having square loop characteristics, suitable for operations above 1 GHz and having all of the following characteristics: (1) (i) A saturation magnetization of greater than 0.2 T (2,000 gauss) for lithium-based ferrites; (H) A saturation magnetization of greater than 0.3 T (3,000 gauss) for other than lithium-based ferrites; (2) A dielectric loss tangent of less than 0.001 measured at a frequency of I GHz or greater; (3) A ratio of the remanent magnetization (Br) to the saturation magnetization (4 Ms) equal to or greater than 0.7; Rod forms having any of the following characteristics: (1) Switching rate of 0.3 microsecond or faster at the minimunl field strength required for switching at 40°C (104°F); (2) A minimum dimension less than 10 mils (0.254 mm).

IL 1595 'Gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity gradio",Deters and specially designed components -herefor, except: ,a)

0»

Gravity meters for land use having any of the following characteristics: (1) Static accuracies of not less than 100 microgal; or (2) Being of the Worden type; Marine gravimetric systems having any of the following characteristics: (1) Static accuracy of 1 milligal or more, or (2) An in-service (operational) accuracy of 1 milligal or more with a time to steady state registration of two minutes or greater under any combination of attendant corrective

compensations and motional influences.

NOTE: Nothing in this Item shall permit the export of technology or technical data associated with the design, manufacture or upgrading of equipment excluded from embargo by this definition, when such technology or technical data is also relevant to equipment embargoed by this definition.

Group H Metals, minerals

and their manufactures (1) RAW MATERIALS Where raw materials are covered by a definition the intent is to cover all materails from which can be usefully extracted, Le. ores, concentrates, matte, regulus, residues and dross (ashes). (2) METALS AND ALLOYS Unless provision to the contrary is made in particular items of the definition, the words "metals" and "alloys" are intended to cover all crude and semi-fabricated forms as mentioned in the following list:

Crude Forms: Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks. Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched): (i) Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding , grinding, Le.: angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire; (H) Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types of moulds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by powder metallurgy.

IL 1601 Inert gas and vacuum atomizing technology to achieve sphericity and uniform size of particles in metal powders regardless of the type of metal and the embargo status of the powder.

IL 1602 Pyrolitic deposition technology and specially designed compoDents therefor, as follows: (a) Technology for producing pyrolitical1y derived materials formed on a mould" mandr~l .or other substrate from precursor gase.5 wh4:th decompose in the 1,573 K (1 ,300°C) to 3,173 K (2,900 o q temperature range at pressures of 133.3 Pa to 19.995 kPa :{including the composition of precursor gases, flow rates, and process control schedules and parameters); (b) Specially designed nozzles for the above processes. Security export control

March 1989

91

IL 1631

IL 1672

Magnetic metals of all types and of whatever form possessing one or more of the following characteristics:

Titanium-based alloys containing 12 weight % or more of aluminium in the form of titanium a1uminide in crude or semi-fabricated forms and scrap thereof.

(a)

Initial permeability: 0.15 henry/m (120,000 gauss/oersteds) or more calculated at induction 0 and magnetic field strength o or the equivalent;

NOTE: Measurement of initial permeability must be carried out on materials which: (a) Have a thickness between 0.076 mm (3 mill and 2.54 mm (100 mill; and (b) Are fully annealed. (b) Remanence: 98.5 per cent or over of maximum magnetic flux for materials having magnetic permeability; (c) Capable of an energy product of 200,000 J/m 3 (25 x 106 gauss-oersteds) or more; (d) Grain-oriented iron alloy sheets or strips of a thickness of 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) or less; (e) Magnetostrictive alloys as follows; (1) Saturation magnetostriction more than 5 x 10-4 ; or (2) Magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) more than 0.8. (f) Amorphous alloy strips having both of the following characteristics: (1) Composition having a minimum 75 weight per cent of one or more of the elements iron, cobalt and nickel; and (2) Saturation magnetic induction (88) of 1.6 tesla or more, and either: (i) Strip thickness of 0.020 mm (0.0008 inch) or less; or (ii) ElectrJcal resistivity of 2 x 10-4 ohm -cm or more.

IL 1635 Steel alloys in crude or semi-fabricated form, which contain a combination of the following major alloy elements in the amounts listed: (a) 4.5 to 5.95% nickel by weight; (b) 0.3 to 1.0% chromium; (c) 0.2 to 0.75% molybdenum; (d) 0.04 to 0.15% vanadium; (e) Less than 0.19% carbon. (See also Item IL 1672.)

IL 1648 Cobalt-based alloys (ie containing a higher percentage by weight of cobalt than of any other element), as follows: (a)

Dispersion strengthened containing more than 1% of oxides of thorium, aluminium, yttrium, zirconium or cerium; or (b) Containing 0.05% or more of scandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium, lanthanum, neodymium, or praseodymium. (See also Item IL 1672.)

Nickel-based alloys (i.e. containing a higher percentage by weight of nickel than of any other element), as follows: (a)

Dispersion strengthened containing more than 1% of oxides of thorium, aluminium, yttrium, zirconium, cerium, or lanthanum; (b) Containing 0.05 per cent or more scandium, yttrium, didymium, cerium, lanthanum, neodymium, or praseodymium. (c) Containing 10 weight % or more of aluminium in the form of nickel a aluminide in crude or semi-fabricated forms and scrap thereof. Security export control

Superconductive materials of all types and processed conductors containing at least one superconducting constituent, which are designed for operation at temperatures below 103 K (-170°C, -274°f), except processed conductors having superconducting filaments embedded in a copper or copper-based mixture matrix and any of the following characteristics: (a)

Set 1: (i) The superconducting constituent, when evaluated in sample lengths of less than one metre, does not remain in the superconducting state when exposed to a magnetic induction in excess of 12 T at a temperature of 4.2 K (-268°C, -451.8°F); (H) The superconducting constituent or filament has a crosssection area greater than 3.14 x 1(}-4 mm2 (20-micrometre diameter for circular filaments); (Hi) The conductor is either non-coated or insulated with varnish, glass fibre, polyamide or polyimide; or (b) Set 2: (i) Containing niobium-titanium wire; (H) Having a filament cross-sectional area of more than 9.5 x 1(}-5 mm2 (11-micrometre diameter for circular filaments) or greater; and (Hi) A mass of each processed conductor including the matric not exceeding 10 kg.

TECHNICAL NOTE: Superconductive materials are metals, alloys and compounds which lose electrical resistance near absolute zero of temperature, Le., they have infinite electrical conductivity and can carry very large electrical currents without Joule heating. The superconducting state for each material is individually characterised by a critical temperature, a critical magnetic field (which is a function of temperature) and a critical current density (which is a function of both magnetic field and temperature). Materials remain in the superconducting state provided temperature, magnetic field and current density are all less than the critical values.

Group I Chemicals, metalloids and petroleum products IL 1702

IL 1661

92

IL 1675

March 1989

Hydraulic fluids which contain as the principal ingredient's, petroleum (mineral) oils, synthetic hydrocarbon oils, non-fluorinated silicones or f1uorocarbons, and which have all of the following characteristics: (a) (b) (c) (d)

A flash point of greater than 477 K (204°C, 400°F); A pour point of 239 K (-34°C, -30°F) or lower; A viscosity index of 75 or greater; and Thermally stable at 616 K (343°C, 650°F).

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1.

For the purpose of this Item, 'flash point' is determined using the 'Cleveland Open. Cup Method' as shown in ASTM 0-92 or national equivalents.

2.

The following is the test procedure for determining thermal stability: Twenty cc of the fluid under test shall be placed in a 46 cc type 317 stainless steel chamber containing one each of .5 inch (nominal) diameter balls of M-IO tool steel, 52100 steel and naval bronze (60 per cent Cu, 39 per cent Zn, 0.75 per cent Sn). The chamber shall be purged with nitrogen, sealed at atmospheric pressure and the temperature raised to 644.±. 6 K (371 .±.6°C, 700 .±.IOOF) and maintained at this temperature for six hours. The specimen will be considered thermally stable if at the completion of the above procedure all of the following conditions are met: (1) The loss in weight of each ball is less than 0.1 mg/sq. cm of ball surface (0.65 mg/sq. inch); (2) The change in original viscosity as determined at 38°C is less than 25 per cent when measured in the centistokes system of units; (3) The total acid or base number is less than .40.

NOTE: The viscosity index is a term used to express the ratio of the viscosity values measured at 311 K (37.8°C) and 372 K (98.9°C) in accordance with ASTM Standard 168.

(c)

above, except abrasives; , Ceramic-ceramic "composite" materials containing finely dispersed particles or phases or any non-metallic fibrous or whisker-like materials, whether externally introduced or grown in situ during processing, where the following materials form the host "matrix": (1) All oxides, including glasses; (2) Carbides or nitrides of silicon or boron; (3) Borides or nitrides of zirconium or borides, carbides or nitrides of hafnium; or (4) Any combination of the materials enumerated in (1) to (3) above;

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo manufactured products or components not embargoed by these Lists. .(d) Precursor materials, Le., special-purpose polymeric or metallo-organic materials for producing any phase or phases of the materials embargoed by sub-items (b) or (c) above, as follows: (1) Polycarbosilanes and polydiorganosilanes (for producing silicon carbide); (2) Polysilazanes (for producing silicon nitride); or (3) Polycarbosilazines (for producing ceramics with silicon, carbon and nitrogen components).

FOR.PEOPLE'SREPUBUC OF .CHINA ONLY:

TECHNICAL NOTE:

NOTE:

For the purpose of this Item: (a) A "matrix" is defined as a substantially continuous phase that fills the space between particles, whiskers or fibres; (b) A "composite" is defined as a "matrix" and an additional phase or additional phases consisting of particles, whiskers, fibres or any combination thereof, present for a specific purpose or purposes.

Reasonable quantities of hydraulic fluids embargoed by this Item to civil end..users t except hydraulic fluids containing: (a) Super-dewaxed refined mineral oil; (b) Non-fluorinated silicones (silica-hydrocarbons); or (c) Synthetic hydrocarbons (poly';'alpha hy~rocarbons).

IL 1715

NOTES:

Boron, as follows: (a) Boron element (metal) in all forms; (b) Boron compounds, mixtures, and composites containing 5 per cent or more of boron (except pharmaceutical specialities packaged for retail sale), as follows: (I) Non-ceramic boron-nitrogen compounds (eg borazanes, borazines and boropyrazoyls); (2) Boron hydrides (eg boranes), except sodium boron hydride, potassium boron hydride, monoborane, diborane and triborane; (3) Organoboron compounds, including metalloorganoboron compounds;

IL 1733 Base materials, non-composite ceramic materials, ceramic-ceramic composite materials and precursor materials for the manufacture of high temperature fine technical ceramic products, as follows: (a)

Base materials having all the following characteristics: (I) Any of the following compositions: (i) Single or complex oxides of zirconium, and complex oxides of silicon and aluminium; (H) Single or complex borides of zirconium; (Hi) Single or complex carbides of silicon or boron; or (iv) Single or complex nitrides of silicon, boron, aluminium, or zirconium; (2) Total metallic impurities, excluding intentional additions, of less than: (i) 1,000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or (H) 5,000 ppm for complex compounds, single borides or single nitrides; and (3) Average particle size less than or equal to 5 micrometres and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 micrometres.

NOTE: For zirconia, these limits are 1 micrometre and 5 micrometres respectively. (b) Non-"composite" ceramic materials, in crude or semifabricated form composed of the materials embargoed by (a)

1. 2. 3.

For compounds of hafnium, see also Item A 8 on the Atomic Energy List. For compounds of tantalum, see also Item IL 1760. For carbon-carbon materials, see Item IL 1763.

IL 1734 Low density rigid, carbon-bonded, fibrous or non-fibrous carbon thermal insulating materials having all of the following characteristics: A capability of operating at temperatures greater than 2273 K' (2000 0 C); (b) A density greater than 100 kg/m 3 and less than 300 kg/m 3; (c) A compressive strength greater than 0.1 MPa and less than 1.0 MPa; (d) A flexural strength greater than 1.0 MPa; and (e) A carbon content of greater than 99.9% of total solids.

(a)

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLICOFCHINA()~~Y: NOTE: ~urnaceinsW~~lo11·in:tbe;.tornt·,of;. fUlt.I\Q~t$.,~q,,:~. J~~; .~~

,lS~2~~m (~illc~esltll~c~l t():~;b~n.;fl~~,civit~~d .', ': 't;.~9V~~~::it i~ .• .itis~aUe~}llUler ···tne.· sll~V1li9ft'J)i;<' >r~I@O!1. . l~r: -W"tf!~ representative~· ".'--. -'j,'.

IL 1746 Polymeric substances, as follows, and manufactures thereof: (a)

Polyimides (including maleimides);

NOTE: This sub-item is not intended to cov~r fully cured polyimide or polyimide-based film t sheet, tape or ribbon having a maximum thickness of 10 mils (0.010 inch or 0.254 mm) whether ornotcbated or laminated with heat or pressuresensitive resinous substances of an adhesive nature, which contain no fibrous reinforcing materials and which 'have not been coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or magnetic substances. Security export control

March 1989

93

IL1746 (b)

(2)

(b) Polybenzimidazoles; (c) Aromatic polyamides, including heterocyclic aromatic polyamides characterized as aromatic due to the presence of a benzene ring, except: (i) Filament yarns, staple fibres, chopped fibres, spun yarns or threads, having both of the following characterist.ics: (1) A "fibre modulus" of 22.075 N per tex or less; and (2) A "tenacity" of 0.970 N per tex or less; (H) Pulp made from materials described under (c) (i) above; (d) Polybenzothiazoles; (e) Polyoxadiazoles (t) Polyphosphazenes (Polyphosphonitriles); (g) Polystrylpyridine (PSP); (h) Thermoplastic liquid crystal copolyesters, as follows: (1) Ethylene copolyesters of terephthalic acid and parahydroxybenzoic acid, except manufactures therefor, having both of the following characteristics: (i) A tensile modulus of less than 15 GPa; and (H) Specially designed for non-aerospace, nonelectronic civil applications; (2) Phenylene or biphenylene copolyesters of terephthalic acid and parahydroxybenzoic acid. (i) Polybenzoxozoles; 0) Aromatic polyether ether ketones (PEEK); (k) Butadiene polymers as follows: (1) Carboxyl terminated polybutadienes (CTPB); hydroxyl terminated polybutadienes (HTPB); thiol terminated polybutadienes (TTPB); vinyl terminated polubutadiene (VTPB); cyclised 1-2 polybutadiene; (2) Mouldable copolymers of butadiene and acrylic acid; (3) Mouldable terpolymers of butadiene, acrylonitrile and acrylic acid or any of the homologues of acrylic acid; (I) Carboxyl terminated polyisoprene.

TECHNICAL NOTE: The characteristics referred to in sub-item (c) are defined as follows, in accordance with the ASTM Standard O2 101-72: (a) "Tenacity": is defined as tensile stress expressed as foice per unit linear density of the unstrained specimen, Le. Newton per tex. (b) "Fibre modulus" (secant modulus): the ratio of change in stress to change in strain between two points on a stressstrain curve, particularly the points of zero stress and breaking stress, and is expressed in Newton per tex. NB. "Tex" is the number of grams in 1,000 metres of material.

NOTE: This item does not embargo manufactured articles where the value of the polymeric component together with materials embargoed by other items is less than 50 per cent of the total · value of the materials used.

IL 1749 Polycarbonate sheet of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to 25.4 mm (1 inch) thickness, having no "major defects" and having all of the following optical characteristics:

Not exceeding 2 per 0.092 m2 (1 ft2) for sheet over 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) in thickness.

TECHNICAL NOTE: "Major defects" are defined as variations in the material which cause angular deviations either side of the undeviated position in excess of those listed in sub-item (b) above. Minor defects include any embedded particles, bubbles, scratches or internal inhomogeneity with a major dimension of at least 0.250 mm, and those localized imperfections which cause a variation in angular deviation of more than 5 minutes within a distance of not more than 508 mm (20 inches) on the screen when tested by method ASTM 0637. (It is not intended that the entire sheet be quantitatively surveyed for such variation in deviation, but that localized imperfections which are suspected of being detrimental be evaluated by means of this test). _ (For manufactures thereof, see Item ML 10 on the Munitions List.)

IL 1754 Fluorinated compounds, materials and manufactures thereof, as follows: (a)

Compounds, as follows: (1) Oibromotetrafluoroethane, except when having a purity of 99.8 per cent or less and containing at least 25 particles, of 200 micrometres or larger in size, per 100 ml; (2) Perfluoroalkylamines; (b) Polymeric materials and intermediates, unprocessed, as follows: (1) Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, oily and waxy modifications only; (2) Fluoroelastomeric compounds composed of at least 95 per cent of a combination of two or more of the following monomers: tetrafluoroethylene, chlorotrifluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, hexafluoropropylene, bromotrifluoroethylene, iodotrifIuoroethylene, perfluoromethylvinylether and perfluoropropoxypropylvinylether; (3) Polybromotrifluoroethylene; (4) Copolymers of vinylidene fluoride having 75 per cent or more beta crystalline structure without stretching; (5) Fluorinated silicone rubber and intermediates for their production containing 10 per cent or more of combined fluorine; (c) Manufactures, as follows: (1) Greases, lubricants and dielectric, damping and flotation fluids made wholly of any of the materials in (a) and (b) above; (2) Electric wire and cable coated with or insulated with any of the materials in (b) (2) above, except oil well logging cable; (3) Seals, gaskets, rods, sheets, sealants 'or fuel bladders made, of more than 50 per cent of any of the materials in (b) (2) above, specially designed for aerospace and aircraft use; (4) Piezoelectric polymers and copolymers made from vinylidene fluoride having both of the following characteristics: (i) In sheet or film form; and (H) With a thickness of more than 200 micrometres. (For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also Item IL 1702.)

NOTE: (a)

Less than 2 per cent haze as determined by method ASTM DI003; (b) An angular deviation, as determined by method ASTM 0637, as follows: (1) Not more than 12 minutes at any location more than 25.4 mm (I inch) from the edge of the sheet for sheet thickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 inch) to 9.5 mm (0.375 inch); or (2) Not more than 20 minutes at any location more than 25.4 mm (I inch) from the edge of the sheet for sheet thickness over 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) to 25.4 mm (I inch); (c) Total number of minor optical defects (excluding those within 25.4 mm (I inch) of the sheet edge) as follows: (1) Not exceeding 1 per 0.368 m2 (4 ft 2) for sheet which is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) or less in thickness; or

94

Security export control

March 1989

This Item does not embargo the shipment of up to 19 litres (5 US gallons) of polychlorotrifluoroethylene-based lubricating oils. Nothing in this Note shall be construed as permitting the export of technology.

IL 1755 Silicone fluids and greases, as follows: Fluorinated silicone fluids, except those with kinematic viscosity of 5,000 centistokes or higher measured at 25°C; (b) Silicone and fluorinated silicone lubricating greases capable of operating at temperatures of 478 K (205°C, 400°F) or

(a)

higher and having a drop point (method of test being ASTM 02265 or ITP) of 493 K (220°C, 428°F) or higher. (For hydraulic fluids using these elements, see also Item IL 1702.)

IL 1757 Compounds and materials, as follows: (a)

Monocrystalline silicon, except (i) Metallurgical-grade monocrystalline silicon having a purity not better than 99.97 per cent; or (ii) Monocrystalline silicon having a purity not better than 99.999 per cent and containing at least 0.5 part in 1Q6 each of iron, carbon, boron and phosporous, plus other impurities.

NOTE: Favourable consideration may be given to N type 1-1-1 silicon wafers with a resistivity of 50 ohm (m or less). (b) Gallium of a purity equal to or greater than 99.9999 per cent and gallium III/V compounds of any purity level except: (i) Gallium phosphide; or (ii) Other gallium III/V compounds having a dislocation density (etch pit density-EPD) greater than 500,000 per cm2 ;

NOTE:

(c) (d) (e)

(f)

(g)

The shipnlent of galliunl Ill/V compounds intended for lighternitting diodes and having all of the following characteristics: (a) Dislocation density (etch pit density - EPD) greater than 10.000 per crn L ; (b) Carrier concentration greater than 1 x 10 17 per cm:3; and (c) Carrier rnobility less than 3,000 rm 2 /V.sec.; Indium of a purity greater than 99.9995 per cent and III-V indium compounds containing more than 1 per cent indium; Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a monocrystalline insulating substrate epitaxially layered with silicon, compounds of gallium or compounds of indium; Elemental Cd and Te of purity levels equal to or more than 99.9995 per cent and CdTe compounds of a purity level equal to or more than 99.99 per cent or single crystals of CdTe of any purity level; Polycrystalline silicon, except polycrystalline silicon having a purity not better than 99.99 per cent and containing at least 0.5 part in 1Q6 each of iron, carbon, boron and phosphorus, plus other impurities; Compounds having a purity level based upon the amount of the primary constituents of 99.5 per cent or better and used in the synthesis of the materials covered by sub-item (f) above, or used as the silicon source in the deposition of epitaxial layers of silicon, silicon oxide or silicon nitride;

NOTE: SiC1 2 H2 is embargoed by this sub-item when having a purity level of 97.0 per cent or better; (h) Single crystals sapphire substrates; (i) ~03 with a purity of 99.9 per cent or greater, containing 1,000 parts per million of H20 or less, in powder or cast form; Monocrystalline germanium with a resistivity greater than 1000hm.cm; ~k) Resist materials as follows: (I) Negative resists whose spectral response has been adjusted for use below 350 nanometres; (2) All positive resists; (3) All resists for use with E-beams or ion beams with a sensitivity of 100 microcoulomb/cm2 or better; (4) All resists for use with X-rays with a sensitivity of 500 millijoules/cm2 or better; or (5) All resists specified or optimized for dry development; ,.1) Single-crystal forms of bismuth germanium oxide having piezoelectric properties and single-crystal forms of lithium niobate, of lithium tantalate and of aluminium phosphate. Cn) Metal-organic or hydride compounds of beryllium and magnesium (Group IIA), zinc, cadium and mercury (Group liB), aluminium, gallium and indium (Group IliA), phosphorus, arsenic and antimony (Group VA) and .selenium and tellurium (Group VIA) having a purity (metal basis) of 99.999 per cent or better.

m

IL 1759 Syntactic foam for underwater use formulated for applications at depths greater than 1,000 metres or with a density of 0.561 gfcm' (35 Ibs/ cn ft) (specific gravity 0.561) or less. NOTES: Syntactic foam consists of hollow plastic or glass spheres less than 100 micrometres in diameter uniformly embedded in a resin matrix. (2) For deep submergence vehicles, see Item IL 1418.

(1)

IL 1760 Tantalates and niobates having a purity of 99% or better e.xcept fluorotantalates; NOTE: This item does not embargo single-crystal lithium niobate and single-crystal lithium tantalate, for which see Item IL 1757 (1).

IL 1763 Fibrous and filamentary materials which may be used in organic "matrix", metallic "matrix or carbon "matrix" "composite" structures or laminates, and such "composite" structures and laminates and technology therefor, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

"Fibrous and filamentary materials" with "specific modulus" greater than 3.18 x l()6m (1.25 x 1()8 in) and "specific tensile strength" greater than 7.62 x 1()4m (3 x 1()6 in), except silicate glass fibres; (b) "Fibrous and filamentary materials" having both of the following characteristics: (1) "Specific modulus" greater than 2.54 x lQ6m (I x 1()8 in) and;

Melting or sublimation point higher than 1,992 K (1,649°C) (3,0000F) in an inert environment except: (i) Carbon fibres having a "specific modulus" less than 5.08 x IQ6m (2 x IOS in) and a "specific tensile strength" less than 2.54 x l()4m (1 x 106 in); (ii) Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibres in chopped fibre or random mat form, containing three% by weight or more silica, having a "specific modulus" less than 10 x l()6m (3.92 x IOS in.) (iii) Molybd,enum and molybdenum alloy fibres; (c) Resin or pitch-impregnated fibres (prepregs), metal or carboncoated fibres (preforms) or "carbon fibre preforms" made with materials embargoed by ~ub-items (a) or (b) above; (d) Composite strJjctu~s, !aminates and manufactures thereof for products and cCfn\ponents made either with an organic "matrix", a carbon "matrix" or a metal "matrix" utilising materials embargoed by sub-item ,(a), (b) or (c) above; (2)

NOTE: This sub-item does not embargo manufactured products or Security ~)(POrt control

March 1989

96,

IL 1763 (e)

"composites" not embargoed by the International Lists. Technology for "fibrous and filamentary materials" and for "composite" structures and laminates as follows: (I) Technology which is unique to the spinning and subsequent treatment of precursor materials into fibres specially designed for processing into carbon filamentary materials embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above; (2) Technology for the production of "fibrous and filamentary materials" embargoed by sub-items (a) or (b) above; (3) Technology for the production of prepegs embargoed by sub-item (c) above using pressure impregnation or chemical vapour deposition, and for preforms by subitem (c) above using vacuum or pressure impregnation or chemical vapour depositation; (4) Technology for the development and production of "composite" structures, laminates and manufactures embargoed by sub-item (d) above; or (5) Technology for rigidisation and densification processes specially designed for the manufacture of carbon-carbon "composite" nlaterials as follows: (i) Impregnation, infiltration or deposition into "carbon fibre preforms"; (H) Carbonisation; (Hi) Graphitisation; (iv) Hot isostatic pressing.

TECHNICAL NOTES: I.

2.

3.

4.

5.

The term "fibrous and filamentary materials" includes: (a) Continuous monofilaments; (b) Continuous yarns and rovings; (c) Tapes, fabrics, random mats and braids; (d) Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre blankets; (e) Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of any length. "Specific modulus" is Young's modulus in pascals, equivalent to N/m2 (lbs force/sq. in) divided by specific weight in N/m3 (lbs force/ cu. in), measured at a temperature of (296 ±. 2) K «23 ±... 2)OC) «73.4 ±...3.6)OF) and a relative humidity of (50 ±. 5)%. "Specific tensile strength" is ultimate tensile strength in £pascals, equivalent to £N/m2 (lbs force/sq. in) divided by specific weight in N/m 3 (lbs force/cu. in) measured at a temperature of (296 ±.2) K «23 ±.2)OC) «73.4 ±.3.6)OF) and a relative humidity of (50 ±...5) %. A "carbon fibre preform" is defined as an ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibres intended to constitute a framework of a part before the "matrix" is introduced to form a "composite". For the purpose of this Item: (a) A "matrix" is defined as a substantially continuous phase that fills the space between particles, whiskers or fibres; (b) A "composite" is defined as a "matrix" and an additional phase or additional phases consisting of particles, Whiskers, fibres or any combination thereof, present for a specific purpose or purposes.

NOTES: 1.

For equipment used for the production of materials embargoed by this Item, see Items IL 1203, IL 1312 and IL

2. 3.

For coating technologies, see Items IL 1389 and IL 1602. For carbon-bonded carbon thermal insulating material, see Item IL 1734. Nothing in the following shall be construed as permitting the export of technology. Sub-items (a) and (b) above do not

1357.

4.

COLOURED TYPE

98

embargo carbon fibres having both of the following characteristics: (a) "Specific modulus" less than 11.43 x 106 m (4.5 x 108 in);

(d) NOTE continued

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Security export control

March 1989

and (b)

"Specific tensile strength" less than 10.16 x 1()4 m (4 x 106 in).

FOR PEOPLE'S· REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 5.

Discontinuous· ceramic fibres· embargoed· by. SUb-item (b), having a melting or sublimation point lower than 2,043 K (1,770°C) (3,218°F) in an inert environment.

IL 1767 Preforms of glass or of any other material specially designed for the fabrication of optical fibres covered by Item IL 1526 (c) and (d). TECHNICAL NOTE: Optical fibre preforms are defined as bars, ingots, or rods of glass, plastic or other materials which have been specially processed for use in fabricating optical fibres. The characteristics of the preform determine the basic parameters of the resultant drawn optical fibres.

NOTES: 1. 2,

Not used. Prefornls specially optirnized to operate nanOlnetres,

for rnultirnode fibres COIIlIllUnicat ion purposes at

FOR PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY: 3.

The shipment of optical fibre preforms specially designed for the manufacture of silicon-based optical fibres, provided they are designed to produce non-militarised silicon-based optical fibres which are optimised to operate at a wavelength of 1,350 nm or less.

IL 1781 Synthetic lubricating oils and greases which are or which contain, as their principal ingredient, the following: (a) (b)

Monomeric and polymeric forms of perfluorotriazines, perfluoroaromatic ethers and esters, and perfluoroaliphatic ethers and esters; Polyphenyl ethers or thio ethers containing'more than three phenyl or alkyl phenyl groups.

MUNITIONS LIST NOTE:

For computer-related terms, see Item IL 1565 or 1566

MLI

ML3

Small arms and machine guns, as follows:

Ammunition, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor, for the weapons enumerated under Items 1 and 2.

(a)

Rifles, carbines, revolvers, pistols, machine pistols and machine guns, except antique small arms dated earlier than 1890 and their reproductions; (b) Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use; (c) Specially designed components therefor, e.g. barrels, cylinders and breeches.

NOTES: 1.

TECHNICAL NOTE: Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use as specified in sub-item (b) above are those which: (a) Are proof tested at pressures greater than 1,300 bars (19,117 psi); and (b) Operate normally and safely at pressures greater than 1,000 bars (14,706 psi); and (c) Are capable of accepting ammunition greater than 76.2 mm . in length (Le. commercial 12-gauge magnum shot gun shells). The parameters in this Technical note are to be measured according to the standards of the Commission Internationale Permanente.

2. ~t

NOTES: Weapons ernbargoed by this Itern and specially designed cornponents therefor, provided that such weapons are not of the fully autonlatic firing type, as follows: (a) RifIed·bore weapons specially designed for sporting target shooting as defined in the Olyrnpic Rules; (b) Rifled·bore weapons specially designed for hunting having a rnagazine capacity not exceeding 5 rounds; (c) Multiple·barrelled hunting weapons having one or rnore rifled-bore barrel and at least one smooth-bore barrel; (d) Clips or rnagazines for the above weapons with a capacity not exceeding 5 rounds; (e) Weapons using non-centre fire arnnlunition. Prior to the Issuance of a licence for weapons described in sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) above, the exporter will obtain frorn a responsibl~ representative of the end-user or importing agency a SIgned statement describing the end-use and certifying that the weapons will not be re-exported or otherwise disposed of without the permission of the supplier.

This Item does not embargo smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons must not be specially designed for military use or of the fully automatic firing type. This Item does not embargo firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and which are incapable of firing any embargoed ammunition.

TVlL2 large calibre armament or weapons and projectors, as follows, and specially designed c\)mponents and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, tank destroyers, projectile and rocket launchers, military flame throwers recoilless rifles; , (b) Military smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors.

Specially designed components are understood to include: (a) Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge links, rotating bands and munitions metal parts; (b) S~fing and arming devices, fuses and exploding bridge wire connectors; (c). Power supplies with high one-time operational output. ThiS Item does not cover ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star) and dummy ammunition with a pierced powder chamber. An1nlunition or cartridges, provided that they are for weapons allowed for export under the national discretion Note to Item ML 1 on the Munitions List: (a) Target anlffiunition or cartridges with an expanding bullet of the type llsed for hunting or sport; (b) Anlmunition or cartridges specifically intended for the testing of fireanns.

ML4 Bombs, torpedoes, rockets and missiles guided and unguided, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Bombs, to.rpedoes, grenades (including smoke grenades), smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles guided or unguided, depth charges, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and military demolition charges, devices and kits, pyrotechnic flare signals for military use, cartridges and simulators; and specially designed components therefor; (b) Apparatus and devices specially designed for the handling, control, activation, launching, laying, sweeping, discharging, detonation or detection of items enumerated in sub-item (a)' and specially designed components therefor;; , (c) Military fuel thickeners, including but not limited to: compounds (~ ..g. octal) or mixtures of such compounds (e.g. napal~) spec!flcally formulated for the purpose of producing materIals WhiCh, when added to petroleum products, provide a gel-type incendiary material for use in bombs, projectiles, flamethrowers or other implements of war.

NOTE: Specially designed components in sub-items (a) and (b) above include: ,(a) Guided missile propulsion systems; (b) Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups and other munition metal parts; (c) Sating and arming devices, fuses and exploding bridge wire connectors; (d) Power supplies with high one-time operational output.

ML5 Fire control equipment and range finders, as follows, and specially designed components accessories and "specially designed software"' tberefor:

.

(a)

Fire control, gun laying, night sighting. missile tracking and guidance equipment;

Secur;,v,xpertcontrol March 1989 97

ML 5

(b)

(b) Range, position and height finders, and spotting instruments specially designed for military purposes; (c) Aiming devices, electronic, gyroscopic, ;}coustic and optical, specially designed for military purpo~' (d) Bomb sights, bombing computers, gun sights and periscopes, specially designed for military purposes; (e) Television sighting units specially designed for military use.

3.

ML6 Tanks and vehicles specially designed for military purposes, as follows, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) Tanks and self-propelled guns; (b) Military type armed or armoured vehicles, and vehicles fitted with mounting for arms; (c) Armoured railway trains; (d) Military half-tracks; (e) Military type recovery vehicles; (f) Gun-carriers and tractors specially designed for towing artillery; (g) Trailers specially designed to carry ammunition; (h) Amphibious and deep water fording military vehicles; (i) Military mobile repair shops specially designed to service military equipment; (j) All other specially designed military vehicles.

ML7 Toxicological agents and tear gas, related equipment, components and materials as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

Biological, chemical and radioactive materials adapted for use in war to produce casualties in men or animals, or to damage crops; (b) Equipment specifically designed and intended for the dissemination of the materials described in (a); (c) Equipment specifically designed and intended for defence against the materials described in (a), and for their detection and identification; (d) Components specially designed for the items listed in (b) and (c) above. (e) "Biopolymers" specially designed or processed for detection and identification of chemical warfare materials described in sub-item (a) and the cultures of specific cells used to produce them.

NOTE: The technology and cultures of cells for sub-item (e) are exclusive and this sub-item does not embargo technology and cells for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary and environmental uses and in the food industry.

NOTES: 1. 2.

Sub-item (c) does not include personal radiation monitoring dosimeters. "Biopolymers" in sub-item (e) are biological macromolecules as follows:

(a) "Enzymes'~; (b) Antibodies, "monoclonal", "polyclonal" or "natiidiotypic"; (c) Specially designed or specially processed "receptors". Definition of terms: (a) "Enzymes" are biocatalysts for specific chemical or biochemical reactions; (b) "Monoclonal antibodies" are proteins which bind to one antigenic site and are produced by a single clone of cells; (c) "Polyclonal antibodies" are a mixture of proteins which bind to the specific antigen and are produced by more than one clone of cells; (d) "Anti-idiotypic antibodies" are antibodies which bind to the specific antigen binding sites of other antibodies; (e) "Receptors" are biological macromolecular structures capable of binding ligands, the binding of which affects physiological functions.

ML8 Military explosives and fuels, as follows, additives, precursors and stabilizers therefor, and "specially designed software" therefor: TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. 2. 3.

Additives are substances used in explosive formulations to improve their properties; Stabilizers are substances used in explosive formulations to improve their shelf-life; Precursors are speciality chemicals used in the manufacture of military explosives. Except as they may be proscribed elsewhere, the term is not intended to cover industrial chemicals that are widely available in international markets; (a) Military high explosives;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Military high explosives are solid, liquid or gaseous substances or Iuixtures of substance which, in their application as primary, booster, or main charges in warheads, demolition and other military applications, are required to detonate. (b) Military propellants;

TECHNICAL NOTE:

(c)

Military propellants are solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of substances used for propelling projectiles and missiles, or to generate gases for powering auxiliary devices for embargoed military equipment which, when ignited, burn or deflagrate to produce quantities of gas capable of performing work, but in their application these quantities are required not to undergo a deflagration to detonation transition. Military pyrotechnics;

TECHNICAL NOTE: Military pyrotechnics are mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which, when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which contain no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on contact with air. (d) Military high-energy solid or liquid fuels, including aircraft fuels specially formulated for military purposes;

NOTE: It is understood that this sub-item covers finished products only and does not cover constituents.

NOTE: COLOURED TYPE

98

Goods described can be licenced at national discretion for export to the proscribed countries.

Security export control

March 1989

Certain explosive substances and nlixtures enlbargoed by thi~ Item in reasonable quantities for civilian or industrial purposes or when made into cartridges or charges of an exclusively civilian or industrial nature, such as propellants for sporting purposes or shooting gallery practice; cartridges for rivetting guns; and explosive charges for agricultural purposes, public works, nlines. quarries or oil-well drilling. The following are the substances or mixtures to which this procedure may apply: (a) Nitrate-based (40 per cent or nlore) and provided they do not contain more than 40 per cent nitroglycol/nitroglycerin or no

ML9

specially for aircraft and helicopters, and aircraft and helicopter engines covered by sub-item (a); . (d) Pressurized breathing equipment and partial pressure suits for use in aircraft and helicopters, anti-Ug" suits, military crash helmets, parachutes used for combat personnel, cargodropping, and aircraft deceleration, liquid oxygen converters used for aircraft, helicopters and missiles, catapults and cartridge actuated devices utilized in emergency escape of personnel from aircraft and helicopters.

Vessels of war and special naval equipment, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: .

MLII

I»)

:,) d)

rnore than 16 per cent TNT; Nitrocellulose with a nitrogen content of over 12.2 per cent; Nitroglycerin; Single base nitrocellulose; Sodiurn azide and other inorganic azides.

(a)

Combatant vessels or vessels designed for offensive or defensive action (surface or underwater) whether or not converted to non-military use and regardless of current state of repair or operating condition, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels; (b) Engines, as follows: (1) Diesel engines of 1,500 h.p. and over with rotary speed of 700 r.p.m. or over, specially designed for submarines; (2) Electric motors specially designed for submarines, Le. over 1,000 h.p., quick reversing type, liquid cooled and totally enclosed; (3) Non-magnetic diesel engines, 50 h.p. and over, specially designed for military purposes;

NOTE:

(c) (d) (e) (f) (g) ,h)

An engine shall be presumed to be specially designed for military purposes if: (a) It has' non-magnetic parts other than crankcase, block, head, pistons, covers, end plates, valve facings, gaskets, and fuel, lubrication and other supply lines; or . (b) Its non-magnetic content exceeds 75 per cent of total weight. Magnetic, pressure, and acoustic underwater detection devices specially designed for military purposes; controls and components thereof; Submarine and torpedo nets; Compasses and equipment therefor and ship's course indicators, specially designed for submarines; Specially designed components, accessories and attachments to the foregoing, such as turrets, naval gun mounts, submarine batteries and catapults; Hull penetrators and connectors specially designed for military purposes that enable interaction with equipment external to a vessel; Silent bearings for military purposes and equipment containing these bearings.

MLIO

Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefore

MLl2 Photographic and electro-optical imaging equipment, as follows, and specially designed components and "specially designed software" therefor: (a)

(1) Air reconnaisance cameras and associated equipment· designed for military purposes; (2) Film processing and printing machines designed for military purposes; (b) Other cameras and electro-optical imaging devices, including infrared and imaging radar sensors, whether recording, or transmitting via data link, designed for military (including reconnaissance) purposes; (c) Specialized equipment for the cameras and electro-optical imaging devices embargoed by sub-item (b) above designed to make the recorded or transmitted information militarily useful.

NOTE: Specialized equipment covered by sub-item (c) above which relate to electro-optical imaging devices and imaging radar sensors includes but is not limited to digital image processors and softcopy imagery display devices. (See also Munitions List Item ML 15).

MLl3 Special armoured equipment, as follows: (a) (b)

Armoured plate; Combinations and constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials specially designed to provide ballistic protection for military systems; Military helmets:

Aircraft and helicopters, of the pilot or pilotless types, and aero-engines and aircraft or helicopter equipment, associated equipment and components, specially designed for military purposes, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor:

NOTE:

:a)

(d) Body armour, flak suits and specially designed components therefor.

Combat aircraft and helicopters and other aircraft and helicopters specially designed for military purposes, including military reconnaissance, assault, military training and logistic support, and all aircraft and helicopters having special structural features such as multiple hatches, special doors, ramps, reinforced floors and the like, for transporting and airdropping troops, military equipment and supplies, aeroengines specially designed or adapted for use with such aircraft and helicopters, with the exception of aero-engines excepted under Item IL 1460 (d) on these Lists; and specially designed components therefor; tb) Airborne equipment, including airborne refuelling equipment, specially designed for use with the aircraft and helicopters and the engines of the types of aircraft and helicopters covered °by sub-item (a) and specially designed components therefor; (c) Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling equipment, equipment specially designed to facilitate operations in confined areas and ground equipment, not elsewhere specified, developed

(c)

This sub-item is not intended to embargo conventional steel helmets not equipped with, modified or designed to accept any type of accessory device;

MLl4 Specialised military training equipment and specially designed components and accessories and "specially designed software" therefore

ML15 Military infrared and thermal imaging equipment and image intensifier equipment, .and specially designed compoJlents and "specially designed software" .therefqr. (See also Items IL 1502, IL 1555, and UL 1556.)

SecfJr,'1 ~POFt control March 198999

ML16

ML20

Forgings, castings and semi-finished products specially designed for the products embargoed by Items ML 1, 2, 3, 4 and' 6 on this List.

Cyrogenic and superconductive equipment and components, and "specially designed software" therefor, as follows:

ML17

(a)

Miscellaneous equipment and materials, and "specially designed software" therefor, as follows: (a) Self-contained diving and underwater swimming apparatus, as follows: (1) Closed and semi-closed circuit (rebreathing) apparatus; (2) Specially designed components for use in the conversion of open-circuit apparatus to military use; (3) Articles exclusively designed for military use with selfcontained diving and underwater swimming apparatus; (b) Fire arms silencers (mufflers); (c) Power-controlled searchlights and control units therefor, designed for military use and "specially designed software" therefor; (d) Construction equipment built to military specifications, specially designed for airborne transport.

ML18 Equipment and technology for the "production" of items referred to in this List, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) Specially designed "production" equipment; (b) Components specially designed for equipment embargoed by (a) above; (c) "Production" equipment embargoed elsewhere on these Lists including that subject to national discretion; (d) Specific "production" technology, even if the equipment with which such technology is to be used is unembargoed; (e) Technology specific to the design of, the assembly of components into, and the operation, maintenance and repair of complete "production" installations even if the components themselves are unembargoed.

NOTES: 1.

2.

Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space application and capable of operating while in motion and of producing or maintaining temperatures below 103 K (-170°C, -274°F), and specially designed accessories and components and "specially designed software" therefor; (b) Superconductive electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers) designed. for operation at temperatures below 103 K (-170°C, -274°F), and that are specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications and capable of operating while in motion, except direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metal armatures which rotate in a magnetic field produced by super-conducting windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting component in the generator, and specially designed accessories and components and "specially designed software" therefor;

ML22 Electrically triggered shutters of the carbon injection or photochromic function type having a a shutter speed of less than 100 microseconds, and "specially designed software" therefor; except shutters which are an essential part of a high-speed camera.

ML23 Directed energy weapons (DEW) systems, as follows, and "specially designed software" therefor: (a) (b)

Equipment used to determine the safety data of explosives, as required by the International Convention on the Transport of Dangerous Goods (C.I.M.), articles 3 and 4 in Annex (1) RID, provided that governments are satisfied that such equipment will be llsed only by the railway authorities of current C.I.M. Inembers, or by govenul1ent-accredited testing facilities in those countries, for the testing of explosives to transport safety standards, as follows: (a) Equipment for deternlining the ignition and deflagration temperatures; (b) Equipment for steel-shell tests; (c) Drop hammers not exceeding 20 kg in weight for determining the sensitivity of explosives to shock; (d) Equipment for determining the friction sensitivity of explosives when exposed to charges not exceeding 36 kg in weight.

(c) (d)

"Production" includes design, examination, manufacture, testing and checking.

ML19 Environmental chambers capable of pressures below 0.133 microbar (10-4 Torr) and specially designed components therefor. NOTE: This item is not intended to cover equipment fitted with such industrial machinery as is not embargoed by the Lists, for instance coating machinery, not elsewhere specified, and equipment for the casting of plastics. 100

Security export control

March 1989

(e) (f)

Laser systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target; Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target; High power radio-frequency (RF) systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target; Specially designed components for systems embargoed by (a), (b) or (c) above, including but not limited to: (1) Prime power generation, energy storage, switching, power conditioning and fuel-handling equipment; (2) Target acquisition and tracking sub-systems; (3) Sub-systems capable of assessing target damage, destruction or mission-abort; (4) Beam-handling, propagation and pointing equipment; (5) Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target operations; (6) Adaptive optics; (7) Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams which provide average injection currents over 50 mA with beam brightness (defined as current divided by the product of orthogonal transverse, nor~~lised RMS emittances) greater than 40 A/(cm 2 mrad ) at kinetic energies greater than 20 keY; or (8) Specially designed components for the equipment embargoed by (1) to (7) above. Equipment, and components thereof, specially designed and intended for defence against systems embargoed by (a), (b) or (c) above and for their detection and identification; Physical test models and related documentation for the systems, equipment and components described in sub-items (a) to (e) above.

NOTE: For the embargo parameters of lasers or associated laser components, see Item IL 1522.

ML24

4.

"Software" (as defined in Item IL 1566), as follows: (a)

"Software" specially designed for the modelling, simulation or evaluation of military weapons systems; and (b) "Software" for determining the effects of conventional, nuclear, chemical or biological warfare weapons.

ML25 "Biocatalysts" for decontamination and degradation of chemical warfare (CW) agents, technology, and biological systems therefor as follows: "Biocatalysts", specially designed for decontamination and degradation of CW agents described in Item ML 7 (a) resulting from directed laboratory selection or genetic manipulation of biological systems; (b) Technology exclusively for the incorporation of "biocatalysts", as covered in (a), into military carrier substances or military material; (c) Biological systems as follows: "Expression vectors", viruses or cultures of cells containing the genetic information specific to the production of "biocatalysts" as covered under (a).

5.

containing the foregoing. "Effective gramme" of special or other fissile material is defined as follows: (a) For plutonium istopes and uranium-233, the isotope weight in grammes; (b) For uranium enriched 1 per cent or greater in the isotope U-235, the element weight in grammes multiplied by the square of its enrichment expressed as a decimal weight fraction; (c) For uranium enriched below 1 per cent in the istope U-235, the element weight in grammes multiplied by 0.0001. (d) For americium-242m, curium-245 and -247, and califorium-249 and -251, the isotope weight in grammes multiplied by 10. For the purposes of this item the term "previously separated" is defined as the application of any process intended to increase the concentration of the controlled isotope.

(a)

NOTES: 1.

2.

The technology and biological systems for sub-items (b) and (c) are exclusive and these sub-items do not embargo technology and biological systems for civil purposes, such as agriculturai, pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental and waste management uses, and in the food industry. Definition of Terms: (a) "Biocatalysts" are enzymes or other biological compounds which bind to and accelerate the degradation of CW agents. (b) "Expression Vectors" are carriers (e.g. plasmid or virus) which are used to introduce genetic material into host cells.

Atomic Energy List A. Nuclear Materials Al Special and other fissile materials, except; (i) Shipments of one effective gramme or less; (H) Shipments of three effective grammes or less when contained in a sensing component in instruments; (Hi) Special or other fissile materials contained in heart pacemakers.

TECHNICAL NOTES: 1. 2.

3.

"Special fissile material" is defined as plutonium-239, uranium-233, uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233, and any material containing the foregoing. "Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233" is defined as uranium containing the isotopes 235 or 233, or both, in an amount such that the abundance ratio of the sum of these isotopes to the isotope 238 is more than the ratio of the isotope 235 to the isotope 238 occurring in nature (isotopic ratio: 0.72 per cent). "Other fissile material" is defined as "previously separated" americium-242m, curium-245 and -247, californium-249 and -251, isotopes of plutonium-238 and -239, and any material J

A2 Natural and depleted uranium, in any form or incorporated in any substance in which the concentration of uranium exceeds 0.05 per cent by weight, except: (i)

Shipments having a natural uranium content of: (1) 10 kg or less for any application; or (2) 100 kg or less for civil non-nuclear applications; (H) Uranium depleted in the isotope 235 in which the uranium 235 isotope comprises less than 0.35 per cent of the total uranium assay; (Hi) Depleted uranium specially fabricated for the following civil applications: (1) Shielding; (2) Packaging; (3) Ballasts; (4) Counter-weights.

AS Deuterium, heavy water, deuterated paraffins, and simple or complex lithium deuterides, and mixtures and solutions containing deuterium, in which the isotopic ratio of deuterium to hydrogen exceeds 1:5,000, except shipments of the above having a deuterium content of 10 kg or less.

A4 Zirconium metal; alloys containing more than 50 per cent zirconium by weight; compounds, in which the ratio of hafnium to zirconium is less than 1:500 parts by weight, and manufactures wholly thereof; except: (i) Zirconium metal and alloy in shipments of 5 kg or less; (H) Zirconium in the form of foil or strip having a thickness not exceeding 0.025mm (0.00095 in.) and specially fabricated and intended for use in photo flash bulbs, in shipments of 200 kg or less;

AS Nickel powder and porous nickel metal, as follows: (a)

Powder with a nickel purity content of 99 per cent or more and a mean particle size of less than 10 micrometres measured by the ASTM B.330 standard; (b) Porous ni,..;kel t. metal material produced from materials embargoed by ,sub·item (a) above except single porous nic~el metal sheets not exceeding 930 cm 2 intended for use in batteries for civil applications. Security export control

March 1989

101

AI3

A5(b)NOTE

Materials for nuclear heat sources, as follows:

NOTE: Sub-item (b) above refers to porous nickel metal manufactured from nickel powder defined in sub-item (a) above which has been compacted and sintered to form a metal material with fine pores interconnected throughout the structure.

A6 Nuclear-grade graphite, i.e. graphite having a purity level of less than one part per million boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 g/cm 3, except individual shipments of 100 kg or less.

(a)

Plutonium in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of plutonium-238 of more than 50 per cent, except: (i) Shipments with a plutonium content of one gramme or less; (H) Shipments of three effective grammes or less when contained in a sensing component in instruments; (Hi) Plutonium-238 contained in heart pacemakers; (b) "Previously separated" neptunium-237 in any form, except shipments with a neptunium-237 content of one gramme or less.

TECHNICAL NOTE: For the purpose of this Item, "previously separated" is defined as the application of any process intended to increase the concentration of the controlled isotope.

A7 AI4

Lithium, as follows: (a) Metal, hydrides or alloys containing lithium enriched in the 6 isotope to a concentration higher than the one existing in nature (7.5 per cent on an atom percentage basis); (b) Any other materials containing lithium enriched in the 6 isotope (including compounds, mixtures and concentrates), except lithium enriched in the 6 isotope incorporated in thermoluminescent dosimeters. (For the deuteride of natural lithium or of lithium enriched in the 7 isotope, see Item A.3.).

A8 Hafnium, as follows: metal, alloys and compounds of hafnium containing more than 60 per cent hafnium by weight, and manufactures thereof, except shipments of the above having a hafnium content of 1 kg or less.

A9 Beryllium, as follows: metal, alloys containing more than 50 per cent beryllium by weight, compounds containing beryllium and manufactures thereof, except: (i) Metal windows for X-ray machines; (H) Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms specially designed for electronic component parts or as substrates for electronic circuits; (Hi) Shipments of 500 g or less of beryllium having a purity of 99 per cent or less, or 100 g or less of beryllium having a purity of greater than 99 per cent, provided shipments exclude single crystals; (iv) Shipments of 5 kg or less of beryllium contained in compounds with a purity of less than 99 per cent.

AI2 Tritium, compounds and mixtures containing tritium in which the ratio of tritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1 part in 1,000, and products containing one or more of the foregoing, except: (i)

Shipments of tritium, compounds, mixtures and individual products containing one or more of the foregoing substances not exceeding 100 curies; (ii) Tritium contained in luminous paint, self-luminous products, gas and aerosol detectors, electron tubes, lightning or static elimination devices, ion generating tubes, detector cells of gas chromatography devices, and calibration standards; (Hi) Compounds and mixtures of tritium, where the separation of the constituents cannot result in the evolution of an isotopic mixture of hydrogen in which the ratio of tritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1 part in 1,000. 102

Security export control

March 1989

Specially designed or prepared materials for the separation of isotopes of natural uranium, depleted uranium and special and other fissile materials, including specially designed chemical exchange resins. (For isotopic separation plants, see Item 81.)

B. Nuclear facilities 81 Plants for the separation of isotopes of natural uranium and depleted uranium, special and other fissile materials, and specially-designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, including: (a)

Units specially designed for separating isotopes of natural uranium and depleted uranium, special or other fissile materials, such as: (1) Gas centrifuges; (2) Jet nozzle separation units; (3) Vortex separation units; (4) Laser isotopic separation units; (5) Chemical exchange separation units; (6) Electromagnetic separation units; (7) Plasma separation units; (8) Gaseous diffusion separation units; (b) Specially designed components for the above, including: (1) Valves wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloy containing 60 per cent or more nickel, 0.5 cm or greater in diameter, with bellows seals, except valves not so defined; (2) Blowers and compressors (turbo, centrifugal and axial flow types) wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloy containing 60 per cent or more nickel and having a capacity of 1,700 litres (1. 7m 3) per minute or greater, including compressor seals, except blowers and compressors not so defined; (3) Gaseous diffusion barriers; (4) Gaseous diffusion housings; (5) Heat exchangers made of aluminium, copper, nickel or alloys containing more than 60 per cent nickel, or combinations of these metals as clad tubes, designed to operate at sub-atmospheric pressure with a leak rate of less than 10 pascal (0.1 millibar) per hour under a pressure differential of 105 pascal (1 bar), except heat exchangers not so defined. (For specially designed or prepared materials for the separation of isotopes, see Item A 14.)

82

84

Plants for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear reactor fuel elements, and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefor, including:

Plants specially designed for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel elements and specially designed equipment therefor. NOTE:

(a)

Fuel element chopping or shredding machines, Le. remotely operated equipment to cut, chop, shred or shear irradiated nuclear reactor fuel assemblies, bundles or rods; (b) Criticality safe tanks (e.g. small diameter, annular or slab tanks) specially designed or prepared for the dissolution of irradiated nuclear reactor fuel, which are capable of withstanding hot, highly corrosive liquids, and which can be remotely loaded and maintained; (c) Counter-current solvent extractors and ion-exchange processing equipment specially designed and prepared for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated natural uranium, depleted uranium or special and other fissile materials; (d) Process control instrumentation specially designed or prepared for monitoring or controlling the reprocessing of irradiated source and special and other fissile materials.

A plant for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel elements includes equipment which (1) normally comes into direct contact with or directly processes or controls the production flow of nuclear materials, (2) seals the nuclear material within the cladding, (3) checks ~he integrity of the cladding or the seal, and (4) checks the finish treatment of the solid fuel.

85 Plants for the production of heavy water, deuterium, or deuterium compounds, and specially designed or prepared equipment and components therefore

NOTE: A plant for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear reactor fuel elements includes equipment and components which normally come into direct contact with and directly control the irradiated fuel and the major nuclear material and fission product processing streams.

83 Nuclear reactors, i.e. reactors capable of operation so as to maintain a controlled, selfsustaining fission chain reaction, and equipment and components specially designed or prepared for use in connection with a nuclear reactor, including: (a)

(b) (c)

(d)

(e)

(f) (g)

(h)

Pressure vessels, Le. metal vessels as complete units or as major shop·fabricated parts therefor, which are specially designed or prepared to contain the core of a nuclear reactor and are capable of withstanding the operating pressure of the primary coolant, including the top plate for a reactor pressure vessel; Fuel element handling equipment, including reactor fuel charging and discharging machines; Control rods, Le. rods specially designed or prepared for the control of the reaction rate in a nuclear reactor, including the neutron absorbing part and the support or suspension structures therefor, and control rod guide tubes; Electronic controls for controlling the power levels in nuclear reactors, including reactor control rod drive mechanisms and radiation detection and measuring instruments to determine neutron flux levels; Pressure tubes, Le. tubes specially designed or prepared to contain fuel elements and the primary coolant in a nuclear reactor at an operating pressure in excess of 50 bars (atmospheres); Coolant pumps, Le. pumps specially designed or prepared for circulating the primary coolant of nuclear reactors; Internals specially designed or prepared for the operation of a nuclear reactor, including but not limited to core support structures, thermal shields, baffles, core grid plates and diffuser plates; Heat exchangers.

86 Plants for the production of uranium hexafluoride (UF 6) and specially designed or prepared equipment (including UF 6 purification equipment) and components therefore

c. Nuclear -

related

equipment Cl Neutron generator systems, including tubes, designed for operation without an external vacuum system and utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium nuclear reaction.

C2 Power generating or propulsion equipment specially designed for use with military, space, marine or mobile nuclear reactors. NOTE: This Item does not apply to conventional power generating equipment which, although designed for use in a particular nuclear station, could in principle be used in conjunction with conventional systems.

C3 Electrolytic cells for the production of fluorine with a production capacity greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.

NOTE: A nuclear reactor includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and the components which normally contain or come into direct contact with or control the primary coolant of the reactor core. ~

C4 Equipment specially designed for the separation of isotopes of lithium. Security export control

March 1989

103

cs Equipment specially designed for the production or recovery of tritium.

C6 Frequency changers (converters or invertors) specially designed or prepared to supply motor

stators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all of "the following characteristics, and specially designed components therefor: (a) A multiphase output of 600 Hz to 2 kHz; (b) Frequency control better than 0.1 per cent; (c) Harmonic distortion of less than 2 per cent; and (d) An efficiency greater than 80 per cent. (See also Item B 1 on this List.)

INDEX INDUSTRIAL LIST A to D converters ADC ATE Absorbers, electromagnetic waves Absorbers, hair type Absorbers, non-planar and planar Absorbers, paint Accelerometer manufacture Accelerometers Acoustic emission Acoustic positioning systems Acoustic test equipment Acoustic wave devices Advanced technology parts (SPC switching) Advanced technology parts (digital computers) Aero-engine design Aero-engines Airborne communication equipment Aircraft Aircraft manufacture or inspection Airframe structure manufacture Align and expose' equipment Altimeters Aluminides of titanium Amplifiers Analogue computers

IL 1564 d and IL 1568 IL 1564 d and IL 1568 Il 1355 b 7 IL 1561 IL 1561 IL 1561 IL 1561 IL 1385 IL 1485 IL 1365 IL 1510 IL 1362 b IL 1586 IL 1567 Note 2 IL 1565 Note 7 IL 1361 IL 1460 IL 1501 a and IL 1531 c IL 1460 IL 1081 IL 1081 IL 1355 b 2 IL 1501 b IL 1672 IL 1521 and IL 1564 d IL 1565 a, b, c, e, and

Analogue divider integrated circuits Analogue exchanges Analogue multiplier integrated circuits Analogue tape recorders Analogue to digital converters Analogue transmission equipment Angular measuring machines Angular measuring systems Annealing furnaces Antenna Anti-TR tubes Application software Arc furnaces Aromatic polyamides Aromatic polyether ether ketones Artificial intelligence Assembles, electronic AssembHes with mounted components Audio amplifiers Automatic pilots Automatic test equipment Automatically controlled industrial systems Bare board testers Barrel etchers Base materials Batteries Bearings, anti-friction Bipolar monolithic integrated circuits Bipolar random access memories Bit-slice microcomputer microcircuits Bit-slice microprocessor microcircuits Bonders Boric oxide Boring mills Boron Bragg cells Broadband amplifiers Bubble memories Bubble memory processing equipment Bulk acoustic wave devices Bus analysers CCD CMOS monolithic integrated circuits CNC CRT

IL IL IL IL

Note 3

104 Security export control

March 1989

IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL IL IL IL IL IL IL IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL

IL IL IL

IL

1564 1567 1564 1572 1564 1519 1532 1532 1355 1537 1537 1566 1203 1746 1746 1566 1564 1564 1564 1485 1355 1399 1354 1355 1733 1205 1371 1564 1564 1564 1564 1355 1757 1091 1715 1586 1521 1588 1355 1586 1529 1564 1564 1091 1541

d b d a d and IL 1568

c b 1 h

e a, b and Note 4 c j b c d b 7

e b 1

a d d d d

i b

e b 1 b d d a

IL 1355, IL 1388 and IL 1389 IL 1526 Cable IL 1353 Cable manufacturing equipment IL 1757 e Cadmium IL 1529 Calibrating equipment IL 1417 e Cameras, underwater IL 1560 Capacitors IL 17461 Carboxyl terminated polyisoprene Cathode-ray oscilloscopes IL 1584 Cathode-ray tube displays IL 1565 h Cathode-ray tubes IL 1541 Cathodes IL 1558 Cathodic arc deposition IL 1389 and IL 1388 Ceramic base materials IL 1733 Ceramic packages for integrated circuits IL 1564 b Ceramic-ceramic composite materials IL 1733 Ceramic-metal structured hydrogen thyratrons IL 1559 Channel estimators IL 1520 b Characterisation equipment IL 1353 Charge-coupled devices IL 1564 d Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) IL 1355 bland IL 1388 a Cipher equipment IL 1527 Note 3 Civil aviation communication networks IL 1567 b Clean air filters IL 1355 b 8 Clean room equipment IL 1355 b 8 Clock drivers IL 1564 d Coating equipment for magnetic tape IL 1356 Coating technology IL 1389 Coaxial cable IL 1526 b Cobalt-based alloys IL 1648 Cold cathode tubes IL 1542 Colombium compounds IL 1760 Combustion system testing IL 1361 Communication equipment IL 1519 and IL 1567 Comparators IL 1564 d Compass manufacture IL 1385 Compasses IL 1485 Compilers IL 1529 b Components, electronic IL 1564 Compound semiconductor processing IL 1355 b 1 IL 1572 d Computer disc cartridges Computer disc packs IL 1572 d Computer tape Jt 1572 d Computer-aided design for PCB IL 1354 b Computer-aided design of semiconductors IL 1355 b 2 IL 1566 a Computer-aided design software Computer-aided inspection software IL 1566 a Computer-aided manufacture software IL 1566 a IL 1566 a Computer-aided test software IL 1565 Computers IL 1391 b Controllers, robot IL 1564 d Converter integrated drcuits Converters IL 1568 Copolyesters IL 1746 h Crossed-field amplifier tubes IL 1558 b Crossed-field oscillator tubes IL 1558 b Crucibles IL 1355 b 1 Cryopump systems IL 1129 Cryptographic equipment IL 1527 Crystal materials IL 1588 IL 1588 c, d Crystal materials, multi aperture forms IL 1588 b Crystal materials, single aperture forms IL 1355 b 1 Crystal pullers IL 1588 Crystals IL 1354 g Cyclic voltametric stripping equipment IL 1564 d and IL 1568 D to A converters DAC IL 1564 d and IL 1568 DNC IL 1091 c DRAM IL 1564 d DVM IL 1529 f CVD

Data (message) switching Dayem bridges Deep submergence vehicles Definitions, SPC communication switching Degaussing, vessel Densitometer Depth sounders Desmear equipment Detection equipment Detector diodes Development systems

IL 1565 h 1 and IL 1567 IL 1574 IL 1418 IL 1567 Note 8 IL 1416 d IL 1534 IL 1510 IL 1354 a IL 1502 IL 1544 b IL 1565 h 1 and IL 1566 b Device testers IL 1355 b 7 Diagnostic systems IL 1566 b Die bonders IL 1355 b 5 Die mounters IL 1355 b 5 Diffractive type optical elements IL 1556 d Diffusion furnaces IL 1355 b 1 Digital circuit testers IL 1529 b Digital computer definition IL 1565 Note 16 Digital computers IL 1565 e, f and h Digital computers (licenced by HMG) IL 1565 Note 9 Digital computers (favourable consideration) IL 1565 Note 12 Digital computers (free from control) IL 1565 h 2 Digital computers (to China) IL 1565 Notes 17 and 18 Digital counters IL 1529 c Digital exchanges IL 1567 Note 4, Note 6 and Note 7 Digital instruments IL 1529 b Digital oscilloscopes IL 1584 Digital tape recorders IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a Digital to analogue converters IL 1564 d and IL 1568 Digital voltage measuring apparatus IL 1529 f Digital word generators IL 1529 b Digitally controlled radio receivers IL 1531 d Digitizers IL 1565 h Dimensional inspection machine (components) IL 1093 Dimensional inspection machines IL 1091 b Diodes IL 1544 Direct numerical control (DNC) systems IL 1091 c Direction finding equipment IL 1501 b Directional couplers IL 1537 c Disc cartridges IL 1572 d Disc drives IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a Disc packs IL 1572 d Display drivers IL 1564 d Displays IL 1564 c and d Doping profile analysis IL 1355 b 4 Doppler systems IL 1501 c Drills (peB) IL 1354 f Drivers IL 1564 d Dry etchers IL 1355 b 1 Dynamic random access memories IL 1564 d Electric arc devices IL 1206 Electro-chemical devices IL 1205 a Electrolyte cells IL 1205 a Electron beam deposition systems IL 1355 bland IL 1388 c Electron beam microfabrication systems IL 1355 b 1 Electron tubes IL 1555 Electron tubes for electron streak cameras IL 1555 Note 3 Electron tubes for framing cameras IL 1555 Note 3 Electron tubes for image conversion IL 1555 a Electron tubes for image intensification IL 1555 a Electron tubes for television cameras IL 1555 b Electron tubes for video cameras IL 1555 b Electronic assemblies IL 1564 IL 1564 Electronic components Electronic components, manufacture and test IL 1355 Electronic instruments IL 1529 Electronic material, manufacture and test IL 1355 Electronic vacuum tubes IL 1558 Elements for optical tubes IL 1556 IL 1565 h 2 Embedded digital computers Emulators IL 1529 b Encapsulated passive networks IL 1564 d Encoders IL 1568 d Encryption IL 1527, IL 1565 and IL 1566 IL 1391 c End effectors, robot IL 1355 b 1 Epitaxial growth equipment IL 1355 b 1 Etchers, plasma IL 1354 a Etching equipment (PCB) Exchanges IL 1567 Notes 6 and 7 IL 1566 b Expert systems FET IL 1545 a IL 1533 FFT analysers Facsimile equipment IL 1519 and IL 1572 IL 1533 Fast fourier transform analysers Fast recovery diodes IL 1544 e Fault tolerance IL 1565 h 1

Fibre-optic bundles Fibre-optic cable Fibre-optic connector manufacture Fibre-optic connectors Fibre-optic couplers Fibre-optic manufacturing equipment Fibre-optic plates Fibre-optics Fibrous and filamentary material production Fibrous and filamentary materials Field-effect transistors Filament winding machines Film type integrated circuits Flash discharge type X-ray systems Flash discharge type X-ray tubes Flatbed microdensitometers Flatness measurement intruments Flexible disc drives Flexible disc media Flight data recorders Flight instrument systems Floating docks Floppy disc drives Floppy disc media Flow-forming machines Fluorinated silicone fluids Fluorinated silicone lubricating greases Fluorine production equipment Fluorine, containers for Fluorocarbon coated electric wire and cable Fluorocarbon compounds and manufactures Fluorocarbon greases, lubricants and dielectric Fluorocarbon processing equipment Fluorocarbon tubing Focal plane array Frequency agile radio systems Frequency generators Frequency network analysers Frequency standards Frequency synthesizers Frequency (heterodyne) converters Fuel cells Function generators Functional testers Furnaces, electric vacuum Gallium Gas turbine blade manufacture Gas turbine engine inspection Gas turbine engine manufacture Gas turbine engine technology Gas turbine engines Gate arrays Gear making machinery Geodetic equipment Geophones Germanium Glass preforms for optical fibres Graphic displays Graphic instruments Gravimeters Gravity gradiometers Gravity meters Gunn diodes Gyro manufacture Gyro-stabilizers Gyros Gyrotrons Hall field probes Helicopters Hetero-epitaxial materials High speed cameras High speed shutters Hot cap sealers Hovercraft Hovercraft manufacture Hulls Hybrid computers Hybrid integrated circuits Hydraulic fluids Hydrofoil manufacture Hydrofoil vessels Hydrogen isotope thyratrons Hydrogen thyratrons Hydrophones IC Image enhancement Image transfer equipment Impatt diodes In-circuit testers Incorporated digital computers Incremental rer~orders

IL IL IL IL

1556 a 1526 c and d 1359 1526 f IL 1526 f IL 1353 IL 1556 a IL 1526 band c IL 1357 IL 1763 IL 1545 a IL 1357 IL 1564 IL 1553 IL 1553 IL 1534 IL 1355 b 4 IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a IL 1572 d IL 1572 a IL 1485 IL 1425 IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a IL 1572 d IL 1075 IL 1755 a IL 1755 b IL 1110 IL 1145 IL 1754 c IL 1754 IL 1754 b IL 1352 IL 1142 IL 1548 d IL 1516 c IL 1529 b IL 1529 b IL 1529 a IL 1531 IL 1529 b IL 1205 a IL 1529 b IL 1355 b 7 IL 1203 IL1757b IL 1080 IL 1086 IL 1086 IL 1372 IL 1431 IL 1564 Note 2 IL 1088 IL 1502 Note 4 IL 1510 IL 1757 j IL 1767 IL 1565 h IL 1572 c IL 1595 IL 1595 IL 1595 IL 1544 c IL 1385 IL 1485 IL 1485 IL 1558 e and IL 1573 IL 15681 IL 1460 IL 1757 d IL 1585 IL 1585 IL 1355 b 5 IL 1416 b IL 1364 IL 1416 h IL 1565 d IL 1564 IL 1702 IL 1364 IL 1416 a IL 1559 IL 1559 IL 1510 IL 1564 IL 1565 h 1 IL 1355 b 2 IL 1544 c IL 1355 b 7 IL 1565 h 2 and Note 1 IL 1572 a

Security expol"t control.

March 1989

106

IL1757c IL 1203 IL 1601 IL 1485 IL 1385 IL 1502 IL 1354 d IL 1531 b IL 1564 d IL 1572 a IL 1572 d IL 1529 IL 1355 b 7 IL 1564 IL 1357 IL 1355 bland IL 1388 B IL 1635 Iron and steel alloys IL 1564 d Isolation amplifiers Isostatic presses IL 1312 IL 1574 Josephson-effect devices Key telephone systems IL 1567 b IL 1558 c and d Klystrons Krytron tubes IL 1542 IL 1544 g, IL 1564 c LED and d LPE IL 1355 b 1 LVDT IL 1532 a Laser equipment IL 1522 b Laser measuring systems IL 1522 c IL 1522 b Laser systems Lasers IL 1522 a Launch vehicles IL 1465 b Lidar equipment IL 1522 b IL 1564 d Light emitting alphanumeric displays IL 1544 g, IL 1564 c Light emitting diodes and d IL 1564 d Line drivers IL 1564 d Line receivers Line-width measurement equipment IL 1355 b 4 IL 1548 d Linear array Linear measuring machines IL 1532 b IL 1532 Linear measuring systems Linear synchros IL 1568 d IL 1564 d Linear type voltage regulators Linear voltage differential transformers IL 1532 a IL 1355 b 1 Liquid phase epitaxy (LPE) Lithographic equipment, semiconductor IL 1355 b 2 IL 1565 h I,lL 1567 a Local area networks IL 1529 b Logic analysers Low temperature devices IL 1574 Low temperature superconductive materials IL 1675 IL 1781 Lubricating oils MOCVD IL 1355 b 1 MOS-DRAM IL 1564 d MOS-SRAM IL 1564 d Machine tools IL 1091 b Machine tools (components) IL 1093 IL 1091 b Machining centres IL 1358 Magnetic disc coating equipment IL 1572 d Magnetic disc media IL 1588 f Magnetic ferrite materials IL 1631 Magnetic metals Magnetic recording media, manufacture and test IL 1358 IL 1572 d Magnetic tape Magnetic tape coating equipment IL 1356 IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a Magnetic tape recorders IL 1571 Magnetometer systems Magnetometers IL 1571 Magnetrons IL 1558 b Maintenance systems IL 1566 b IL 1746 a Maleimides IL 1510 Marine systems Mask aligners IL 1355 b 2 IL 1355 b 2 Mask fabrication equipment Mask inspection equipment IL 1355 b 2 IL 1355 b 2 Masks semiconductor IL 1529 Measuring equipment IL 1565 Note 5 Medical applications (digital computers) Memory integrated circuits IL 1564 d Memory storage or switching devices IL 1588 e Metal oxide semiconductor memories IL 1564 d IL 1305 Metal rolling mills Metal-organic chemical vapour deposition IL 1355 b 1 (MOCVD) IL 1001 Metal-working technology IL 1733 d Metallo-organic materials IL 1556 b Microchannel plates IL 1529 band IL 1565 h 1 Microcomputer development systems IL 1564 Microcomputer microcircuits IL 1534 Microdensitometers

Indium Induction furnaces Inert gas and vacuum atomizing technology Inertial equipment Inertial equipment manufacture Infrared systems Inspection equipment, PCB Instrument frequency synthesizers Instrumentation amplifiers Instrumentation recorders Instrumentation tape Instruments, electronic Integrated circuit testers Integrated circuits Interlacing machines Ion implantation

106 Security export control March 1989

Microprocessor development systems Microprocessor microcircuits Microprocessor support integrated circuits Microwave amplifiers Microwave assemblies Microwave equipment Microwave instrumentation receivers Microwave radio links Millimetric wave equipment Milling machines Mixer diodes Modems Modules Modules with mounted components Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) Monocrystalline germanium Monocrystalline silicon Monolithic ceramic capacitors Monolithic integrated circuits Multi-data.,.stream processing Multichip integrated circuits Multiplex equipment NMOS monolithic integrated circuits Navigation equipment Network analysers Networking equipment Nickel-based alloys Niobates Non-composite ceramic materials Numerical control (NC) units OCR OMR Ocean cable Operating systems Operational amplifiers Optical character readers Optical elements Optical elements, diffractive type Optical fibre cable Optical fibre characterisation equipment Optical fibre connectors Optical fibre couplers Optical fibre manufacturing equipment Optical fibre sensors Optical fibres Optical integrated circuits Optical mark recognition Optical quality surface manufacture Optical spectrum analysers Oscillators, crystal Oscilloscopes Oxidation furnaces Oxygen/carbon content measuring equipment PABX PCB PCB CAD PCB manufacture and test PCM testers PIN diodes PIN modulators PLA PMOS monolithic integrated circuits PROM PROM programmers Packages Packet switching Panel processors, PCB Panoramic radio receivers Parametric amplifiers Pattern generators Pellicles Peniotrons Peripheral drivers Peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment (to C.hina) Personal computers (to China) Phase slip devices Phased array antenna Photo-enhanced reactors Photo-voltaic cells Photocathodes Photoconductive cells Photocouplers Photodiodes Photographic equipment Photographic film Photographic plates Photolithography Photomultiplier tubes Photosensitive components Phototransistors

IL 1529 band IL 1565 h 1 IL 1564 IL 1564 d IL 1537 k IL 1537 IL 1537 IL 1529 b IL 1520 a IL 1537 IL 1091 b IL 1544 b IL 1519 a IL 1564 IL 1564 c IL 1355 b 1 IL 1757 j IL 1757 a IL 1560 a IL 1564 IL 1565 h 1 IL 1564 IL 1519 IL 1564 d IL 1501 b IL 1529 b IL 1565 h IL 1661 IL 1760 IL 1733 IL 1091 a IL 1565 h IL 1565 h IL 1526 a IL 1566 b IL 1564 d IL 1565 h IL 1556 IL 1556 d IL 1526 c IL 1353 IL 1526 f IL 1526 f IL 1353 IL 1526 d IL 1526 band c IL 1564 IL 1565 h IL 1370 IL 1533 IL 1587 IL 1584 IL 1355 b 1 IL 1355 b 4 IL 1567 b and Note 4 IL 1564 IL 1354 b IL 1354 IL 1519 d IL 1544 f IL 1537 I IL 1564 Note 2 IL 1564 d IL 1564 d H..· 1529 b IL 1564 IL 1567 IL 1354 c IL 1516 a IL 1537 IL 1355 b 2 IL 1355 b 2 IL 1558 e IL 1564 d IL 1565 h 2 IL 1565 Note 19 IL 1565 Note 20 IL 1574 IL 1537 g IL 1355 b 1 IL 1205 b IL 1556 c IL 1548 IL 1564 c and d IL 1548 IL 1585 IL 1585 IL 1585 IL 1355 b 2 IL 1549 IL 1548 IL 1548

Plasma etchers, semiconductor 11.. Plasma etching, PCB 11.. Plasma spraying 11.. Plasma torches 11.. Plasma-enhanced reactors 11.. Plating equipment, PCB 11.. Plotters 11.. Polybenzimidazoles 11.. Polybenzothiazoles 11.. Polybenzoxozoles 11.. Polycarbonate sheet 11.. Polycrystalline silicon 11.. Polycrystalline silicon production 11.. Polyimides 11.. Polymeric materials 11.. Polymeric substances 11.. Polyoxadiazoles 11.. Polyphosphazenes 11.. Polyphosphonitriles 11.. 11.. Polystyrylpyridine Positioning equipment 11.. Positioning systems, acoustic 11.. Power sources, radio-active 11.. Precursor materials 11.. Preform characterisation equipment 11.. Preforms of glass 11.. Presses, isostatic 11.. Primary cells 11.. Printed circuit board manufacture and test 11.. Printed circuit board testers 11.. Printed circuit boards 11.. Printed circuit boards with mounted components 11.. Printers 11.. Private automatic exchanges 11.. Programmable logic arrays 11.. Programmable read only memories 11.. Programming systems 11.. Propellors 11.. Propulsion systems, spacecraft 11.. Proximity-effect devices 11.. Pullers, semiconductor crystal 11.. Pulse modulators 11.. Pumps 11.. Pyrolitic deposition technology 11.. Pyrolitic detectors 11.. Quartz crystal manufacture 11.. Quartz crystals 11.. Quasiparticle devices or detectors 11.. RAM 11.. ROM 11.. Radar equipment 11.. Radio equipment 11.. 11.. Radio receivers 11.. 11.. Radio relay communication equipment IL Radio transmitters Random access memories 11.. Reactive ion etchers (RIE) 11.. Read vnly memories 11.. 11.. Real time processing Rechargeable batteries 11.. 11.. Recording equipment Recording media 11.. Regulators 11.. Reproducing equipment 11.. Reserve batteries 11.. Resist materials 11.. Resist removal, PCB 11.. 11.. Reticles Robot Controllers 11.. Robots 11.. Rolling mills 11.. Routers, PCB 11.. Ruggedized computers 11.. SAWs 11.. SEM 11.. SIS devices 11.. SNS bridges 11.. SPC circuit switching 11.. SPC communication switching 11.. SPC communication switching technology 11.. SPC telegraph circuit switching 11.. SPC telephone circuit switching 11.. SPC telephone circuit switching exchange 11.. SRAM 11.. SWATH vessel manufacture 11.. SWATH vessels 11.. 11.. Sample and hold integrated circuits Sapphire substrates 11.. Satellite communications equipment 11.. Satellite navigation equipment 11..

1355 b 1 1354 a 1388 D 1206 1355 b I 1354 c 1565 h 1746 b 1746 d 1746 i 1749 1757 f 1355 b I 1746 a 1733 d and 11.. 1754 a 1746 1746 e 1746 f 1746 f 1746 g 1501 b 1510 1205 c 1733 1353 1767 1312 1205 a 1354 1354 e 1564 1564 c 1565 h 1567 b and Note 4 1564 Note 2 1564 d 1566 b 1416 1465 c 1574 1355 b 1 1514 1131 1602 1548 1360 1587 1574 1564 d 1564 d 1501 c 1520 a, 11.. 1516, 1517 and 11.. 1531 1516 and 11.. 1531 d 1520 1517 and 11.. 1531 e 1564 d 1355 b 1 1564 d 1565 h 1 1205 a 1572 1572 d 1564 d 1572 1205 a 1757k 1354 a 1355 b 2 1391 b 1391 a 1305 1354 f 1565 f 1586 1355 1574 1574 1565 h I and 11.. 1567 1567 1567 c 1567 b 1567 b 1567 Notes 6 and 7 1564 d 1364 1416 c 1564 d 1757h 1520 1501 b

Sawing equipment, semiconductor Scanning electron microscopes Seamless tubes and pipes Secondary cells Seismic/geophysical recorders Semiconductor CAD Semiconductor diodes Semiconductor photodiodes Semiconductor phototransistors Semiconductor processing equipment Semiconductor profilers Sense amplifiers Sensors, robot Separator systems, ves~el Serial data analysers Signal analysers Signal generators Signal processing Signal processing devices Silicon Silicon microcomputer microcircuits Silicon microprocessor microcircuits Silicone fluids Silicone greases Silicone lubricating greases Simulators, EMI/EMP Single crystal sapphire substrates Skull furnaces Small business computer systems (to China) Software Software (civil air traffic control) Software (favourably considered) Software (licenced by HMG) Software (to China) Software definitions Software for industrial systems Software, technical information Software, technology Solar cells Sonar systems Source language Space-division analogue exchanges Space-division digital exchange Spacecraft Spare parts (SPC communication switching) Spare parts (digital computers to China) Spare parts (digital computers) Spectrum analysers Spin-forming machines Spread spectrum receivers Sputtering equipment

11.. 11.. 11.. IL

IL IL

IL

IL 11.. IL 11.. 11.. IL 11.. 11.. IL 11.. IL IL IL IL 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. IL 11.. IL 11.. 11.. IL 11.. IL IL 11.. 11.. 11.. 11.. IL 11.. 11.. 11.. IL IL 11.. IL IL Static random access memories Statistical multiplexers IL Steel and iron alloys IL Step and repeat cameras IL Storage drivers 11.. Storage integrated circuits IL Store and forward 11.. Stored programme controlled circuit switching 11.. Stored programme controlled communications 11.. Streak cameras 11.. Streamer tape drives 11.. Submersible systems IL Submersibles IL Substrates 11.. Substrates for printed circuit board IL Superalloy production equipment 11.. Superalloy production technology 11.. Superconducting materials 11.. Superconductive electromagnets IL Superconductive materials IL Superconductive solenoids 11.. Support integrated circuits 11.. Surface acoustic wave devices 11.. Surface-effect vehicle manufacture 11.. Surface-effect vehicles IL Switches, electronic 11.. Switching type voltage regulators IL Syntactic foam 11.. Synthesized signal generators 11.. Synthetic lubricating oils IL TCXOs IL TEM mode devices 11.. TR tubes 11.. TVRO IL Tantalates 11.. Tantalum capacitors IL 11.. Tantalum compoundr Tape d r i v e s ' IL Tape-laying machines IL

1355 b 1 1355 b 1 1603 1205 a 1572 a 1355 b 2 1544 1548 b 1548 b 1355 b 1 1355 b 4 1564 d 1391 c 1416 1529 b 1533 1529 and 11.. 1531 1565 h 1 1586 1757 1564 d 1564 d 1755 1755 1755 b 1361 1757 h 1203 1565 Note 20 1566 1566 Note 8 1566 Note 11 1566 Note 9 1566 Note 13 1566 Note 12 1399 1566 Note 1 1566 c 1205 b 1510 1566 Note 5 1567 b 1567 Note 4 1465 a 1567 Note 2 1565 Note 21 1565 Note 7 1533 1075 1516 c 1355 bland 1388 e 1564 d 1519 and 11.. 1567 1635 1355 b 2 1564 d 1564 d 1567 Notes 1 and 3 1565 h 1 and IL 1567 1567 1585 1565 hand 11.. 1572 a 1417 1418 1564 1564 a 1301 a 1301 b 1574 1573 1675 1573 1564 d 1586 1364 1416 b 1564 d 1564 d 1759 1531 b 1781 1587 1537 d 1537 e 1520 1760 1560 b 1760 1565 hand IL 1572 a 1357

Security eKport control

March 1989

107

Technical information (communication switching)IL 1567 Note 1 IL 1565 Note 2 Technical information (digital computers) IL 1566 Note 1 Technical information (software) IL 1565 j Technology (computers) IL 1399 Technology for industrial systems IL 1389 Technology, coating IL 1567 c Technology, communication switching Technology, inert gas and vacuum atomizing IL 1601 IL 1602 Technology, pyrolitic deposition IL 1566 c Technology, software IL 1519 Telecommunication transmission equipment IL 1518 Telecontrol equipment Telegraph circuit switching IL 1567 b Telemetering equipment IL 1518 Telephone circuit switching IL 1567 b IL 1757 e Tellurium Temperature compensated oscillators IL 1587 IL 1567 Notes 6 and 7 Terminal exchange IL 1529 Testing equipment Tetrodes IL 1558 a IL 1570 Thermoelectric materials and devices IL 1746 h Thermoplastic liquid crystal copolyesters Thin film devices IL 1588 IL 1358 Thin film manufacture Thrusters IL 1362 a Thyratrons IL 1559 IL 1547 Thyristors IL 1529 d Time interval measuring equipment IL 1567 b Time-division analogue exchanges IL 1567 Note 4 Time-division digital exchange Timing integrated circuits IL 1564 d IL 1672 Titanium aluminides IL 1661 Titanium-based alloys Towed hydrophone arrays IL 1510 IL 1502 Tracking equipment Tranducers IL 1510 and IL 1568 Transfer oscillators IL 1529 b Transient recorders IL 1529 g IL 1545 Transistors IL 1567 Notes 6 and 7 Transit exchange Transmission equipment IL 1519 IL 1520 b Transmission media simulators IL 1517 Transmitter-amplifiers IL 1517 Transmitters Transponders IL 1510 Transopters IL 1564 c and d IL 1544 c TrapaU diodes IL 1558 c Travelling wave tubes IL 1542 Triggered spark gaps IL 1558 a Triodes Tropospheric scatter communication equipment IL 1520 Tubes IL 1558 Tubes and pipes, seamless IL 1603 IL 1142 Tubing, fluorocarbon IL 1142 Tubing, re-inforced IL 1558 e Ubitrons IL 1502 Ultrasonic equipment Underwater cameras IL 1417 e Underwater communication cable IL 1526 a Underwater vehicles IL 1418 Underwater vision systems IL 1417 c IL 1564 d Unencapsulated integrated circuits IL 1564 d Untuned alternating current amplifiers IL 1548 a Vacuum photodiodes IL 1129 Vacuum pump systems IL 1133 Valves IL 1674 Vanadium IL 1544 d Varactor diodes IL 1568 g Vernistats IL 1363 Vessels models IL 1416 Vessels IL 1362 Vibration test equipment IL 1572 a Video recorders IL 1572 a and d Video tape IL 1391 Vision systems, robot IL 1564 d Voltage (rms-to-DC) converters IL 1564 d Voltage comparators IL 1564 d Voltage references IL 1564 d Voltage to frequency converters IL 1544 d Voltage variable capacitance diodes IL 1355 b 3 Wafer defect inspection equipment IL 1355 b 1 \Vafer polishers \A'afer probers IL 1355 b 6 \A,'ater tunnels IL 1363 Waveguides IL 1537 a Weak-link devices IL 1574 IL 1357 Weaving machines IL 1565 h 1 and IL 1567 a Wide area networks Wideband amplifiers IL 1521 IL 1565 hand IL 1572 a Winchester disc drives IL 1361 Wind tunnel, instrumentation

108 Security export control March 1989

Wind tunnel, models Wind tunnels Wire bonders X-ray systems X-ray tubes Zone-refining equipment

IL IL IL IL IL IL

1361 1361 1355 b 5 1553 1553 1355 b 1

MUNITIONS LIST Additives, explosives Airborne equipment Ammunition Amphibious vehicles Armoured plate Armoured railway trains Armoured vehicles Biocatalysts Biological systems Body armour Bombs Breathing equipment Cameras, reconnaissance Cannon Carbines Castings Compasses Crash helmets Cryogenic equipment Demolition charges Detection devices, underwater Depth charges Directed energy weapons Diving apparatus Electronic equipment, military Environmental chambers Explosives Fire bombs Fire control equipment Flame throwers Fuels Fuel thickeners Gas projectors Grenades Guns Gun-carriers Half-tracks Helmets Howitzers Image intensifiers Imaging equipment Incendiary bombs Infrared equipment Large calibre armaments Lasers Machine guns Machine pistols Microwave weapon systems Mines Missiles, guided or unguided Mobile repair shops Mortars Naval equipment Parachutes Particle beam systems Photographic equipment Pistols Precursors, explosives Pressure suits Production equipment, military Production technology, military Projectile launchers Propellants Pyrotechnics Pyrotechnic flare signals Pyrotechnic projectors Range finders Recoilless rifles Recovery vehicles Refuelling Revolvers Rifles Rockets Rocket launchers Searchlights Self-propelled guns Shutters, electronically triggered Silencers, firearm Smoke canisters Smoke grenades

ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML ML

8 10 b

3 6 13 a 6 6 25 25 13 d

4a 10 d 12 2a 1a 16 9 10 d 20 4a 9 4a 23 17 11 19

8 4a 5 16 8 4c 2b

4a 2a 6 6 13 c 2a 15 12 4a 12 and ML 15 2 23 1a 1a 23 4a 4 a 6 2a 9 10 d 23 12 1a 8 10 d 18 18 2a 8

8 4a 2b

5 2a 6 10 c

1a 1a 4a

2a 17 c 6 22 17 b 4a 4a